Dv Written Upd@tes~ NO COMMENTS~ [Archive]

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:21 AM

epi 1
Epi starts with The info about arya rajya
backgorund man say's
"yeh kahani hain uss jamane ki jab humaara desh chote chote rajjyon me bata hua tha aur un me se ek tha Aryavrat Rajya aur ek tha Shramiko ka Rajya"
Then showed shramik wer doing hard work (man itz so like crying) and sainik of Aryavrat wer htting them by tht chaabook
again Background Voice sayz
"Aryavrat jitne bhi Mehel me rehete hain ye saare in shramiko ne apne mehnet se banaye hain lekin aryavrat unko gulaam samjhakar unse kaam karvaate hain"

in next scene One man is Staring at those sainiks who are hittiing those shramiks suddenly one old man taking stones one side to another fall down saying "Koi paani pilaa do,paani paani" sainik comes from behind and hits him with tht chabook

One man came from behind in black suit He's Jaivardhan younger brother of aryavrat He shouts at tht old man "ye pathar tumhari jaan se bhi jyada kimati hain ise vaha le kar jaao"
sainik came n again start hitting tht old man "Hum tumhaare bhagvan hain"shouts Jaivardhan "Aur tum sab ko humaari baat maanni padegi" and he start hiting tht old man again
the man who was staring at those sainiks came near Jaivardhan n stops his hand fom hitting tht old man Jaivardhan look at him angrily
the man sayz "Tum humaare bhagvan nahi ho" Jaivardhan looks at him angrily "Kya kaha tumne hum tumhaare bhagavan nahi hain to kaun hain tumhara bhagvan ek baat samjhalo hum aryavrat hi tumhaare bhagavan hain"
one gal came n her face is tensed and she's looking at tht man
Jaivardhan sayz "Sainiko le chalo isse"looking at tht man
"Ye baat to maharaj ko battani hi padegi" and he leaves taking tht man with him

Next scene in darbar Maharaj came and seats on singhasan after some time Jaivardhan came with tht man
Maharaj asks him "yeh kaun hain" Jaivardhan sayz "yeh shramik hain isne humaare usulo par naa chalne ki jurrrat ki hain maharaj"
"kyon kiya tumne aisa" aska maharaj to tht man
"aap humaare bhagvan nahi hain" sayz tht man
"lekin kyun humne tumhe sab kuch diya ghar diya kam diya paisa diya aur kya chahiye tumhe" said maharaj asking tht man
"nahi chahiye hume ye sab" in between Jaivardhan is pointing out tht see he's making wat statement (afterll villian hain naa)
"to kya chahiye tumhe" ask maharaj "ajaadi chaahiye hume aajadi" said tht man "dekha maharaj kaise baath kar raha hain ye..." said Jaivardhan BUT maharaj stops in between to him
"thik hain de di humne tumhe tumhaari ajaadi,Jaivardhan jaao ise aajad kar do" said maharaj "par maharaj" said Jaivardhan "humne kaha naa" said maharaj
"thik hain maharaj chalo tumhe tumhaari ajaadi deta hoon" said Jaivarhan looking at tht man

Next scene a ground near one river all shramiks r der standing around jaivardhan come with tht man "agar tum us padhav tak pahooch pate ho to hum tumhe kya tumhare saare shramiko ko aajad kar denge" said jaivardhan pointing to opposite side of them wher they wer standing "yaa to tum use padaav tak jaa kar dikhao yaa phir mere pairo me girkar kaho ki hum Aryavrat hi tumhaare bhagvan hain" sayz jaivardhan seating on his chair or wateva
"main ye kabhi nahi maanunga ki tum humaare bhagavan ho"sayz tht man looking at jaivardhan
"kholo isse"sayz jv with anger
one gal came to tht man "kyun kar rahe ho tum aisa"sais tht gal
"pari dil chota mat karo main jaanta hoon ki aaj main yaha par akela khada hoon aur ye log mujhe jinda us taraf pahoonchane nahi denge,lekin jald hi koi aisa aayega jo tum sabko ek din yaha par ek saath khada karega aur inko bataayega ki humare bhagavan ye nahi balki humare bhagavan khud hum hain" saying this man turns back "Baba" said his small girl,he seat on his knees"Baba ro mat aap jit jaaoge" sayz his girl
JV came from behind and heat him
man starts runniing all sainiks were thrwowing arrows he's running at one point one stick came out from inside of flour ground and he falls down all aroows touches him n he dies(oh man so cruel is tht)
his wife get's uncouncious as she is pregnent

next scene itz night all shramiks seating n talking one of them said "hume ab is tarah jine ki aadat pad chuki hain" other scene tht mns wife having pain all ladies gathered together next side another shramik asyz "humaari to kismat hi aisi hain,ab hume kisi aise ki jaroorat hain jo hume iss nark se bahar nikal sake" other hand mans wife having pain and atlast she born up a guy the lady sayz "ladaka hua hain" and goed outside and give baby to mans hand he sayz "aa gaya humaara masiha aa gaya"

Next scene some baba of maharaj seating under hanging light suddenly get up and said "aa gaya unka masiha aa gaya" tht time maharaj n jv came
"kaun a gaya aap kiski baat kar rahe hain" asks maharaj "unka masiha aa gaya" sayz baba
"kiska masiha aa gaya" asks jv
"shramiko kaa vo tumhe tabaah kar dega vo sadiyon se chalti ayi huyi parampara ko nasht kar dega aryavraton ke rajya ko meeta dega" all shocked
" ye aap kya keh rahe hain" said maharaj in worried voice
" aap chinta mat kijiye maharaj kal aap ke bete dharam ko pehela janmadin hain aap yagya ki taiyari ki jiye aur baaki sab main sambhaal loonga" sayz jv
maharaj goes from there
" us singhasan ki taraf koi aankh utha kar bhi nahi dekha sakata kyon ki vo singhasn aage jaa kar mera hone wala hain" sayz jv with wierd expression on face

other hand in next scene maharaj came with maharani and dharam,yagya starts
here jv and sainik goes and start burning shramiks homes all started running tht mans wife worried the old man sayz put her baby into cave
----End of 1st epi----

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:23 AM

2 epi
yagna is going on. jaivardhan comes in.. n gives a nod which means "its done". Soldiers r running behind veer's mom n sister. The princess of aryanagar nivriti comes to the river with a basket in her hand.
nivriti: all of u wait here
she walks down the steps with one of her dasi
nivriti : don't tell brother that this son is also dead.. today is dharam's b'day.. he is happy there.. i don't want to spoil his happiness with my sorrow
she goes further down n puts the basket in river . it floats n goes
veer's mom n sis r running
mom : take ur brother n run.. i'll handle the soldiers
she runs in other direction. the sis hides behind a bush.. river is flowing behind. The basket slips out of her hand n starts floating. by the time she notices it.. its gone very far.. nivriti walks further down the river
nivriti : this was my husband's last nishani.. i don't have anyone now.. i don't want to live. she is abt to drown herself when the basket floats to her.. she opens the baskets n finds the kid inside.
nivriti : i have got my "jeene ki sahara".. i have my son.. tell maharaj.. that rajkumari nivriti had a son.
the dasis except one goes away.
dasi : but he is a shramik
nivriti wraps the kid with her cloth
nivriti : now he is a aryavart. he reached me for a reason. promise me that u wld tell this to anyone
dasi : no i won't tell it to anyone
she removes her bangle n gives it to her
nivriti : from today.. he is my son.. my own son
she walks off with her dasi.. the mother n sister sees that n are happy

nivriti brings her son to aryavardhan
nivriti : bhaiya.. my son veer
aryavardhan kisses him n puts him in the cradle along with dharam
aryavardhan: from today.. both r my sons.. no one can separate them.. they will be known in one name: DHARAMVEER

background voice : no one cld separate dharamveer.. 15 yrs pass.. same raja n same shrmaik.. the situation of shramiks also remain same..they still build palaces for the kings

a yagna is abt to start.. all r waiting
aryavardhan:where is DV
soldier : don't know
aryavardhan :nivriti
nivriti ; : bhaiya.. i had said them abt the puja y'day also.. don't know.. why they havn't come

jaivardhan looks happy.. his son is sitting next to him(harssh.. he was looking soo hot there )
aryavardhan: senapati chaurasinha.. find them.. i want them here.. 15 yrs over.. but still they don't accept their responsibility. panditji lets wait for some more time
senapati n soldiers r searching for them

people r shouting... rajkumar dharam rajkumar dharam
dharam is riding a horse... then people r shouting- rajkumar veer rajkumar veer
veer is running side by side.. first they show his legs.. then his chest, then his neck n lips..t hen eyes.. they show horse is running without rider.. veer is running along with it at its side. he climbs a hill.. jumps across the stones, slides down, gives a big jump n sits on the horse.. lifts his head.. n puts his hair back (tada.. its rajat)
dharam gives a "that was good" nod both r riding the horses

in the palace-----
senapati : maharaj no news of the rajkumars
panditji : maharaj time is running out.. v have to s tart the puja soon
aryavardhan:this is too much.. when will they becomes serious
jaivardhan : don't worry maharaj... they r kids.. they wll grow up
aryavardhan: after 2 yrs.. the arya sabha will decide their new king..
jaivardhan : how can i forget it
he remembers his time. both aryavardhan n jaivardhan r standing.. arya sabha is also standing there.. jaivardhan is confident that he'll be made king but the sabha decides aryavardhan to be the king

both r riding the horses. there is a spear kept in between.
dharam : v have been playing this game.. no maza in this now
veer : no maza.. or r u scared of loosing
dharam : scared n of u.. i'l show u now
veer : no dout that u r a better brother.. but there is also no doubt that i am a better player
both take the spear.. n goes riding holding that spear
they enter a construction site. a girl looks at them.. it is veer's sis.. she remembers the old things.. yagna is finished.. all get up
aryavardhan: bhaiya.. donate all these to shramiks
jaivardhan : yes... u kow how to donate right(to a soldier)
soldier :yes
panditji : now u can place the idol

they go toward the window

aryavardhan: place the idol
the workers r pulling one big idol..
dharam n veer enters at that time..seeing the horses comming to them, the workers leave the rope.. the murty falls down n breaks. everyone r shocked.. dharam n veer look shocked n scared.. veer first looks at dharam .. then at the king

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:24 AM

3 epi-23 jan
Dharam-Veer broke the Murti,Maharaj is Angry
Jaivardhan: Maharaj ye kya kar diya dharam ne
Veer: Tum to gaye
Dharam:Tum bhi

------------
in darbar Dharam-Veer standing infront of maharaj all other's standing around them
Dharam:Pitajii
Maharaj: Bas aaj to had ho gayi App kab bade honge dharam
Dharam veer look at each other
Maharaj: Hum yaha pooja me aapka intejaar kar rahe the aur aap bahar daud laga rahe the
again dharam veer look at each other
Veer: Maharaj isme dharam ki koi galti nahi,isse humne daud lagane ke liye kaha tha
dharm look at veer
Mahraj: Veer aap kab tak dharam ki galtiyaan chupate rahenge aap humaari behen ke bete hain isliye hume aapse koi shikayat nahi
Veer: Par maharaj
Maharaj: Nahi veer (turning towards dharam) Dharam aap kab apni jimmedariyon ko samjhenge do saalon me aap ko iss arya rajya ke singhasan par baithana hain par aap to apni jimmedariyaan nibhana to door aap to unse door jaa rahe hain Aap iss singhasn par baithane ke kya Aap to ek Aryavrat kehene ke bhi layak nahi hain
All shocked by this statement fo majharaj DV look at each other
Dharam leaves from there Veer also almost going to go behind him maharaj stops him
Maharaj: Jaane do use veer
Jaivardhan: Maharaj aap chintaa kyon karte hain hum murti phirse banvaa lenge
Agni: Haan maharaj ab murti tutni hi thi to tut gayi Aap bas hume saat din de dijiye hum saat din me nayi murti taiyaar karvaa denge[finally sagar's give some dialoughs to harshh]
Jaivardhan and Agni look at each other with evil smile
Maharaj: thik hain par tab tak tum dono {DV} mandir se door rahoge
Veer node his head saying yes
------------

Dharam is seating at window recalling words of his father which was said in darbar
Veer: Dharam dharam
Veer enters calling n searching dharam he saw him in window
Veer: Dharam hume tumse jaroori baat karni hain
Dharam: Par hume kisise koi baat nahi karni
Veer: Dharam
Dharam: Hume kuch der ke liye akela chod do veer
Veer: Hmm...Vo to main nahi kar sakta aur ye tum bhi jaante ho Haan mana ki Veer se achha koi aur nahi hain aur tum itne bhi bure nahi ho [Dharam gives smile]
Par ab wqat aa gaya hain ki sab ko pata chal jaaye ki Mera bhai veer ek Aryavardhan kehlaane ke laayak hi nahi balki iss Singhasan par baithane ke kabil sirf mera bhai Dharam hi hain aur ye baat hum abhi saabit kar denge to phir singhasan ke liye do saal rukane ki jaroorat hi nahi padegi
Dharam: par hum ye karenge kaise
Veer: Mere paas ek yojana hain
dharam veer seating on one chair
Veer: Dekho hum vo Maa ki murti chaar dino me banakar maharaj ko bataa denge ki tum kis kabil ho[both smiles]
Behind them Agni is listening all this converstion
---------------------

In room of Jaivardhan conversation between Agni and Jaivardhan
Jaivardhan: Aakhir aisi kya yojana banaayi hain veer ne ki vo chaar dino me murti banvaayega
Agni: Pata nahi pitajii
Jaivardhan: Agni tum un dono pe nazar rakho aur pata lagaao ki aakhir ye Veer karne kya vala hain
Agni: Jii pitajii, ab hum bhi chaar din me hi murti bavaayenge aur maharaj k khush kar denge
Jaivardhan[shouting]: Agni Agni Agni Kab samjho ge tum maharaj mere barso puraane dushman hain
Agni llok at him with shock
Jaivardhan: Chouk gaye main bhi aise hi chauk gaya tha jab aryavrtaton ne meri vajah mere chote bhai ko singhasan par bithaya,Lekin iss baar main aisa nahi hone doonga,Agni vaada karo ki iss baar singhasan par dharam nahi tum baithoge
Agni: Main vaada karta hoon pitajji ke iss baar singhasan par dharan nahi Agni baithega aapka Agni
----------------------

Dharam is sleeping Veer came from behind
Veer: Dharam,dharam utho dharam dharam Dharam by shouting Dharam Dharam
Dharam gets with scared and forward knife towards veer[i dn't understood raat ko knife le kar kyun sona hain]
Dharam: Veer tum itni raat ko humaare kamare me kya kr rahe ho
Veer:[Smiling] Dar agye naa sach tum tum dar gaye naa
Dharam: Veer majhak mat karo
Veer: Mujhe nahi pata tha ki tum itna darte ho
Dharam: Veer tum itni raat ko mere kamre me kya kar rahe ho
Veer: Raat going towards window and opening cloths
Veer: ye tumhe raat dikhati hain
itz a morning sunshine morning dharam came near to him
Veer: Dharam agar hume chaar din me mrti banani hain to hume din raat ek karne honge
Dharam agrees with smile and node his hair
--------------

Dharam veer going out
Dharam: Veer hume ye to bataao ki hum jaa kaha rahe hain
Veer: Chalo to sahi tumhe pata chal jaayega
Agni is asking sainiks where r dharam veer
Both heard him and hide behind piller
Dharam: Ab kya kare
Veer: Ruko
Agni leaves from there to another side
Dharam veer are abouth to go outside agin agni came and both dv hide outside of window
Agni[speaking to himself]: aakhir ye dono subhah subhah gaye kaha
Veer: Vo to tumhe kabhi pata nahi chalega
Agni: aakhir ye dono jaa kaha sakte hain
Veer: Dhundhte rahoge
Agni: Kuch bhi ho jaaye main in dono ka pata laga ke rahoonga
Veer: Koshish karke dekha lo
Agni leaves Dhamar tells him by nodding his head tht agni gone from there
Veer: chalo
while going into mahal sainiks standing below saw dv and thinks tht they are thiefs
Both dv jumps and run here n der der n here from this house to another and jump from one house's window and rescude from sainiks
Dharam is holding his belt of stumak veer notice tht
Veer: itni jaldi thak gaye
Dharam: haan tum battao, vaise hum yaha kar kya rahe hain
Veer: aao
now both are in shramiks area where they r working both hide behind one wall
Dharam: Ab hume kya karna hain
Veer: Hume inke saath reh kar Chaar dino me murti banaani hain
Dharam: Par kaise
meanwhile some boy n girl talking on another side of wall Veer is listening them
Boy: ye sab uss dharam aur veer ki vajah se hua hain bas ek baar vo dono mil jaaye
Dharam: Ab hum inke saath kam to kya inke saamne bhi nahi jaa sakte
Girl[who is veers sister]: Aisa mat kaho Tum dekhana ek din koi aisa jaroor aayega jo hume is kaam se ajhaad karvaayega
Boy: Phichale 15 saalon se tum yahi keh rahi hon pata nahi vo hain bhi yaa nahi
Girl[by angry voice]: Aisa mat kaho vo hain aur vo jaroor aayega
Boy: Vaise ghoose me tum aur bhi sunder dhikhati hon
Veer smiles
Suddenly Jaivardhan enters Veer n Dharam listening him
Jaivardhan: Suno tum sabko phir se murti banaani hain aur iss baar tumhaare pass sirf chaar din hain
DV shocked
Jaivardhan: Aaaj aur abhi se kaam shuru karo aur jab tak kaam khatam nahi ho jaata kisi ko bhi paani nahi milega chalo shuru karo kaam ab tumhe din raat ek karna hain
and he leaves
Dharam: Ab hum kya karenge
Veer: Mere paas ek aur yojana hain
-------------------

Next scene DV wearing Shramiks clothes and standing in mud [knew it sagar's philosophy]
Dharam:to ye hain tumhaari yojana
Veer: Smiles Haan kyun achhi lagi Ab hume in shramikon ko sajhana hoga
Dharam: Inhe kya samjhana sayz it with attitude of ignorence Veer gives angry look
In other direction one baba fall down saying pani pani Veer feels bad tht baba's son saying pitaajii uthiye pitaaji vo is taraf aa rahe hain [can't he came and give water to his father]
Veer is shocked with tht mans statement One sainik saw tht old man
Sainik: e budhhe uth chal kaam kar
Veer is angry Dharam giving strenge looks
Veer's sister came and Giving water to old man
Veer smiles
Suddenly someone hit on her hand he's ofcourse JV
Jaivardhan: kaha tha naa kam mat rokana,chal jaa iss baar tujhe maaf kar diya eking agali baar aisi galti ki to tujhe bhi tere baap ki tarah humesha ke liye ajaad kar doonga
Veer in strenge wat he's talking Veer's sis leaves
jv starts heating tht old man by chabbok
Jaivardha: Kaam nahi karega paani chahiye kya tujhe
tht old mans son is crying pitaaji utho
Veer is so angry
old man fall down near veer n dharam Jv almost to heat old man Veer catch tht chabook Flashback fo his father how he also catch it in same way
Dharam shocked Veer turns back
all shocked
Jaivardhan: Veer tum
----End of Third Epi----

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:25 AM

24 jan
Veer pulls the whip.. it falls out of jai's hand he veer holds it
veer :if u touch him once more.. i'll cut ur hands
dharam also turns back
jai : rajkumar dharam........here
dharam : when n where v ggo.. or do what.. only my father has the right to ask
jai : ok.. then lets go to ur father
dharam: yes lets go.. even v have to tell him many things abt how u behave with shramiks
jai : spend some time with them.. u'll understand.. why v behave like that
dharam:v have come here for that only
he looks at veer.. n veer nods in agreement
veer : get some water
dharam supports the old man.. veer puts his hand near his mouth. n veer's sis pours the water
flashback : aaj mein yaha akela khada hu.. par kal koi aayega.. jo tum sab ko yaha ek saat kada karega"
she continues ppouring water.. thinking abt old times
veer : enough enough
dharam : veer lets go.. v have to meet my father..
other shramiks come n take the old man.. veer walks .. but he just feels something.. he looks at his is.. n then turns n goes off

in the palace
king : u both have gone there again
veer : but maharaj
dharam stops veer
dharam : pitaji .. v wanted to show u that v know abt our responsibility.. so v wanted to build that murty in 4 days
agni : maharaj that is impossible
king : thats good dharam.. but how will u make it in 4 days
dharam: v have a plan.. veer ..t ell him abt our plan
veer is shocked.. he doesn't know what to tell
veer : maharaj.. v won't tell u... v'll make it n show u... just give us this chance
agni :maharaj. they r building castles in air.. making a murthy in 7 days is soo difficult... how can they do in 4 days
king : hmmm.. go.. remember u have only 4 days
veer : maharaj .. v have a request.. v don't want jai mama n agni to come anywhere near that place
king : ok

in the hut of veer's mom
sis : mother mother.. he came he came
mom : who
sis : our maseeha.. my brother..veer
flashback : aaj mein yaha akela khada hu.. par kal koi aayega.. jo tum sab ko yaha ek saat kada karega"
sis : i knew he wld come.. i was waiting for 15 yrs.. now we will get our freedom.. our veer has come
mom : keep quiet.. no should know abt this.. don't tell that he is ur brother
sis : why
mom : luck favoured us once. if maharaj comes to know that veer is not his sister's son.. he'll kill veer

agni n jai in palace
agni :pitaji.. don't worry.. they cannot finish in 4 days.. trustme.. only i will get the crown of arya nagar.. not dharam
jai : go find out.. abt their plan

veer n dharam
dharam : what r u telling.. after all these.. now u r telling. u don't have any plan
veer : that
dharam : now don't tell anything.. i thought u had a plan.. i'll better go n tell pitaji all these
veer : dharam don't... don't u trust me
dharam : more than myself
both clap hands.."jab tak dharam-veer sath rahege, jeet unhi ki hongi"
dharam : u always trap me in ur words.. but what shall v do now
veer : don't worry.. v'll start our work tomorrow morning.. all the shramiks will help us
dharam : how

its morning.. Dharam-Veer r carving something on a stone. all shramiks r looking
dharam : i am tired.. u were tleling they will help.. they r just looking at us now
veer(shouts): i am feeling hungry
dharam : i am telling u something
shramik(who was flirting with veer's sis) now u understand.. the hunger
veer : dharam.. don't u think.. f v need the help of shramiks.. v have to give them something in return
dharam : yes.. v have to give them something
veer : women n children.. should not be forced to work.. look at her(a women holding a baby).. will she look after baby or work
dharam : yes.. no womwn n kid working for the murthy
veer : n old people too
dharam : yes.. they shld also take rest.. they will not lift.. even one brick
veer : n food.. v should open our gowdown n let them take how much ever food they wat
dharam(softly) what r u saying veer
veer : look there
the shramiks come forward to work... dharam is happy. agni is hiding.. n watching all these
agni : this cannot happen
veer comes from behind
veer : but its happening.. what will u do now
agni : u know me right.. i don;'t tell anything before i do it
veer : i know.. u like to backstab byt he way... us shldn't be here.. if dharam says this to maharaj.. u'll be in jail
agni : lets see.. eho will be where

veer's mom is seeing this from her hut.. sis enters
mom : he shldn't have come here
veer : he came her to build murthy for king.. u can atleast see him from nere.. come lets go
mom : no.. u go........ i cannot do it

its night.. shramiks r working. veer helps one shramik to carry the brick.. dhram is sitting on the steps.. n fallin asleep.. his head is abt to fall to hte side.. when veer goes n sits there.. so the head rest on veer's shoulder.. dharam gets up.. he goes n washes his face. dharam sees people pulling a cart.. goes n helps
king comes to balcony n sees all these.. but he looks angry
dhram is leaning to a pillar.. n is feeling slwapy
veer : go nt ake rest
dharam: i'll take rest.. only after finishing this
veer : this will take 2 more days. he yawns
dharam: u need more rest
veer : u r too ziddi
dharam : learned from u

suddenly thunder n lighting come.. wind blows hard... the pillar is abt to fall.. Dharam n veer try to stopit.. but it falls ont he murthy n the murthy is broken..
dharam n veer look tensed

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:26 AM

25 jan
The episode starts with D n V sitting beside the broken idol..sad..clueless of wat to do next. All the shramiks are also standing in that area. To add to their helplessness Agni comes on his horse..and starts taunting them. He says, “Char din mein murti banane chale the!! Hahaha! Tum apna mauka gawa chuke ho..ab hum saat dino mein murti banayegein.” The Veer says promptly, “You r forgetting something…we are still left with two days!” Hearing this Agni laughs..and goes.

Then Veer’s real sis (watz her name?) comes n keeps her hand over Veer’s shoulder and says, “You have not lost yet!” Veer turns and gives her a ‘Wat will we do now? And wat solution do u have?’ look. She tells them that there only one person who can help them in such a situation “Bhimsen”. D n V give her surprised looks like ‘Whoz he.how can he help?’ Their minds are full of questions.

She tells them that that man has some kinda magic in his hands..he can alone make this idol in jus two days. Dharam asks her, “Where is he?” She tells that he cant help you..coz hez in jail, “He was a ‘baagi’ shramik!” Both V n D are shocked.

Then both decide to take Bhimsen outta jail. They enter the jail premises hiding from all soldiers. One soldier hears some noise but D n V hide themselves on time and the soldier goes. Then Dharam says to Veer, “Don’t you think you are relying too much on those shramiks?” Veer replies, “Dharam, they all are humans before being a shramik.” Dharm says, “Still Veer…they are shramiks…and we are Aryavrats..therez no match! Bhimsen is a ‘baagi’.” Veer gets irritated n angry..but is reminded of their aim..so he doznt reply to this remark.

Realizing that all soldiers have left the corridor..both D n V run to the other side..closer to Bhimsen’s room. Then a soldier comes outta hiding and gives a ‘I know wat u r upto look’. He then runs to Jai n Agni n tells them the whole story (presume this). Jai then gets up and say, “So they will hire that ‘baagi’ to make the idol!! Haha!” He then orders Agni to catch them red handed. Agni goes.

There in the jail..D n V hide from a soldier..and accidentally some brooms fall down. Obviously some noise is made…but the soldiers on listening to this make no move and only look back. They keep standing and don’t go to catch D n V. Veer thinks, “Something is fishy.” He again makes noise by dropping those brooms..but still soldiers make no move. He immediately understands the situation and tells Dharam, “They know that we are here…these brooms made so much noise, still the soldiers dint come to catch us.” Dharam says, “You are right Veer.”

Then Veer comes up with a plan quickly. We now see them on the first floor, that is, they are hiding over the narrow floor, jus like a not so wide pavement, below the ceiling coming outta wall. They r not wearing their robes. Both smile seeing Agni there.

Then Agni says very confidently, “Main tumhe range haathon pakdunga!!” He then orders his soldiers to keep an eye on D n V. His soldiers leave following the order. Agni places the keys of Bhimsen’s room on a small nail on the wall outside the huge door to the room and leaves the place.

On the ground floor the soldiers turn back a l’il from some distance and are satisfied of V n D’s presence their by seeing the arm of Veer (which actually only the robe!).

Back up on that narrow thing..Veer asks Dharam to break the rods of the window to outside thru his eyes..and he himself hangs down the narrow thing…and takes the ‘keys’ outta that nail. He then says to Dharam, “Ab darwaza bahar se bhi nahi khulega.” He smiles..and so does Dharam. Then both of them again start removing the rods of the window..and finally the way is made. Veer asks Dharam to stay..but refusing Dharam says, “Saath aaye the aur saath jayegein!” But Veer tells him, “Par bahut unchain hai.” Then both throw a strong rope out of the window and Dharam moves out first..and Veer follows. On their way down Veer says, “Mujhe nahi lagta ki Aryanagar ke honewale raja ko aisa karma chahiye.” Dharam replies, “Aur hume nahi lagta ki Aryanagar ke hone wale rajkumar ko (it shud be raja) kuch batane ki zaroorat hai.”

In the palace Nivriti is walking in anxiety. Sunanda enters and Nivriti asks her about Veer. Sunanda tells her that he can’t be found anywhere. Nivriti is scared…but Sunanda tells her, I think the time has come. Nivriti turns towards her and says, “wat time?” Sunanda then tells her that she knew that Veer is a shramik before adopting him and also knew that the’ll one day o to shramiks forever. Nivriti is enraged by this remark and immediately takes out a knife from the fruit basket kept nearby..and aims it at Sunanda’s neck. Furious she tells Sunanda not to disclose this truth to anyone ever..otherwise she’ll kill her. Sunanda is fearless and replies, “One day Veer’s blood will speak up! And you know this..thatz why you are scared today!” And leaves. Nivriti keeps on crying and finds herself helpless.

Their in the jail Agni is irritated by the fact that V n D are still on the ground floor. “Why aren’t they comin down (basement)?” says he. He then himself goes to that place..and cautiously moves towards the “robes”..and disappointingly realizes that V n D have already left. He throws the robes hanging on big crosses in anger.

Their V n D enter Bhimsen’s room. And finds that no one is there. The room is quite dark..but they can still see shadows. And Veer spots one such shadow of a man with a dagger in his hand aiming Dharam and Veer immediately pushes Dharam towards wall. Dharam is confused. Veer turns n finds Bhimsen standing there. Veer tells him, “Hum tumhe chudane aaye hain.” Then Dharam turns and Bhimsen can see him. Bhimsen recognizes Dharam and says in surprise, “Rajkumar Dharam.” Veer says, “Sahi pehchana tumne.” Bhimsen asks them their aim..and V tells him that they tell will that later. Then all three of them start moving outta the window (thru which D n V entered B’s room) after hearing Agni’s angry shouts outside. Agni finds the keys missing..and orders one soldier to get another one.

D, V n B reach that narrow thing again..and smile on seeing Agni n his soldiers goin in B’s room. Veer is clever..and he jumps and locks all of them in B’s room!! All 3 reach the stairs near that broken idol.

Agni then goes to Jaivardhan n tells him the story..and Jai to is angry!!

On the stairs V tells B wat to do..and B asks for a price. D tells him that he’ll get so much money he wouldn’t even have seen that much in his entire life. But B tells them that he doznt want money, “Mujhe aazadi chahiye.” Dharam gives a ‘this cant be granted look to Veer.” But Veer tells Bhimsen after some thought, “You will get it.” B is ready to do the job from the next morning..and Dharam is unhappy with V’s decision.

D n V r both walking on a ‘path’ and Dharam is ahead..as if he doznt want to talk to Veer. V tries to calm him down by saying remember when we were small we used to do this n u..and stuff. But Dharam bring the conversation back on the main topic and ttells Veer that he knows freeing a ‘baagi’ shramik is not possible. Rest, food to shramiks is al fine..but this is not..and you should remember this. D then walks ahead..and Veer says, “Dharam, Don’t you trust your Veer? I’ll put Bhimsen in jail as soon as he finishes making the idol.” A smile can be seen on Dharam’s face now..and he satisfied he says, “Tumne to hume dara hi diya tha Veer.” Their hands meet and they both hug.

The episode ends with Veer’s apprehensive..somewat scared look

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:28 AM

28 jan-2 week
The episode starts with D n V sitting beside the broken idol..sad..clueless of wat to do next. All the shramiks are also standing in that area. To add to their helplessness Agni comes on his horse..and starts taunting them. He says, “Char din mein murti banane chale the!! Hahaha! Tum apna mauka gawa chuke ho..ab hum saat dino mein murti banayegein.” The Veer says promptly, “You r forgetting something…we are still left with two days!” Hearing this Agni laughs..and goes.

Then Veer’s real sis (watz her name?) comes n keeps her hand over Veer’s shoulder and says, “You have not lost yet!” Veer turns and gives her a ‘Wat will we do now? And wat solution do u have?’ look. She tells them that there only one person who can help them in such a situation “Bhimsen”. D n V give her surprised looks like ‘Whoz he.how can he help?’ Their minds are full of questions.

She tells them that that man has some kinda magic in his hands..he can alone make this idol in jus two days. Dharam asks her, “Where is he?” She tells that he cant help you..coz hez in jail, “He was a ‘baagi’ shramik!” Both V n D are shocked.

Then both decide to take Bhimsen outta jail. They enter the jail premises hiding from all soldiers. One soldier hears some noise but D n V hide themselves on time and the soldier goes. Then Dharam says to Veer, “Don’t you think you are relying too much on those shramiks?” Veer replies, “Dharam, they all are humans before being a shramik.” Dharm says, “Still Veer…they are shramiks…and we are Aryavrats..therez no match! Bhimsen is a ‘baagi’.” Veer gets irritated n angry..but is reminded of their aim..so he doznt reply to this remark.

Realizing that all soldiers have left the corridor..both D n V run to the other side..closer to Bhimsen’s room. Then a soldier comes outta hiding and gives a ‘I know wat u r upto look’. He then runs to Jai n Agni n tells them the whole story (presume this). Jai then gets up and say, “So they will hire that ‘baagi’ to make the idol!! Haha!” He then orders Agni to catch them red handed. Agni goes.

There in the jail..D n V hide from a soldier..and accidentally some brooms fall down. Obviously some noise is made…but the soldiers on listening to this make no move and only look back. They keep standing and don’t go to catch D n V. Veer thinks, “Something is fishy.” He again makes noise by dropping those brooms..but still soldiers make no move. He immediately understands the situation and tells Dharam, “They know that we are here…these brooms made so much noise, still the soldiers dint come to catch us.” Dharam says, “You are right Veer.”

Then Veer comes up with a plan quickly. We now see them on the first floor, that is, they are hiding over the narrow floor, jus like a not so wide pavement, below the ceiling coming outta wall. They r not wearing their robes. Both smile seeing Agni there.

Then Agni says very confidently, “Main tumhe range haathon pakdunga!!” He then orders his soldiers to keep an eye on D n V. His soldiers leave following the order. Agni places the keys of Bhimsen’s room on a small nail on the wall outside the huge door to the room and leaves the place.

On the ground floor the soldiers turn back a l’il from some distance and are satisfied of V n D’s presence their by seeing the arm of Veer (which actually only the robe!).

Back up on that narrow thing..Veer asks Dharam to break the rods of the window to outside thru his eyes..and he himself hangs down the narrow thing…and takes the ‘keys’ outta that nail. He then says to Dharam, “Ab darwaza bahar se bhi nahi khulega.” He smiles..and so does Dharam. Then both of them again start removing the rods of the window..and finally the way is made. Veer asks Dharam to stay..but refusing Dharam says, “Saath aaye the aur saath jayegein!” But Veer tells him, “Par bahut unchain hai.” Then both throw a strong rope out of the window and Dharam moves out first..and Veer follows. On their way down Veer says, “Mujhe nahi lagta ki Aryanagar ke honewale raja ko aisa karma chahiye.” Dharam replies, “Aur hume nahi lagta ki Aryanagar ke hone wale rajkumar ko (it shud be raja) kuch batane ki zaroorat hai.”

In the palace Nivriti is walking in anxiety. Sunanda enters and Nivriti asks her about Veer. Sunanda tells her that he can’t be found anywhere. Nivriti is scared…but Sunanda tells her, I think the time has come. Nivriti turns towards her and says, “wat time?” Sunanda then tells her that she knew that Veer is a shramik before adopting him and also knew that the’ll one day o to shramiks forever. Nivriti is enraged by this remark and immediately takes out a knife from the fruit basket kept nearby..and aims it at Sunanda’s neck. Furious she tells Sunanda not to disclose this truth to anyone ever..otherwise she’ll kill her. Sunanda is fearless and replies, “One day Veer’s blood will speak up! And you know this..thatz why you are scared today!” And leaves. Nivriti keeps on crying and finds herself helpless.

Their in the jail Agni is irritated by the fact that V n D are still on the ground floor. “Why aren’t they comin down (basement)?” says he. He then himself goes to that place..and cautiously moves towards the “robes”..and disappointingly realizes that V n D have already left. He throws the robes hanging on big crosses in anger.

Their V n D enter Bhimsen’s room. And finds that no one is there. The room is quite dark..but they can still see shadows. And Veer spots one such shadow of a man with a dagger in his hand aiming Dharam and Veer immediately pushes Dharam towards wall. Dharam is confused. Veer turns n finds Bhimsen standing there. Veer tells him, “Hum tumhe chudane aaye hain.” Then Dharam turns and Bhimsen can see him. Bhimsen recognizes Dharam and says in surprise, “Rajkumar Dharam.” Veer says, “Sahi pehchana tumne.” Bhimsen asks them their aim..and V tells him that they tell will that later. Then all three of them start moving outta the window (thru which D n V entered B’s room) after hearing Agni’s angry shouts outside. Agni finds the keys missing..and orders one soldier to get another one.

D, V n B reach that narrow thing again..and smile on seeing Agni n his soldiers goin in B’s room. Veer is clever..and he jumps and locks all of them in B’s room!! All 3 reach the stairs near that broken idol.

Agni then goes to Jaivardhan n tells him the story..and Jai to is angry!!

On the stairs V tells B wat to do..and B asks for a price. D tells him that he’ll get so much money he wouldn’t even have seen that much in his entire life. But B tells them that he doznt want money, “Mujhe aazadi chahiye.” Dharam gives a ‘this cant be granted look to Veer.” But Veer tells Bhimsen after some thought, “You will get it.” B is ready to do the job from the next morning..and Dharam is unhappy with V’s decision.

D n V r both walking on a ‘path’ and Dharam is ahead..as if he doznt want to talk to Veer. V tries to calm him down by saying remember when we were small we used to do this n u..and stuff. But Dharam bring the conversation back on the main topic and ttells Veer that he knows freeing a ‘baagi’ shramik is not possible. Rest, food to shramiks is al fine..but this is not..and you should remember this. D then walks ahead..and Veer says, “Dharam, Don’t you trust your Veer? I’ll put Bhimsen in jail as soon as he finishes making the idol.” A smile can be seen on Dharam’s face now..and he satisfied he says, “Tumne to hume dara hi diya tha Veer.” Their hands meet and they both hug.

The episode ends with Veer’s apprehensive..somewat scared look

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:29 AM

29 jan
dharam n veer r seeing bhimsen working on the murthy
veer : he has magic in his hands never seen such karigari
dharam smiles
veer's mom sees this.. n remebers the fire n nivriti taking the kid n saying - aaj se yeh ek aryavrat hai. she wipes her tears n goes away. but jai comes there n pushes her to the ground. he takes the rope n is abt to whip her when veer comes in between n holds that rope. bimsen sees it.. n remembers verr's father. jai puts down the hand n goes off
veer : r u all right
he gives his hand . mom is crying.. she takes that hand. veer feels something but doesn't understand it. he help her get up
sis : mother
veer : take her to the home.. let her take rest. u shlddn't work here in this hot son.
veer goes.. but then turns back .. looks at them n smiles n then goes off. veer's mom n sis in their hut
mom : just like his father.. same eyes..
sis : yes same aag too
jai comes in with soldiers
jai : tch tch tch.. what did u think.. u'll escape.. v r ur gods.. ur husband also did not consider us as god.. so what he lost his life n left u all to rot in this hell.. now atleast understand.. i am ur bhagvan
mom : no jai. u r a shaitan.. u have made aryanagar a hell... its better to die than live here
jai : really
he starts whipping her.. sis goes out n calls for veer.
jai : stop her before she reaches dharam veer
soldiers go behind her.. she falls down n they catch her n get her to the house.. n lock the door.. n whips both

mom n sis int he hut
sis : why r they doing this to us.. v have to tell veer everything
mom : no.. if maharaj aryavardhan comes to know that the masiha of shramiks is alive.. n it is veer only.. he'll kill veer
sis : but.. then how will veer save us
mom : acc. to bhavishyavani.. the maseeha will destroy aryavrats.. only pray that their upbringing has not corrupted his blood

nivriti in her room. she is remembering what her dasi said abt veer.
dasi : how much u try.. his blood will show its colour. the women who gave him birth might be still there with the shramiks. its not long that veer will know his real mother is there
nivriti : then i'll kill her.. veer is my son.. my son.. go find out.. - in whose house the soldiers were not able to kill the child.. go

veer n dharam is watching bhimsen working
veer : no one can work better than him
dharam : hmm.. but keep a watch on him.. if he escapes.. v'll not be forgiven. after work is done.. v'll put him back in jail
dharam goes off.
veer : tell me one thing.. why did they put u in jail
bhimsen : becos i gave water to a dying man.. that man was my father. this place is a hell.. being a shramik is a ill fortune.. u won't understand the value of freedom.. u have always been free... u people don't care.. but i can see care in ur eyes.. that makes me believe in u.. that belief is making me build this murthy for u.. i'll escape from this place in 2 days
veer remembers bhimsen's words abt giving him freedom and dharam's words abt not giving him the freedom

rajkumari sia's room
dasi : maharaj.. don't go inside.. rajkumari sia is very angry
king : what happened to my daughter
sia in her room
sia : who light lamps in my room.. i had said u not to do it
dasi : maharani said to light it.. bcos rajkumar harssh is comming
sia : whose room is this.. mine or maharani's i'll decide what shld happen in my room.. where is pitaji
king : sia my daughter.. what happened ... i can't see u crying.. pls show ur smiling face
sia : i won't marry that harssh
king : then don't marry
sia : then pls tell this to mom
king : tell this to ur mom.. pls tell something else...
sia : i knew it.. u wldn't help me.... i don't want to marry harssh.. i don't know him.. if i don't lke him
king : don't worry...
sia :what don't worry.. he is comming here
king : let him come... v both will find out a plan tosend him back

dharam is smiling..
dharam : veer its done.. v won..
jai keeps his hand on fire.. then throws away that lamp
agni : pitaji
jai : if dharam installs that murthy.. aryasabha will htink highly of him
agni : don;t worry pitaji.. they have successfully created that murthy..but will not be able to install it.. i have a plan

bhimsen is sitting near fire.. all shramik men come n sit around it
bhimsen :jai bhavani
shramiks: jai bhavani
bhimsen : tonight is aryavardhan's last night... 2morrow u'll be free.. not bcos of some maseeha.. but ny our bravery.. they r not our god.. v ourself r our gods.. after i finish with this murthy.. i am free from the prison.. then it will be aryavardhan's last night.. the last night of the paramparas created by him.. last night of aryavrats... prepare for tomorrow.. i'll ente r the palace n kill aryavardhan
one shramik.. gives a evil simle. everyone gets up n goes..this guy runs in different direction

agni comes to a soldier
agni : u know .. what to do..r ight?
soldier : yes..
agni gives him a bag of gold

dharam is searching for veer
dharam : where is veer
soldier : he has gone to see the murthy
dharam : without me.. ok.. if anyone asks.. tell v both r together
traitor shramik is running.. dharam comes to the construction site. agni sees the shramik.. n stops him
agni : who r u.. r u some krantikari
shramik : no maharaj
agni : who r u
he kicks him
shramik : iam not whhat u think i am
agni : who r u
shramik : rajkumar dharam
agni :don't take dharam's name in front of me
shramik.. takes knife fromagni's hand n runs away.. dharam comes there
dharam : who was he
agni : don't know.. might be some krantikari
dharam : lets find out.

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:29 AM

30 jan
Dharam-Agni On horse following tht Shramik who come into the mahal to meet Dharam n to give him info abt the plan of "Krantikaries"
D-Tum udhar dekho hum yahan dekhate hain
Both r searching shramik he's hiding in the Grass type something which normally founds in village
He saws Dharam infront of him He shouts
Rajkumaar Dharam
As dharam saws him Agni throughs Knife to him n he fall down,Dharam opens cloth from his Face
D-sakharam
Sakharam-Rajkumar dharam
D- haan sakharam bolo
Sakaharam-Vo krantikari
D- haan bolo kaunse krantikari sakharam
Sakharam Dead
Dharam stands up angry at Angi
D- angi[he shouts] Apne chaaku ko phaikne se pehele ek baar soch liya karo
A-vo,mujhe laga ki vo ek krantikari hain,to maine
D[to sainiks]-Ise le jaao aur Samman poorvak iske parivar ko saup do
--------
Sainik send by Agni is near Murti he cut the one rope of murti little bit
Sainik-ye murti kal khadi nahi rahegi
----------------
It morning all r der to stand up Murti
B-veer hume murti ko dhire uthaana hoga
Veer nod his head saying yes
Jv-uper uthao
Murti is being bringing up and the rope is slowly in position of cut
Veer saws the rope cutting he shouts
V-dharm
All veer,dharam n bhimsingh run and catch murti n stoped it by falling down
All smiles by seeing dv's performance
DV smiles looking at each other
Jv n Agni realised Bhimsingh staring at him
Veer also realised tht Jv n Agni staring at Bhinsingh he nod his head saying rum to Bhimsingh
Bhimsingh try to run But Dharam n Sainik stops him
Jv-kaha jaa rahe ho bhimsingh
Maharaj-kya baat hain jai bhaiyaa
Jv-abhi batata hoon maharaj
He puts out the cloth from bhimsinghs head
Jv-yahi hain vo maharaj-kaidkhane se bhaaga hua kaidi-Kyun rajkumaar kya abbhi aapko iske baare me kuch nahi pata
DV looks at each other
D-nahi hume iske baare me kuch nahi pata
All shocked Bhimsingh angry
Jv-agar aisi baat hain to phir kaid se bhaagane ki saja sirf ek hi ho sakati hain-Maut
All shcoked
D-lekin jai kaka ise maut ki saja hi kyun
Jv-yahi yaha ka kanoon hain aur hum use kisi ko bhi todne nahi de sakate.Abhi aapko bahot kuch sikhana hain Rjakumaar dharam
D-pitaji
M-jai bhaiya thik keh rahe hai,Hum apni paramapara kisi bhi haalat me aur kisike liye bhi nahi tod sakate,
Kal subah ise sabke saamne suli pe chadhaya jaayega
Jv-Pakado ise-aaj se balki abhi se koi dubaara aisi galti karne ki sochega bhi nahi
Veern Bhimsingh looking at each other
B-to ye hain tumhaari aazaadi,galati tumhaari nahi meri hain maine hi ek aryavrat pe bharosa kiya,afsos ki tumhaare khoon ko pehchaan na saka
Sainik took him
----------
Sia's Mahal All seating [rajkumaar Harshh guess Who?? Hez non other than our Beloved Chand of PRC aka Raja Gulatilolz recycling ki bhi hadd hoti hain yaar]
Sia's father-beti sia jaao rajkumaar harshh ko mehel dikhao,aakhir inhe bhi to pata chale ki ye kis Rajkumaari se magani kar rahe hain
Sia's Mother-haan haan jaao
Sia-aayiye,aayiye naa
Sia's father-hum abhi aate hain
Sia's Mother-Are bhai jaao mehmaanon ke liye khaane pine ka intejam karo
------
In taihkhahan
Harshh-Hum kaha jaa rahe hain
Sia-hum aapko apni sabse manpasand jagah dikhane jaa rahe hain-aao
H-ye hain tumhaari manpasand jagaah
S-haan hum yaha roj aate hain yaha sannataa hota hain naa aur hum yha unse baate bhi karte hain
H-kinse baate karti ho tum
S-bhooton se
H-tum bhooton se baate karti hon
S-haaan-tumhe kisine bataaya nahi
S-lo tum ab aaye ho hum kabse tumhaara intejaar kar rahe the toshaye ye rajkumaar harshh hain humaare mangetar
Suddenly table starts moving and the pot which is on table fall down
S-Tufaan! chup ho jaajo-tumhe baad me milvati hoon
H-maa
and he runs from der and sia's father came out from table box both happy
Father-dekha bhaag gaya naa
S-haan!
------------
Jv n agni in jail Jv laughing HAHA!

A-pitaaji hum jeet gaye pitaaji
Jv-nahi agni-jeet to humaari tab hogi jab kal subah Bhimsingh sabko batayega ki use DV ne kaidkhaane se bhagaya tha
B-main aisa kuch nahi karoonga
Jv-hume pata hain ki tum kaidkhane se khud nahi bhaage the balki tumhe DV ne bhagaya tha-Bas tum kal sabke saamne ye bata do to hum tumse vaada karte hain ki hum tumhe humesha ke liye aazad kar denge
B-jaise tumne surama ko aazad kiya tha
Jv shocked and look at Bhimsingh
B-nahi chaahiye aisi azaadi mujhe-aur nahi mujhe tumhaari khushi me shamil hona hain
Jv-ab tum humaari khushi me shamil ho ya naa ho ye baat to tumhe bataani hi padegi
Jv starts heating bhimsingh shouting "Bataani padegi"
Jv-le jaao ise-marne ka itna hi shauk hain to
--------------
Veer doing talwar baji
Flashback
"to ye hain tumhaari aazaadi","afsos main tumhaare khoon ko pehchaan nahi saka"
--------
Maharaj Praying Infront of murti in mehel Dharam enters
D[in his mind]-he maa hume pitaji ko sach bataane ki shakti dena
D-pitaaji hume aapse jaroori baat karni hain-Pitaji vo Hume lagata hain ki bhimsingh ko maut ki saja dena thik nahi hain
M-beta aryanagar ke kaanon ke mutabik...
D-kya hum aryanagar ke kuch kanoon ko badal nahi sakte
Maharaj shocked he shouts
M-dharamaryanagar ke usulo ke chalte hi hum itne saalon se is singhasan par hain,
Kaid se bhaage hue kaidi ko maut ki hi saja milti hain
D-Agar vo kaid se bhaaga na ho to
M-Jab tum humari jagah par baithoge tab tumhe pata chalega,jab se tumne ye murti banakar apni jimmedari nibhaayi hain tab se tumne humaara sir garv se uncha kar diya hain aur hum chahte hain ki tum ise kabhi jhukane naa do aise hi uncha rakho
--------------
Veer-talwar baji
Flashback-"to ye hain tumhaari azaadi","meri galti thi ke maine ek ryavrat par bharosa kiya"
Dharam enters,veer throughs talwar
D-veer,veer vo pitaji samne aa gaye isliye hume samajh nahi aya hum kya kahe-Bhimsingh ko maut ki saja nahi milni chahiye
V-aur aryanagar ki parmparaano ka kya hoga
D-kash hum unhe ye bata paate ke bhimsinh ko hum dono ne milkar kaidkhane se bhagaya tha-humne koshish bhi ki lekin hum pitaji ki nazaron se girana nahi chahte,Hum humesha unka sir uncha rakhana chahte hain
Dharam-Veer seats down
V-chinta mat karo main humesha tumhaare saath hoon-Maharaj ko ye baat kabhi pata nahi chalegi
---------
Morning
All standing sainiks bring bhimsing infront of rope opens him DV look at him he looks at Veer
Sakshi's BF- inhe koi pharak nahi padata
Veer looks at him
Bf-ye to apne matlab ke liye sab karte hain
Sakshi[shouts]-use pharak padata hain
Veer looks at her
Jv-sabhi gunhegaaron ki yahi saja hoti hain
Veer-Flashback-"to ye hain tumhaari azaadi"
--------End of8th Epi---------

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:30 AM

31 jan
bhimsen is abt to be hanged...
soldier : maharaj ke hukum se .. bhagi shramik bhimsen ko kaid khane se bhagne ke jurm ke liye fasi ki saza diya ja raha hai
sis : this is not right
shramik : it is right for them... they have tied clothes around their eyes
veer sees them n walks of from there
dharam : veer ...where r u going
veer ; i can't see this
veer has disguised himself in a black cloth.. n tied cloth aroung his mouth so that only his eyes r visible.. he is standing in a building behind this place.. sis sees him
sis : i knew.. he wld come
agni gives a red cloth to jai. jai starts counting 3,2,
veer thows the rope.. n is ready to dive
jai : 1
when the person is abt to pull the level.. veer comes in a dive with the helpof rope n cuts the rope of bhimsen. hte door below opens n bhimsen fall down.. veer also jumps down
jai : what r looking like this.. catch him
soldiers jump inside
dharam : he will come out from other end of the tunnel..lets go there

veer n bhimsen run.. n reach other end.. he shuts the trap door.. so soldiers r not able to follow them
bhimsen ; who r u
veer removes his cloth
bhimsen : u... being a aryavrath.. u risked ur life to save a shramik
veer : u did no mistake in believing in me.. not every aryavrath is same.. u can go now.. u r free... go soon ..before i change my mind(smiles)
bhimsen : u r not like others... thanks

bhimsen goes out.. a horse is tied there.. he takes the horse n goes off...veer changes his dress n comes there.. he sees horse is not there.. suddenly dharam comes riding a horse along with another horse
dharam : veer.. v have ot catch him.. itaji says.. if we catch him.. he might remove the maut ki saja
veer climbs the horse.. n both follow bhimsen alogn with jai n agni
dharam : he is going towards the kai.. u go this way. i'll go from thise...catch him before he reaches
bhimsen stops near the kai.. n he climbs down. veer comes there n shouts "bhimsen"
dharam, agni n jai reach there
dharam : where is bhimsen
veer : he fell down n died
jai : good that he died
dharam : did u find abt that guy who saved him
jai : no he too escaped

shramiks r sitting around a fire
shramik1 : he came like a toofan n dissappeared
shramik2 : u said the truth.. our maseeha will come
shramik3: yes .. for whom v waited for so long.. he has come.. our days of slavery r over.. v'll get our freedome soon

veer's mom is tying a cloth
sis : where u going.. mother.. tell me
mom : to shankarnath mandir.. on the hills
sis ; but that is only for aryavrats.. shramiks can't go
mom : i have heard that whatever they ask there. they'll get it... i am going to ask for veer's safety.. i am getting scared.. he did that today in josh.. he had hte same aag that i saw in ur father's eyes... i cannot loose him too in that aag.

nivriti is with dasi
nivriti : who was that person.. from where did he come
dasi : no.. v cldn't find out.. now all the shramiks r considering him as their maseeha
nivriti : where was veer
dasi : with dharam.. there only
relief sweeps over nivriti
nivriti : did u find abt his mother
dasi : no.. but our soldiers r searching
nivriti : no one shld find out abt this
dasi : no one will know (to herself: how long will u keep this secret,... one day eveyone will know.. that day.. such a toofan will come that everything will be destroyed)
nivriti : veer is my son..

in the palace
aryavardhan : first tiem.. int he history of aryanagar.. this has happnd
jai &nb sp; : its good that he died
veer gives a smile
aryavardhan : i am more worried abt the person who helped him escape.. jai is he the same.. is he the maseeha
veer looks at him.. not understanding anything
jai &nb sp; : no maharaj... he cannot be the maseeha... that night everyone
aryavardhan : who was he then
dharam : par pitaji... whom r u talking abt.. whose maseeha
flash back of jyotishi telling abt maseeha
aryavardhan : no one... nothing... jai.. find out.. who he was. n from where did he come from
everyone walks out.. veer is looking at them..
dharam : veer.. what happnd
veer : nothing
dharam : lets go then
veer : no i am feeling sleepy... i want to sleep now

two people come inhoses.. one is bhimsen n other a shramik
shramik : forget aryanagar for some time
bhisen : no v have to kill their parampara
shramik : one wrong step will destroy everyhting.. everone thinks that u r dead
bhimsen : right.. v'll start our work.. on next puran masi

rajkumari sia with her father
sia : i am sure harssh will never come back again
father : yes.. he'll never look at this side
sia : pitaji.. if u were not there... i wldn't be able to do this
father : until u get ur sapno ka rajkumar.. u don't have to go anywhere
sia : pitaji.. where ever i go.. u'll also be with me
dasi : maharaj.. maharani is waiting for u both
father : now what.. did she know abt this
sia : don't worry.. i am here naa

they r sitting with harssh's family
harssh's father : our son harssh.. like ur daughter
sia n father r shocked..
rani : oh this is such a glad news.. distribute sweets...
sia(to herself) : i'll not marry this monkey.. i will wait for my sapno ka rajkumar

dharam is thinking abt what his father said
veer in his room.. he looks at mirror
veer : why did i do this
nivriti comes behind
nivriti : what happnd
veer : mom.. i wanted to ask u something.. shld u listen to ur heart or mind
nivriti : our parampara says. vhave to listen to our mind
veer : n what do u felel
nivriti : i always listen to my heart
veer smiles n hugs her
nivriti : what happnd.. did u do anything wrong
veer : no.. now i am alright.. i'll meet dharam n come
veer goes off
nivriti : i know.. u'll also listen to ur heart only... n thats what i am scared of.. ur heart will take u away from me.

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:35 AM

1 fab
Scene 1

Maharaj Aryavardhan is sitting on his throne and Dharam is standing nearby. Both are wearing new costumes!! There is no one else there. Aryavardhan is telling his son that a king shud always follow his mind and not his heart. Aryanagars’s king shud take decisions based on reason and law…in no case should the laws and traditions of Aryanagar be broken. Dharam is listening to him and trying to figure out the meaning of his words..and is paying attention.

Scene 2

Dharam is thinking about how Bhimsen actually died. He is determined to know the facts. He can be seen on his horse and is going the place where Bhimsen dies thru the forests. He stops for a moment as some thought has struck his mind. He says to himself…that he has to find out the truth…but wat if Veer finds out that he has come to find out abt Bhisen’s death…Veer will never forgive him!

Scene 3

Agni is told by a soldier (presume this) that Dharam has left without Veer. He is surprised and says, “At this hour..and that too without Veer!” And then looking at the soldier again he says, “Where did u see him goin?” The soldier replies that he saw him goin towards the forest…Agni says to himself that is the place where Bhimsen died. And then Agni concludes that Dharam is hiding something from Veer. He is into something that will make an eligible king in the eyes of Aryasabha. “I should do wat he is upto before him” he says. (how stupid!!)

Scene 4

Dharam has reached that khaae. He decided to go down to find any traces of Bhimsen…and so he starts climbing down. He reaches a place where he finds a white coloured cloth of Bhimsen. And then remembers how Veer had promised Bhimsen freedom. Some kinda doubt regarding Veer strikes his ind..but he shuns that immediately saying that he cant doubt Veer for a baagi shramik.

Scene 5

Sis and her father are shown..Sia is very irritated..she says how can Hatrsh like me! He is a stupid..has no brains at all. “I wont marry him…and I wont lose heart..i’ll definitely not marry him.hez not my rajkumar..my Prince wil come on a horse n she goes in her dreams!! His father becomes emotional…but she again says that she wont mrry that Harsh.

Scene 6

Bhimsen is on a horse running very fast and villagers notice him..but dont recognize him. (he is covered himself in black cloth) He reaches a dhaba (a motel) and sits on a charpai beside someone. The suddenly a mysterious man who also has covered himself in black cloth comes there…and reaches close to Bhimsen. Bhimsen’s attention is immediatelty drawn to hin n decided to pull out his dagger to hurt him. But this man says, “You have been hiding for ling”..and shows his face…and lo! he is a fellow krantikaari. Bhimsen is satisfied that he wont do any harm to him. Then this man tells Bhimsen to go inside as there is danger outside..and that no one will come to know that B is there. B goes inside.

Scene 7

Agni has reached that khaae too..he sees Dharam there.

Scene 8

Dharam is coming back to palace thru the forest.hez in his thoughts..thingking that has Veer actually betrayed me? Then suddenly a sword placed vertically in the ground takes his attention. He stops and starts to guess who might it be. For a moment he thinks itz Veer. Jus then Agni arrives…and he asks him wat Dharam is doin at night there without Veer. Dharam tells him that hez niot bound to tell him that. But Agni being a fool challenges him and then they hv swrod fighting. Obviously Agni loses!! And Dharam leaves.

Scene 9

Harsh n Sia r in a room. Sia asks him..how can he agree to marry her. She tries to convince him that shez not a good girl by saying that she eats a different kind of breakfast..and she is very very stubborn…and finally says that she doznt like him. To this Harsh replies that she will like him eventually. And Sia leaves in frustration.

Then Harsh’s father enters…and says that Sia has to marry him at any cost..so that all her jayadaad (money..property..in short their kingdom!) can be theirs. And then Harsh says with fiery determination, “Sia ko humse shaadi karni hi padegi!” (Sia HAS to marry him!)

Scene 10

Dharam is in his room..hez writing something in his personal diary. Jus then Veer enters theroom..and our mischievous Veer thinks of troubling Dharam. Veer puts his hand forward to take D’s diary but D was alert n takes him by surrise by actually pulling his hand and then a somersault by Veer!!

Veer sits on the floor..and smiles…thinking “pakad liya!!” Then their fun starts..V manages to take Ds personal diary n runs in the room..D tries to catch him and asks him not to read it! And then D asks V to stop..V does so..but D is smart too..he took his diary back! And then both hv a l’il laugh n sit.

D asks him abt Bhimsen’s death. Veer says if u really wanna know the truth then u’ll hv to play a game. If u win then I’ll tell u the truth..but if I win then u wont ask this question ever again.

Scene 11

Pari n Sakshi have come for the Shankar Bhagwan’s yatra n even Nivriti has come there. Sakshi insists on goin with Pari but Pari refuses saying that only a single jholi will be suffiecint to ask for Veer’s well being! She leaves n so do rest yatris. Pari then colliodes with Nivriti..shez scared but as N doznt know her..she says “its ok!”. Pari then prays to God that V’s reality shud never be disclosed..n Nivriti prays that V shud never leave her.

Scene 12

We see both of them sword fighting in the same place where Veer was previously shown with his sword.

They have a good game…full of special effects..you hv to watch all this.. its good! They both keep saying stuff like V says I am the best …n D says that he has never lost in sword fighting..n V says that thatz coz D has never faced V, the champ!

And then wen it looks like V has won..D wins! The episode ends with Veer’s blank look.

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:36 AM

Dharam-Veer seating in dharams room
D-bhimsen ki maut kaise hui
Veer shocked....Scene when bhimsen falls frm khai veer reach der n he was abt to get him up but dharam reaches n by eye n nodding head bhimsen give slight to veer n he tells dharam he died by falling down in khai
V-tum sach jaanna chahte ho...Chalo k khel khelte hain main hara to main tumhe sab sach battaunga par agar tum haare to phir ye sawal tum dubaara nahi poochoge
Same last epi talwarbaji starts
-------------
Jv seating in chair closing eyes
Imagining Agni's rajyabhishek same as him n rajyasabha make dharam raja
He shouts with shock n gets up
Jv-nahi
A-kya hua pitaji aap thik to hain
Jv-unhe main tumse ye singhasan chin ne nahi dunga,main dharam ko tumhare raste se hata kar rahoonga
Naa rahega baas naa bajehi baasuri
--------------
Sia's mehel
S-mele me lekin kyun
Sia's mother-apne sukhi paarivaarik jeevan ke liye
S-ab is sukhi jeevan ka mele se kya sambandh
Sia's mother-jo kuwari ladkiyaan mahashivratri ke mele me jaakar bhagvaan shiv se apne sukhi vaivahik jeevan ke liye prarthana karti hain unka parivarik jeeevan safal hota hain
S-lekin humaara to koi var bhi nahi hain,hum kiske liye pooja karenge
Sia's mother-rajkumar harshh ke liye vo bhi to jaayenge aapke saath
S-harshh hum uske liye kabhi pooja nahi karenge hum uske saath shaadi nahi karna chahte vo hume bilkul pasand nahi hain maa....Hume to sirf apne sapno ke rajkumaar ka intezaar hain
Sia's mother-rajkumaari sia spno ki duniya se bahar aayiye
S-par hum..
Sia's mother- jaayiye jee bhar ke sapne dekh lijiye apne sapno me,kal aapko subah jaldi uthana hain mele me jaane ke liye
S-thik hai lekin hum pooja harshh ka naam lekar nahi karenge
---------------------
In dv mehel
V-agar tum aise hi talwar baaji karte rahe to koi ldki tumhaari taraf dekhegi bhi nahi
D-kyun?kya ladkiyon ko yehi sab pasand hai
V-kyun ladkiyaan jaanti hi kya hain hum ladko ke baare me
D-kya tum kisi rajkumaari se kabhi mile ho
V-nahi aur main kisi aisi ladki se milna bhi nahi chahta
D-jab miloge tab kya karoge veer
V-meri chodo apni battao-tumhe kaisi ladki chahiye
D-beheti hawaaon si chanchal
------------------
sia taking out all her clothes from trunk
S-humaara nila lehenga kaha hain,hum kabse dhundh rahe hai
------------------
D-samundar ke paani ke tarah shaant
------------------
S-hume kal subah mele me jaana hain aur...
Maid-rajkumaari sia
------------------
D-chand se bhi jyada sunder
------------------
Sia's face shown n red dupatta fall down while her face shown
S-kya hain
M-apne vo nila lehenga pehen rakha hain
S-achha,pehele kyun nahi bataya,jaao humaara kamara saaf karo hume sona hain,kal subah hume jaldi uthakar mele me jana hain
pata nahi maa humaare saath ye sab kyun kar rahi hain
Maid smiles
-------------------
V-main bhagvan se prarthana karoonga ki o tumhe tumahaari manpasand ladki se mila de,aur agar nahi mili to tum kavi jaroor ba jaoge
D-veer...
V-kya tha vo hawaon ki tarah chanchal..samundar ke pani tarah shant
D-veer...
V-aur kya tha vo
Both run
---------------------
Jv n agni in some khandar
A-pitaji ye hum kaha aaye hain
Jv-dv ko mele tak pahoonchane hi naa de aur raste me hi khatam kar de
One man-kise maarna hain
Jv-rajkumaar dharam
Man shocked
He look at money bag given by Jv to him
Man-rajkumaar dharam ko bhi maar denge
----------------------
Dharam going somewhere
In jail two mens talking
First men-humaara masiha aa gaya
Second me-bhimsen ko jisne bhagaya vo vahi tha
First men-ab hum aazad ho jaayenge
Dharam shocked-flaskback of rajmehel "hume us baagi shramik se jayada uske masihe ki chinta ho rahi hain,kahi ye vahi to nahi", "nahi maharaj ye vo nahi ho sakata"
D-kahi ye vahi to nahi jiske baare me pitaji baat kar rahe the,agar ye vahi hain to hume pata lagana padega aakhir ye hain kaun
--------------------------
On yatra
Pari staring at nirviti,nirviti saws her
Flash back nirviti gets veer in bucket "aaj se ye humaara beta hain Veer"
N-suna
Pandit-jaao beti raani maa tumhe bula rahi hain
Pari goes to her
N-tumhaara naam kya hain
P-pari
N-suna hain pahadi shankar bhagavan se jo bhi maango va mil jata hain
P-haan maine bhi aisa suna hain
N-tum kya maangane aayi ho
Flashback-"agar unhe pata chala ki aryavraton ka naash karne wala masiha unke apne mehel me pal raha hain,to ve veer ko mar daalenge", "is parampara ko mitaane ke liye maine apne pati ko kho diya,apne bete ko beta kehene ko ag ko kho diya"
P-main apne ghar ke chiraag ko humesha jalaane ki dua maangane aayi hoon
aap kya maangane aayi hain
Flashback-"aap humaara moon to band karava sakti hain raani maa lekin jis tarah veer un shramikon ke paas jaa raha hain tab vo din door nahi jab veer aapse humesha ke liye door ho jaayega"
N-hum bhi apne ghar ke chirag ko jallaye rakhana chahate hain,hum apne veer ko khona nahi chahte
P-lekin veer to aap hi ke paas hain
N-haan abhi to vo mere paas hain
--------------------
Dharam in his room
D-us din humne pitaji se poocha to unhone kuch bhi nahi bataaya-ye baat nirviti bua ko jaroor pata hogi
Sunanda enters she gives dharam glass
S-ye lijye rajkumaar dharam
D-sunanda nirviti bua vaapas kab aayengi
S-yatra to abhi shuru hui hain unhe vaapas aane me bahot waqt hain
D-thik hain
S-kya baat hain aap kuch pareshaan lag rahe hain
D-nahi kuch nahi,veer kaha hain
S-vo to apne kaksh me so rahe hain
S-aap kuch pareshaan hain
D-sunanda aap to kayi saalon se is ghar me kaam kar rai hain,aapko kisi shramikon ke masihaan ke baare me pata hain
Sunanda shocked
S-aapko kisne bataya
D-aakhir kaun hain ye,aur pitaji isse itna darte kyun hain
Flashback-"apni jubaan par ye baat kabhi mat lana sunanda hum tumhara gala kaant denge"
S-mujhe nahi pata
D-leking abhi to aapne kaha,kuch to pata hoga
S-hume sirf itna pata hain ki 15saal pehele shramikon ke yaha unk masiha paida hua tha aur dida ne bhavishyavani maharaj ke saamne ki thi,aur unhone kuch bataya tha
D-kya bataya tha
S-vo to hume nahi pata
D-akhir kuch to baat hain hum khud jaakar dida se poonchate hain-hume pata lagaana hi hoga
Dharam leaves
------------------
Sia in her mom's room
S-pitaji,pitaji
F-shocked n get up-kya hain
S-baat karni hain,vaha chalte hain
Both seats down
F-kya hain
S-pitaji hume nind nahi a rahi hain
F-to
S-maa hume mele me bhejena chahti hain aur harshh ke saath,hum nahi jana chahte aur nahi harshh se shaadi karan chahte hain aur isiliye hum mehel se bhag jaayenge
F-achha to phir main bhi tumhaare saath bhaag chalata hoon
S-sach
F-kya hain main tumhaari maa se bhagane ke liye bhaagane ko humesha taiyaar hota hoon
Both laughs n leaves de r going and Sia's mom came
M-kaha
S-vo maa bahar,tehelane vo maa hume nind nahi aa rahi thi naa
M-bahar raat ko tehelane
S-haan maa ab raat ko koi lambe safar ke liye to jaaye ga nahi naa
M-tumhe subah jaldi uthakar mele ke liye jana hain jaao jaa kar so jao
S-par maa
M-jaao...aap idhar chaliye
S-kabhi keheti hain mele me jaao kabhi keheti han so jaao,humaari baat ki ko kadar hi nahi hain yaha pe
He disappeares
-----------------
Dharam goes to met dida
He enters
Di-aao rajkumaar dharam aao hume pata tha ki tum ek na ek din is staya ki khoj me yahan jaroor aaoge
D-kaisa sach kis sach ki baat kar rahe hain aap
Di-aisa sach jiske baare me tum nahi jaante,aryavraton ke ant ka satya
Dharam shocked
Di-aaj se 15 sal pehele shramikon ka masiha paida hua tha aur tab maine kaha tha ki vo aryavraton ka nash karega tab mujhe bataya gaya tha ki use paida hote hi maar diya gaya hain....lekin ab mujhe lag raha hain ki vo jinda hain-ab vo din door nahi jan vo masihaan aryavraton ki saari parmaparaon ko tod dega aryavraton ko nasht kar dega...aryavraton ko humesha ke liye mita dega
Dharam shouts
D-nahi hum aisa nahi hone denge humaare hote hue aisa nahi ho sakata,hum khud use dhundhkar use maar daalenge
--------End of 11th Epi--------

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:37 AM

dharam is thinking abt jyotishi's words n comming out
dharam : why did they hide such a big thing from us
aryavardhan is thinking: it was silent for so long.. v thought maseeha is dead.. but now.. who is this person who saved bhimsen
jai enters
jai : maharaj u called me
arya : i am worried abt that maseeha
jai : don't worry maharaj.. i have killed him
arya : killed him
jai : yes maharaj... there is no such maseeha
arya : then who saved bhimsen
jai : no that person is someone else not maseeha.. don't worry
arya : how cani not worry

dharam to himself : no i'll not allow anyone to destroy us.. i'll find him.. n kill him
jai : maharaj.. lets talk to the jyotishi once more
dharam enters
dharam : no need . i have met him just now
arya : why
dharam : to get some answers for a 15 yr old question.. thatmaseeha is still alive
jai : its not possible
dharam : no u all r in galat faimi jyotishi said that he is alive.. he will destoy our empire
jai : its not possible.. i have killed him... trust me
arya : yes.. might be this prophec of jyotishi is false
dharam : has it happened before
arya : yes.. everything that jyotishi said might not be true.. don't worry
dharam : then who saved bhimsen
arya : don't worry. there is no maseeha.. u forget all these.. n get ready to go to the mela.. n pray for prosperity in aryanagar.. n don't talk abt this maseeha to anyone.. not even to veer
dharam : ok
sunanda is listening to all these.. n she is shocked

nivriti is trying to open a box
pari : rani ma.. i'll help u
she opens it
nivriti : thanks
sunanda is comming in a rath
nivriti :sit here
pari : me
nivriti : yes.. sit down
pari : rani ma..c an i ask u something
nivriti :yes
pari : how was veer .. when he was a kid
nivriti : just like now... he was very naughty
pari : really.. what he used to do
they show... two kids standin near a window.. a lady is walking down.. veer has a bowl full of some white liquid.. he pours it on that lady.. n gives the bowl to dharam. so when the lady looks up.. she sees dharam with the bowl
pari : he is ziddi too?
nivriti : yes... he does what ever he feels like.. once he decides something.. he'll do it
pari (to herself): just like his father
sunanda comes there
sunanda : rani ma
nivriti : sunanda u.. here... is everything alright
sunanda : rani ma... u have to come with me
nivriti : is veer alright
sunanda : i'll tell u... come soon
nivriti : ok... (to pari): i have to leave this yatra.. i know.. there is no difference in mamta.. so pls consider veer as ur son.. n pray for him too.. pls don't say no...
pari : yes.. i'll pray for him

dharam in front of a mirror.. he is dressing up.. veer is sitting there..g etting rritated..
veer :u r getting ready.. like.. u r going to meet ur.. jheel si shant rajkumari there
dharam : i am getting ready for myself
veer : ya.. i can see that... put a teeka also.. so that nazar na lage
dharam : ok lets go

nivriti in her room
nivriti : what maseeha
sunanda: that maseeha .. who will bring an end to the parampara of aryavrat
nivriti : why r u telling me allt hese
sunanda: bcos.. jai said.. he killed all kids born on that day.. but v know..one kid escaped
nivriti : i have to go
sunanda: that maseeha is veer
nivriti : sunanda, once morre u tell this.. i'll kill u
dasi : rani ma.. dharam n veer r waiting to go to the mela
nivriti : i'll come
sunanda: when everyone will understand.. u won't have to tell anyone.. veer is the maseeha

nivriti takes arti for DV
veer : mother v r going to a nearby place
dharam : yes.. bua.. if v don't leave now.. mela will get over
she ties thread to their wrists
nivriti : be with dharam
both touch her feet n goes

sia in her bed
sia : no i won't go
dasi : rajkumari its late already
sia : i don't want to go
king :sia . my daughter.. get up
sia : pitaji.. i don't want to go
king : ok if u don't want.. then u sleep
rani comes in
king ; that.... sia doesn't want to go to mela.. she wants to sleep
rani : sia get.. up...
sia : i do't want to go
rani : its all decided.. u have to go get ready soon
sia : what museebat is this..
she gets up.. her sandles r not htere.. one dasi comes n puts it there. she gets up.. one more dasi is holding milk. she drinks
sia : when it is decided tha t i have to marry that fool harssh.. then why shld i pray for good married life.. u people also get ready to go
rani : no they r not comming..t hey have no work there
sia ; no they will also come

dv r ready to go
dharam : why so many soldiers
veer : u r the future king.. so how can u go alone.. u r a rajkumar... so u shl d behave like one
dharam glares at him
arya : dharam is lucky that he got a brother like u
nvriti : take care of dharam
veer : more than my life

agni comes inside cave
agni : dharam has left for mela
the soldiers go out
agni : pitaji.. if these bandars r not ableto kill dharam
jai : don't worry..t hen v have shera
agni : shera
v see a person.. standing there..face covered with black cloth.. only eyes is seen.. people r shouting :shera, shera...
that person jumps tot he boat

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:37 AM

All shouting shera shera One boy asks where is shera He'z Tasha [itz Mehul]
Shera throw knife towards him
It Boat Race helding btwn them in which who'll goes other side of river n came first back again with flag he'll win
Shera's Bos's Man telling Bos tht Tasha is also Participating in Boat Race
Bos saying these dalma ppl neva gona win by shera
Race starts First Tasha is forward but Shera manages to came forward Tasha do cheating but shera reach next side of river tasha also reach behind her
Tasha cut the rope of shera's boat so tht her boat will goes back with water
Both run Shera warn Tasha saying if ur life if Imp for u then go back
Tasha said who'll win we'll see here only
Both starts figting with Sword suddenly Tasha tear out shera's mouth cloth
Tasha shocked tht shera is gurl
Shera didn't missed chance n push tasha n run with flag
But tasha reach n get flag from her n goes
Shera's Bos worried tht wer'e shera
But shera came by swimming n catch tasha in boat fall him down in river n win
Tasha said sardar's daughter naa so alwayz she won's
Shera's bos gives her some thing like New type Bow n Arrow
One man came n tell bos tht aryarajya's maharaj send message tht dn't send shera anywhere in these two-three dayz they can need her
Sia still not ready to go But her mom send her
She goes with all her dassies by saying i luv myself so i'll take then all together
Her father worried n said to her mom y u doing all this with sia
Her mom sayz cz i wanted to her ht she go out of mehel n sees the world
D-V going Dharam angry on Veer cz of him those sainik with them
Veer laughs n sayz will do something dharam asks wat n he sayz Kabristan
Here banders r following both DV
Senapati shouting rajkumaar plz go slow
Sia talking to herself wat an yatra how slow we r going after this yatra if my n harshh's life will not be happy then i'll kill harshh
She stops palkhi n going here n der n finaly stands on one rock
Here in yatra pandit tells tht last part of yatra is very difficult anyone also goes there without shoes n without drinking water
He asks anyone is here who wated to give this as Prayer to Lord Shiv
Pari sayz i'll do
Pandit asks her to think again
Flashback of Surama's death n Nirviti's Promise
She sayz no i'll do this i came here with very Imp Wish
DV in Kabristaan
Veer asks dharam tht who's kabar is tht?[to scare all sainiks so tht they can go back]
Dharam starts story by saying tht kabar is of one rajkumaar who was going to marry tht sides rajkumaari but one daako kill him
Veer asks y?
Dharam said cz he also wanted to marry tht rajkumaari
Veer sayz Wat?how can anyone do this for any gurl
Dharam sayz but no one goes from here cz tht rajkumaar eat tht person cz his Ghost is here in Kabristaan
Senapati n all scared
Veer sayz ghost n all is not there wait i'll go n watch
Dharam shouting don't go veer
Veer goes Dharam also goes behind her
All watching from gate
Both inside n There is already one Whole a Gadda
Veer sayz see nothing happen to me
Suddenly veers acts as he's falling tht Kabar
All scared
Veer shouts dharam push me up dharam give me ur hand
Both act as they gone into kabar
Senapati asks one sainik to go inside but he sayz i had four childerens
All go back to Aryanagar
DV laughing n coming out from tht Gadda
Veer founds one way
Dharam goes first he holds leg of Sia
Sia shouts Bachaao
N she falls into his arms
Veer shouthing dharam give me hand...dharam but
He came up n Ses both of them
-------End of 13th Epi-------

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:38 AM

Today's episode starts with Dharam asking Veer about BheemSen's death,Veer tries to enact the whole scenario and in the process fakely faints,when Dharam comes near him V says "Phir mere aankhon ke saamne se BS gir gaya"

Dharam Says"Bheem Sen ke maut se jyada hume is baat ka dar that ki tum humse jhooth bol rahe ho".......then D promises to V that he will never doubt Veer anymore.

Shera is thinking of the day when her mother's funeral pyre was lit,her father comes to her and Shera says"baba main maa ke baghair nahi reh sakti",for which her father consoles her by saying that"Waqt ke saath saath yeh dard bhi kam ho jaayega"

Maharaj Aryavardhan is thinking about Beera's prophecy and then Dharam's words,he prays to the goddess and says"Humaare Dharam ko us maseehe ke Saaye se bhi door rakhna"

Now.......Dharam and Veer are standing and looking for that kabeela,Dharam realises that it is not a kabeela afterall and he becomes happy,Veer understands the reason for Dharam's happiness and pulls his legs .

Sia is asking for some entertainment from her maid and her maid says that she has arranged some neighbouring villagers for that.Sia says she will take some rest while the maid waits outside.

Those bandars(as Agni calls them,sorry don't know the name)tries to enter inside by following D and V.

Babu and Bheemsen are riding on the horse when babu falls down because of the spiked rod that has ben laid by those bandars for D and V.Bheem Sen goes to fetch some help.

Dharam is afraid of going inside,but again Veer taunts him by saying that"AryaNagar ka hone waala raja ladkiyon se darta hai"Dharam agrees to come inside but on one condition that Veer will do the talkingThey both enter but through the back door.

On entering they see Sia lying down on her bed with the facepack,her eyes being shutVeer tries to take the fruits quietly but in the process drops a glass,Then he starts talking like a girlSia asks "aa gayi ho tum,Thodi der mera pair daba do"thinking that it is that maid who is making the noiseVeer asks Dharam to go and Dharam goes to Sia,and starts pressing her legs but Sia asks "itni zor se kyun daba rahi ho" for which Veer again replies in the feminine voice that since Sia must be very tired,her legs are being pressed hard

Sia doubts and asks for the voice change,and Veer replies back that while yawning "Humari mooh mein Macchhar chala gaya"and then he says"aap bhi mooh bandh karlo nahi to macchar chala jaayega,yahan bahot macchar hai"Sia immediately shuts her open mouth.The maid enters now and shouts on seeing these two ,Sia opens her eyes and asks her sainiks to capture these two hooligans for which Dharam pleads and says that he himself is a rajkumar......but who bothers!!Sia asks these two to entertain her before punishing them

Now,jaimama is again saying to Agni that by killing these captured shramiks Agni will succeed in killing many shramiks while Dharam failed to capture even one Bheem Sen.So Agni will win the crown.

Veer's sister says that they are being made as the "bali ka bakhra"and retaliates to jaimama,he hits her inturn.and asks for her mom's whereabouts.He asks his sainiks to go and fetch Pari.

Jai and Agni again play the same game that they palyed with Veer's father and kills many shramiks,now it is Veer's sisters turn to run and die.

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:39 AM

So ,everyone dies in the process of running(?),it is Sakshi's turn now,she runs with a bunch of women folks,All die but her,she runs away from that place and is saved by Kranti,Sakshi is very angry and shouts that she wants to tell everything to Pari before officially joining the Krantikari's group.She again says "humara Maseeha hai"

--------------------------

Those real Kalaakars are tied up and are taken over by those men sent by Agni,Sia is all dressed up(new dress,so her dress for the next 15 days is white in colour)and ready to watch the nautanki,veer insists that they should run away but Dharam is asusual not willing and wants to see the show ,Veer ends up saying"sherni kaa Shikaar banna accha lagta hai"

-----------------------------

Shera is playing with her so called sword ,when Pasha orders his bunch of men to attack her ,he says "shera ka kissa yahin khatam kar doonga",as usual Shera winsand fights with Pasha,again wins.......the show is put up as if both are rehearsing for some stage showand then officially asks Pasha to fight with her in front of everyone but tomorrow.

--------------------------------------

Pari reaches the temple,Nivrutti also starts her prayer without eating or drinking anything,both are praying for Veer's safety(Ek Anaar kitne Bimaar),ok,this scene is divided into 3--Nivrutti praying,Pari also praying,Kranti and Sakshi running.Suddenly "thaap",Nivrutti's thaali of flowers fall!!

Sakshi reaches the temple and tries to talk to Pari while Kranti distracts everyone.Sakshi tells her mother that it is high time Veer gets to know his reality,Pari refuses to abide,after all she can't let go her pooja waste.Saakshi says that she is going to those Krantikaari's for once and she won't return back home as jai's sainiks are on a look out.

---------Commercial Break,For the first time I saw two commercials in the DV break (One for Veer-Colgate,Other for Shera -Livon hair silky potion)other wise till now it used to be only prog trailors--------

Sia is preparing for the entertainment,while Nivrutti successfully finishes her pooja,and then while taking her glass of milk again"thaap",milk spills and she starts crying because she can't convince god who she thinks is angry.

Sia is shown grinning,Veer is shown grinning,Dharam is shown grinning,the process goes on for the whole 5 min ,Sia,Dharam,veer........Sia ,Dharam,veer..oops Colgate ka asar!!

Bheemsen on his way finds those original kalaalars tied up,they tell him about those fakies and their intentions,Bheemsen unwary of the fact that Dharam and Veer are there goes there in time to save Sia whom he thinks will be targetted.Those fakies attack Dharam,Bheemsen Intervenes,fight goes on ......Dharam sees BS's face and is shell shocked!!He turns to Veer who is also equally shocked ,somehow they end up doing the kalaakar's job by jumping and somersaulting.......at last fakies die ,bheemsen runs away,Dharam again fails in capturing him but this time he is too angry at Veer(Who has lost his hassi somewhere now).

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:39 AM

dharam pushes away veer's hand from his shoulder
veer : dharam, that.... i am sorry
sia : they attacked me.. u pushed me to ground n now u r telling him sorry.. from when i have met u... its all trouble.. if i knew that before i start my suki vaivahik jeevan, i wld have to meet u two dakus, i wld have never come here... i know both of u r in this together... i know u both want to kill me
veer : listen dharam
dharam :enough .. leave me alone
he goes off.. veer follows him
sia : eeven i don't want tostay with u.. nor listen to u

jai n agni in a room
agni : by now, v shld have receieved news of dharam's death
jai :enough agni.. lets wait for some more time
jai sees shadow of someone comming
jai : they might have just reached mela.. u do't worry.. they will be alright
agni :what
jai shows the expression that someone has come inside . it is nivriti
agni : oh.
nivriti : jai bhaiya.. even i am scared abt them.. till now.. no news
jai : nivriti.. they have gone to a mela.. not any war.. nothing will happen to them.. they have our blessings

shera is practicing with sword.. one person comes in
person :heard that u r fighting with tasha.. that too in his place.. u feel u can win... u r forgetting that u r a girl... n girl shld stay in the house
shera : n u r forgetting that shera is no less than any boy
her father comes in
father :heard that u r fight with tasha
shera : yes
father :why
shera :bcos, he always tries to attack me from behind
father : i know shera.. but v fight with our usool.. v do only that work.. for which v get money..
shera : but
father : u r not fighting with tasha.. don't waste ur energy on him.. concentrate on ur work.. thats all

dharam is practicing with sword.. remembering what veer said to him.. veer comes from behind
veer : i don't know.. why i did this
dharam : do u know... why u said me lies
veer : i thought u wldn't understand
dharam : thats right.. i cannot understand u... for saving the life of a bhagi shramik.. u said lies to me
veer : that time.. i didn't think abt anything... i did what my heart said
dharam : even to tell me lies
veer : i said that to save him
dharam : by breaking the rules of aryanagar
veer :our rules r very strict.. do u know.. why he was put in jail
dharam : i don't want to know... u went against our parampara.. 1st time u said lies to me
veer : i didn't think like that dharam
dharam : what u thought is wrong
veer : don't know what happnd to me.. i felt it was wrong.. i felt saving him is right... trust me
dharam : no i can never trust u again
he takes the sword n goes off. veer is remembering all old times of friendship "kya tunhe tumhare veer par bharosa nahi... khud se bhi zyada"

bhimdev reaches his friend. ties cloth to his leg
bhimsen : babu r u all right
babu :yes... is everything all right
bhimsen : no... u have to be careful babu.. v have to go away from here soon
babu : why
bhimsen : DV saw me
babu : then v cannot got o mela n get the weapon.. everything is finished
bhimsen : no nothhing is finished.. v'll go to mela bfore DV reach there n take the weapons.. can u walk
babu : i came here to fight n u r asking me f i can walk
bhimsen : i fel my dost is angry
babu : v have to keep alive the fire lit by soma
bhimsen : jai bhavani

pari is thinking abt whatever sakshi said
to herself : i have got caught in such a chakraviewh .. one side my son... who will be killed if his reality is known.. n other side m daughter.. who saw her father die and is waiting for veer to come n save her... who shld i choose.. god pls help me

sia with her dasis... all the tents r burned
sia : v r going from here.. pack up everythig
dasi : rajkumari. there is nothing left to pack... everything is burned
sia :then prepare my palki
dasi : that is also destroyed
sia : what.. i have to go to the mehal
dasi : mehal is far away.. mela is nearer
sia : ok then i'll go to mela
dasi : u will walk n go... in this night?
sia : yes. i'll go

dharamis sitting near a fire.. veer is looking at him.. a sad song is played in background veer remembers when they were kids " veer mein tumhe chodonga nahi... apne veer par bharosa nahi.... khud se bhi zyada"
dharam looks at him then turns back.. veer goes back..then stops n looks at dharam.. again dharm looks at him.. he has tears in his eyes.. veer also has tears.. he wipes it.. dharam sees this

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:40 AM

Epi starts with Jaivardhan killing all those monkeys for being unsuccessful and then says "ab hum uski mada lenge jisska war kabhi khali nahi jata"........

Other the other hand Shera goes to Shasha's area for fight..........Shera's dad comes to know about this and follow Shera.......in the meanwhile shasha sets a trap to kill Shera.... n then shera arrives there and after excange of few words, both start fight..... ....Shasha was on the verge of defeat n Shera's dad arrives there n then shera leave shasha n says ."hum tumhare khoon se apni talwar na gandhi karna chahte".............. n then Shera's dad says. "shera mujhe tum par garv hain n then they both move from there.....................

on the other hand...Veer Says"Dharam, lo main lep laga detta hoon".......but Dharam takes his hand away...........then Veer asks."Dharam , Kaya tum mujse baat nahi karna chahte". Dharam dont replies......Veer says."to theek hai . Main ja raha hoon....main tumhare bina nahi reh sakta"...... Veer pretends to jump from the hill.... Dharam gets shocked........n then he crying....."veer tumne ye kaya kiya...hum tumhare bina nahi reh sakte". then Veer puts hand of Dharam's shoulders from behind and asks for the forgiveness.. they both hug each other n then some song is played in background...........

Shera's dad says to her...."shera, pas ke hi gaon main chandu naam ka vayapari rehta hai......voh vasooli nahi de raha......lagta hain mujhe hi vahan jana padega .. Aryanagar se tumhare liye kabhi vhi bhoolawa a sakta hai".... Shera replies......"Shera ke hote hoye uske pitaji ko kahin jane ki zaroorat nahi. aap unse kahiye ki voh intazaar karen". they she goes to tht gaon n goes to tht Chandoo vyapari and asks him to give vasooli.......he denies initially.......then she takes out her khanjar n places his(chandoo's) hand on table and starts kinda play(just like wat Bobby deol did in Soldier)..... Frightened Chandoo gives Vasooli to her and then she returns to her place.....n Jaivardhan n Agni were too going towards Shera's place.......

On the other hand. Dharam n Veer were going towards mela on their horses.... Veer says."pata nahi vo sherni kahan tak pahunchi hogi.....".. Dharam asks "kaun"...... Veer replies "vohi Humari bhoori aankon vani.. nahi tumhari bhoori aakhon wali rajkumari"............... Rajkumari sia gets unconscious and falls down due to continuous traveling........... Dharam n Veer both see her in tht condition but r afraid to help her..... So they disguise themselves as babas. n goes to her..........Sia's dasi asks them who they r ?. they say. tht they r veds.......n will treat Sia... Veer asks Dharam to apply ointment(lep) on Sia's feet.........He starts doing them Suddenly Sia wakes up and asks her dasi."yeh namune kaun hain.inki himmat kaise huye hume choone ki". Veer replies "apna nooh band karlo varna machar chala jayega". She comes to know tht they both r those boyz only n they she removes their duplicate mustache n they both run from there

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:41 AM

jai nad agni r standing near a river. a boat come to them.. one man gets out.. tie thier eyes and take them
agni : which direction r u going
daku : u need not worry abt that
jai : yes agni, v have to worry abt our work only
takes them to a cave. they remove the cover from eyes. shera's father is standing there
father :u have come again
jai : yes.. this tie i have brought ur money too
father : who shld be killed now
jai : aryanagar's future king- rajkumar dharam
shera is standing near a water fall

DV walkingin the mela.. veer buys a toy.. then gives it to a kid..shera also comes there. she remembers what her father said "ur duty is to kill dharam, veer - his yougher bro will always be with him.. like is shadow. dharam walks like a prinve.. but veer's walk has a ajeeb si zindagiri Dv comes to the temple
pujari : rajkumar dharamveer, v were waiting for u
both pra
pujari : arthi will start soon
veer : sukriya pujariji
they go away.. sia also comes there
sia : whatever mother said, i cannot see harssh inthat way.. he doesn't have that thing.. how can i marry.. pls show me the righ t way.

a game is going on.. that is throwing knife at some bags hung there
veer : u do it. if i do, it will get over soon... cos veer's aim is always on target
dharam aims
veer : not like this.. its like this.. little down
dharam : will u let me do it
veer : ya ya... aryanagar's future king feels, his aim is right on target
dharam thows the knife but it misses target n lands in front of sia and sia is shocked
veer : close ur mouth.. or machr will enter
sia : u both want to kill me
dharam : no no
sia : i know.. that is ur intention
dharam : no u r thinking wrong
sia : i don't want to see u two again.. get lost
dharam : it was not done purposefully
sia goes off
veer :it was not done purposefully. cos i only see ur eyes.. n have got lost in it

pari :kranthi, have v come tothe right place
kranthi : yes........... see there
sakshi : mother..... as soon as veer comes.. u will tell him right
pari : y'day jai's people came to search u
sakshi : when veer comes from mela u will tell him ........right?
pari : til jai forgets..u stay here
sakshi : mother i am asking u something... when veer comes from mela u will tell him
pari nods yes.

agni :pitaji
jai :agni, did u find sakshi
agni : no not yet
jai : what.. go find her soon
agni : yes
jai : if aryasabha comes to know abt this... u'll never be the king
agni : don't worry.. our soldiers r searching for her..t hey will find her
jai : in few mins.. the news of dharam's death will also come... what a plan..

Inside a tent
bhimsen : jai bhavani.. thanks to keeping DVinvolved inthe game
villager : that was my duty.. did u get all ur weapons
bhimsen : yes... now.. our war will start. where is DV
villager : went to see the dance

sia is seeing a pupet show..d haram is watching her. shera is aiming at dharam.. but suddenly veer comes there.. he is talking to dharam.. but dharam is not listening.. finally veer sees that dharam is looking at sia.. he throws a groundnut at him
dharam : when did u come
veer : i am standing here from long time
dharam : i didn't know
veer : cos ur dyan was somewhere else
dharam : matlab
veer : u know..
dharam : what
veer : u like that sherni
dharam : nothing like that.. i have siad u bfore too

bhimsen n babu r going in a bullock cart. babu stops
bhimsen : what
babu : lets rest for sometime
bhimsen : no time torest.. the arthi in mandir of aryanagar wills tart now..
babu : yes.. once aryavardhan is killed... then v'll enjoy
bhimsen : first v have to distribute this weapons to all shramiks bfore dv comes
babu : ok.. v'll stop there only now

sia buys a pot
sia : take all these money.. if sia likes something.. she will give any amount
Dv are playing something.. dharam falls on sia by mistake.. the pot falls down nbreak
sia : u
dharam : it was not intentional
veer closes his ears
sia : keep quiet.. i know.. u did this intentionally... from wheni have met u... i have been facing problems
dharam : that ..me n veer
veer : don't put me in between.. u tell
sia : i will not take care of u. but one more person.. bcos of whom who will fall at my feet
veer : have u domesticated some tiger
sia : no.. my fiance.. the prince of chatarpur...he knows how to behave with rajkumaris.. he'll teach u a lesson..
dharam is shocked

sia goes off..
sia : first mother send me in this stupid yatra...thent hese two
veer :whats wrong
dharam : nothing
veer : its her fiance.. she has not yet married him
sia : i want ot know if harssh is my sano ka rajkumar
dasi : there is a banjaran in this tent who willt ell everything
sia : really... ok i'll see her
veer : wait here.. i'll come
dharam : where r u going
veer : to change ur future

sia enters the tent.. a voice comes " ur sapno ka rajkumar has already entered ur life.. n he will change ur life"
the banjaran comes out.. it is veer disguised as a lady

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:42 AM

Sia goes to meet the sooth sayer and the sooth sayer is none other than Veer who dons up as a banjaaran,Veer tells Sia that her 'sapno ka raajkumar' has a name starting with"Dh"and not"H"...he(sorry She) says that "Dh" hi teri manzil hai,woh kab se tera intezar kar raha hai" and tells her that the guy will be the one who wins some Mahabali xyz in a mukabla.Sia (as usual) goes away with a confused look!!

------------------------------------

Whew!!So atlast Senapati Charu Sena reaches the palace after waiting outside the kabrastan for 2 days Nivrutti gives him an angry glance and asks him to immediately go and find these two,Senapati leaves for his second mission

----------------------------------------

Shera ,who is badly after Dharam again tries to hit him but Veer intervenes in time and takes him for the mukaabla.Veer registers Dharam's name as the official fight partner of mahabali xyz...Sia is too happy to know that "her sapno kaa rajkumar " is Dharam after all.Fight begins and after some initial maar khaana,Dharam succeeds in winning the mukaabla,but Alas!!Shera's poisonous arrow hits Dharam and Dharam starts feeling dizzy.This time Shera has got the success because Dharam is fighting in the same place where she fought with Pasha just a day back,location familiarity has been her USP

Senapati CharuSena also enters the place( I wonder ,which flight did he board to reach so fast)........Veer who is too smart for his age ,just burns the whole place and runs away leaving Senapati empty handed this time also.Pehle zameen kha lee thi,ab aasmaan khaa gaya

-------------------------------------------

Pari is remembering her past and then suddenly takes out the sheet that she used ages ago to cover Veer up as a kid.She decides to tell the truth to Veer at last.

Sunanda also comes to Nivrutti and tells that some suraag about Veer's original mom has been collected and it is only a matter of time before the real mom is uncovered.Nivrutti tells that she will then kill the woman for ever

--------------------------------------

Raat se subah ho gayi.....still Dharam and Veer are riding their respective horses,without Dharam falling downwith that arrow still on his neck(How weird is that?)Atlast he falls down and faints,not bad!!Dharam has got a very good immunity power.It's Veer's turn to show his power,after all those foods he had been gobbling,kab kaam aayega,he has to burn those extra caloriesso he carries Dharam to the near by village and tries to give dharam some water.He asks about the nearest vaid available and then notices the arrow(atlast,der se hi sahi,aankhen khol li ,Veer ne),he pulls out the arrow and again lifts Dharam.....takes him to the Vaidji's place.Shera ,who is trying ti escape has to halt because there is some cyclone on the other side of the desert.

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:42 AM

Veer is worried about Dharam,but the Vaid says that it is now impossible to save him especially with that cyclone...because there is some "Amrit Jal"available on the other end of the desert which is now impossible to cross.But Veer well has to cross.....story cannot go without him saying some punch lines like"Bina Dharam ke Veer ka koi matlab nahi hai"proceeds.He is given the time till the sunset because the poison is very lethal and cannot be controlled beyond that period.But........Veer knows that his brother is still in danger and can be re- attacked by someone so he asks the Vaid to maintain some precautions.

-----------------------------------

Shera is actually looking out for Dharam and finds his hiding place,just when Veer is leaving, she enters...but is not allowed to go inside by Vaidji's daughters because of security reasons.Shera comes to know that Veer has gone to fetch that Amrit jal and thus decides to stop him instead of pursuing this half dead Dharam.........smart girlafter all Dharam ab aapke kis kaam ka

-------------------------------------

Miss. Sukhi Vivahit Jeevan........err....Sia becomes nostalgic and remembers her 2 days experience with Dharam and prays to god to show her the most eligible bali ka bakra,her antar vaani says that it is Dharam since it is him who comes to her mind everytime she closes her eyes in front of shivji.Now Harsh-NO NO and Dharam -YES YES for Sia.

----------------------------------------------

Veera is trying to cross the desert.Shera follows him with her most priced may be one and onlypossesion,that her father has ever gifted her.

------------------------------------------------

Ab Agni's turn..........already he is getting only black dresses,upar se dark mein dikhaaoge to kya dikhegaanyways chodo!!haan so Agniji walks down the darkness towards the throne and admires it by touching it as if it is the Peacock throne of Mughals,but..but.......how can he do it alone...very bad....his father also follows him and asks him"Tum yeh mere baghair kaise kar sakte ho"so let this father -son duo admire the throne.......till tomorrow

------------------------------------------

Dharam is in a dying condition,(to be honest I thought he is dead and his mummyfication process has started),he is shown in such a pathetic condition ,or may be Vikrant is too good an actorto make us feel that this Vaid has started stuffing his dead body........the process goes on and on and his poison is spreading fast.Vaid wants to keep him alive till Veer arrives.But alas!!Veer is busy jumping and somersaulting on the sand dunes,as if he has got some big inflated toy to jump around.Shera is following him everywhere.

----------------------------------------------------

Sia is back home and very happy because she got her rajkumar,her mother is very happy to see her back so is the father,mother informs her that Rk.Harshh is coming tomorrow and she has to get herself a new set of dress by then....thoda mushkil kaam hai but Meenakshi Sagar manage kar lengi.Sia becomes upset on hearing that name and goes in....father follows her.

------------------------------------------------------

VEER! atlast reaches the hillock ,so does SheraHow come she never rolled down and jumped upmay be she used Floopowder to reach that place,maine kaha naa......she is a smart girl.She follows Veer at every step,rather she is a step ahead ,she goes up the hillock and starts rolling big boulders upon Veer,Veer never notices her presence and successfully over comes his assasination bid.Reaches inside the cave and finds the water fall which is the Amrit jal,he is so happy,starts filling his bottle with that water,uff.....again Shera follows him and hides herself in a comfortable location,Now she tries to shoot him but a big boulder falls over her leg.........Shera get's stuck while Veer moves out

Shera and her Asool (as she calls the word usool as)says that she should not attack anybody from behind,she fights with Pasha for this sole reason but what is she doing nowtrying to kill both Dharam and Veer like a coward.....why doesn't she come forward for once or why does she keeps her face covered alwaysmay be Suntanning se darti hai,chodo...

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:43 AM

veer comes out of the cave
veer : i won't let anything happen to u dharam.. i am comming
shera comes out n shoots at veer. it hits on his leg..the bottle goes out of his hands but he jumps n catches. then he removes the arrow from his leg.
veer : where r u. come in front of me. why r u hiding n attacking me like a coward. if u have guts come in front of me.. whoever hurt dharram will not escape from veer. ur death is in my hand.
shera to herself : when shera decides to kill someone, not u.. even god cannot stop her.
veer start walking after thinking abt the vaidya's words. vaidya is trying to save dharam.

agni n friends come to dharam's room.
friend1 : from 2day, dharam's room is urs.
friend2 : yes dharam's room, his clothes
friend1 : clothes?
friend2 : i meant his crown..everything that dharam has
friend1 : what abt veer
agni : i'll put veer here... at my foot. jai n aryavardhan comes in
arya : what r u doing in dharam's room
agni : i ... i just remembered dharam.. not seen him from so many days.. so missing him.. so i thought of sitting in his room for sometime
arya : oh.. ok.. if i am thinking abt dharam only... myheart is saying that something is wrong
arya goes off... jai slaps agni
jai : were u mad.. to come here
agni :that
jai : the news of dharam's death has stillnot come... if anything goes wrong bcos of u.. i'l forget that u r my son.
agni : sorry father
jai : agni. just few moments more.. the good news will come soon.

veer falls down unconsious.. vaidya is again trying to keep dharam alive... finally veer gets up n starts walking again. shera comes from behind n kicks him.v veer again falls down. shera goes off... after sometime veer getsup again n starts walking. dharam's lips r all cracked.. vaidya checks his pulse. he gets up. veer comes in at that time. he gives the water to vaidya.
veer : dharam i came
vaidya : u r late son. son has set. no one can save him now.
veer : hey hey. dharam... get up..dharam get up... i have come.. open ur eyes... vaidyaji.. u said u wanted the amrit jal.. i have brought it
the daighters r crying... veer takes the bottle n pours the water to dharam's mouth..
veer : dharam.. get up...
veer catches vaidya's feet
veer : pls save him
vaidya : i tried.. but
veer : but... but what
vaidya : but v cldn't save..
veer : no no..
he sits near him.. keeps hand on his head.. starts hitting dharam's chest
veer : i had said u.. to wait for me.. dharam.. u cannot die.. u cannot leave me..
dharam's hand n feet starts moving.. veer sees it.. n vaidya comes to dharam n starts treating him.

sakshi comes to pari
pari : sakshi.. u here... whereis kranthi
sakshi : mom.. i came alone
pari : alone.. if jai's soldiers see u
sakshi : i was careful in comming. bhimsen said.. i am in more danger there
pari : bhimsen... but he
sakshi : veer saved him... he said lies to dharam.
pari : god.. what is all these.. listen sakshi... v cannot tell veer now... i am scared for him.. there i s time for everything... now veer is in a confusion.. he doesn't know.. why he saved bhimsen.. let him come out of it... v shld give veer time
sakshi : u understand him.
pari : i am his mother

vaidya gives medicine to dharam
vaidya : now he is out of danger

shera : next time shera's aim will be at his chest.. dharam.. u won't escape from me.

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:44 AM

Dharam is Fine
Shera in Tufaan
S-this time no one can save dharam frm shera
D-u ok veer
V-yaa i'm fine wat happened to me u drink water
D-veer is everything alright
V-yaa everything is fine dharam,i'll bring Haldi Milk for u
-------
In mehel
N-bhaiya
M-any newz of DV
N-no bhaiya,but u dn't worry both will be fine
M-how u can say tht by which thing u trust n saying this
N-veer bhaiya he'z alwayz der with dharam as his shadow
-------
In vaidz house
all applying veer Medicine on his leg
Dharam get up n trying to take water frm Bucked but it falls down n broke up
Veer come down stairs
V-y u get up can't u call me
D-nothing has happened veer itz Ok
V-no itz not ok dharam u know after so many difficulties i got u back,if any thing happen to u then wat wud i do,Wt wud i do without u i can't loose u dharam,I was scared so much,dn't go anywer dharam just dn't leave me
D-wer will i go veer,Pagal wer wud i'll go leaving u,i'm alwayz der with u veer
-------
In Registaan Shera going alone n fall down rolling n then-Behosh
-------
In vaids house his daughter came
Daughter-some is der in tufaan plz help tht peson
V-Ok i'll come
Dharam holds his hand
D-take care
-------
In registaan veer searching for shera
She getting in Hosh n moving her hand up veer sees her he goes to her
V-get up hello get up
Shera get up n open her eyes Shera shocked seeing Veer
V-get up come dn't scare i'm der nothing will happen to u hold my hand
Both going away
-------
In sia's mehel
M-carefully
S-wat's all this
M-see u'r future fathe n mother in law send u all thins this mangani dress these jwelery
S-Mom
M-sia after so many yrs happiness is back in this mehel will celebrat it
S-mom i want some time i dn't wan't to do this engagement now
M-sia all invitations sended so many ppl coming frm our side n also frm harshh's side
S-then cancle der invitations plz postponed this engagement date
M-sia no this will neva happen go n sleep this engagement will happen tommorow only
Mom leaves
S-no one is with me
She hit het hand on bed
S-aaa!! this bed also not with meif rajkumaar dharam is der for me hen y shud i do engagement with harshhh
Sia's father-who's rajkumaar harshhh?
-------
Vaids house His daughter's laughing behing door of dharam's room
D-who's der?
All came in
D-yes tell
Daughter-vo father gone out from home
D-so
D-so he told us to take care of ur's
D-no no need of tht i'm fine
D-no we only listen to out father
All three started taking care of dharam one on his hand one making something behind n one holding tht Fanfor wind
-------
In registaan V-S in front of Aagveer doing aag for shaking
Shera get up n started cleaning her cloths of Mitti
V-wat's u'r name?who r u?wat u wer doing alone in this registaan?
S[confused wat to tell]-my name is rajkumaari ananya n i'm daughter of saumuk's king rudrapratap n i came here to atch race of Camel
n in this tufaan i seperated frm my father
V-Camel race tht's y i'm thinking u wear such types of clothes
Shera started going ahead
V-wait wer r u going listen wait
S-to search my father
V-listen tufaan is not end yet n i'll not going t come to save u every time i dn't hv much time
S-i didn't call u this time alsoif u didn't came i had gone till now
V-Oh really!!tht's wat i'm thinking y u'r braith is getting high n y u wer shouting Help!Help[when did she shout]
S-meherbaan tht u saved me
V-"Ye to har 'HONHAAR' rajkumaar ka farz hain"
Shera irritate
V-come come with me
S-wer
V-me n my bro r leaving der till tufaan didn't get over u also leave with us come!
S-making me as guest u called dharam's death u'r own
-------
In vaid's house all Taking Care of dharam
Veer enter n start laughingin his style
D-Oh!veer wat r u looking for come here naa
Shera enter n first looks at Bottle of Poison[yaar shera kabhi kabhi kuch aur bhi socha karo]
V-u all take care of dharam like this Aryangar's future rajkumaar love this all n he'll give u Inaam of u'r work
Dharam look at shera n ask veer by eyes
veer look at shera she smiles irritated
V-oh i forgot come
V-she'z rajkumaari!!which rajkumaari
S-anannya!
V-yaa she was in tufaan she came here with her father to watch camel racen they got seperate in tufaan o i told her u stay with us here till tufaan get's over!haan
D-i hvn't asked u anything
Daughter-we hv arranged some programm for Dharam we made spl things for tht
V-need any help from me
Daughter-no this will do only gals
Daughter to Shera-come we'll get ready
S-y?wer?
Daughter-to won any rajkumaar's heart one shud get ready proparly
S-y shud i need won any rajkumaar's heart
They take her away
D-u'r death is written by my hands veer
V-i'll be happy if i died through u'r hands
D-listen i wan't to send sandesh to aryanagar all wer looking for us
V-i hv alreadt send it
D-wat u wrote in tht
V-think wat i didn't wrote in tht
-------
In mehel maharaj reading sandesh of veer n angry
M-dn't worry abt us me n dharam r fine
J-A shocked
M-we'll come back soon
N-bhaiya atlist we get to know de r safe
M-wat safe?both r lieing said sainik lost way n de hv to go in mela alone n de some one told dem abt registaan's mandir of Maata so de went der when will these two grown up
N-bhaiya both r fine naa
M-wat fine after 2dayz in mahamandir maha aarti is der how tht will be done without them
N-they will come for aarti bhaiya dn't worry
Both leave
Jv-they will neva reach here in maha aarti i was fool tht i wested my money till now Letz go
Both J-A leave
-------
Bhimsen preparing for plan of aarti
B-on day of aarti der will be Mahasangram
Babu-yes all younge shramik r with us de will reach here till tommorow
B-surmaa has gone with tht Aag will be end with our freedom we dn't need any Masiha we'll won our freedom by own
Jai Bhavani
All toughther-Jai Bhavani
-------
Vaid's house Shera getting ready n irritate by all this
S-i dn't wan't to do this leave me alone
DV laughing
Dharam sees her n tell veer by eyes
Veer sees her n stairs t her
-------End of 23rd Epi-------

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:45 AM

shera enters the rooom n she sits on the chair next to d-v. the vaidya's daughter give some juice for all the three.. n they start dancing. vver n dharam r busy seeing hte dance... shera puts the poison in her cup.. n exchanges it with dharam's cup. however veer takes that cup n is abt to drink.. so shera falls on him.. the glass falls down
veer : why r u always falling down.
shera : i wanted to repay.. u saved me n i saved u. hisab barabar
veer : what ... what was the last part.
shera : last part was not for u.
she goes off. n the daughters too
dharam goes to veer
dharam : again fell on u
veer : i'll show her
dharam : with knife..
veer : i know.. what to do
dharam : ya ya... i can see..

bhimsen addressing shramiks
bhimsen : dosto, all revolution needs sacrifice. if u want to join this.. u have to make a promise. v have weapon, people and a plan. the mandir that was made by us.. there murty is going to be placed afer two days... then mahaarthi. thatday is good for us... that day is the day of our freedom.

aryavardhan n jai r visiting the temple
arya : no kami shld be there in mahaarthi
jai : don't worry.. these shramiks will give even their life for us.
arya : v don't want their life.. v want their effort.
pari hears this n runs to her house
pari : sakshi come with me..
sakshi : where
pari : aryavardhan is here... n jai too
jai : did they tell anything
pari : u don't have to live in hiding anymore.. come with me.
pari : maharaj.. i want to ask u something
arya : what
pari ;my daughter has no hand behind the escape of bhimsen
arya : what is all these
jai : maharaj.. v got news
pari : it was wrong.. i promise on my daughter
arya : di u have any other proof
jai : no
arya : then how can u blame her.... u r free
pari : so she is forgiven
arya : she has done no mistake.... then why forgiveness
sakshi : but he doesn't think so.
arya : i am saying in front of him only.. no one will trouble u.

veer is looking at shera from the hut.
veer : didn't even say sorry
dharam: u don't know.. to talk with girls
veer :as if u know...
dharam: yes.. i know..
veer :dharam
goes out n talks to shera
dharam : what r u doing here alone
shera : nothing...thinking of leaving ... have to search for my dad
dharam : the toofa will stop only tomorrow.. so u can leave then
two dakus r listening to all these
shera : ok if rajkumar dharam is telling.. i'll stay
dharam : so ur dad is king of which place.
shera :the place where there is "bund bund mein shati ka basera" sumaiya
dharam : oh.. so people love him a lot..
shera : yes.. n he does not want money of others he gives it to poor
they show.. her father killing people n taking their money.
shera : yes.. he is very good.. n has big treasure
dharam : lets go in.. toofan is becomming strong now.
they go in.. the dakus r happy thinkiing that she is rajkumari n her father has lots of wealth.

sia in her room.
sia : i'll not do this mangni.. even if they force me.. i'll die
father : sia. what is allt hese.. ur life is so important.. u don't have to die
sia : did mom agreed to stop the engagement
father : no.. she is adamant
sia : then
father : then u can run away.
dasi :rajkumar harsh has come
father : so soon..
he goesto welcome harsh.harsh touches his feet
father : may god not satisy ur wishes
mother is welcominghim
father : rani.. he is not good for our daughter.. sia needs someone who " uske chanchalta ko saware". he will make it worse only
mother : i'll get sia..
she seraches for sia in her room.. she is not there.. she sits on a sofa n sees the letter
in letter " i knewu'll sit onthis sofa when u r upset. so i have kept letter here... i had said u y'day alsothat i don't want this engagement.. so now i am leaving this house"

agni n jai meeting shera's father
father : v won't give back the money that v have taken.
jai : dharam is still alive.
father : has dharam reached aryanagar
jai : no
father : n my daughter
jai : no
father : then don't worry.. she will finish her work.

dharam n veer sitting near fire
dharam : why do u hate rajkumari ananya
veer : what rajkumari.... she looks like daku.
dharam : but why do u hate her
veer : not her.. but her gamand
dharam : i don't know abt gamamnd.. but i feel she is similar to u.. both like races.. n both r brave
veer : bhadur.. she was screeming "bachao" in desert....
dharam : but she said.. she didn't screem
veer : she is lying
dharam : ur jodi is good. her father is a good maharaj..
veer : but daughter is a daku
dharam : where is she
veer :somewhere..preparing for new museebat.
dharam :at least she is a rajkumari.. so vv have to be good with her
vaidya's daughters: food is ready
dharam : i'll go inside.. u get rajkumari ananya
veer : why me.. kya museebat hai
the dakus have taken away shera. veer sees her knife down.. he shouts for her
dharam n vaidya comes in
dharam : what happnd.. where is rajkumari ananya
veer : don't know
vaidya sees a scorpion mark on wall
vaidya : the bichu dakus have taken her

garvita

March 29, 2008, 09:46 AM

Episode started wid Vaidji telling DV abt the Bichchu Gang.
Vaidji Dv se kehte hain ki Ananya(aka shera) ko bichchu gang ke log le gaye hain aur unke haathon pakde jaane se achcha hai ki insaan suicde kar le.(But hamara veer kahan manane waala hai, usse toh aadat hai MC ko bachane ki)

Scene 2:

In Aryanagari, Jayavardhan and Agni are planning against them as usual.

Jaywardhan tells agni to do the preparations for Mahashivratri pooja to show Rajya Sabha that how responsible u r and how irresponsible Dharam is.

Sakshi aur Kranti bhi wahan pe hote hain aur kranti sakshi se kehta hai ki Aryavardhan aur Agni ke hote huye woh hathiyar Krantikarion ke paas nahi bhej sakta, toh Sakshi Jayvardhan j ke paas ja kar uska dhyaan batati hai aur jayvardhan use marta hai but cool thing is ki uske ek bhi chot ka nishan nahi padta itni pitaayi ke baad bhi.

Scene 3:
DV Vaidji se Bichchu gang ka pata poochte hain, but Vaidji mana karte rehte hain but atlast as expected unhe batana padta hai

Scene 4:
Shera bichchu gang ke logon se usse chodne ko kehti hai aur unhe batane ki koshish karti hai ki woh Rajkumari Ananya nahin hai par woh uski nahi sunte aur tab unke sardar ki entry hoti hunter jaise dikhne waali kisi cheez ki saath

Scene 5:
Nivriti apni daasi se puchti hai ki Veer ki mom ka kuch pata chala ya nahin aur daasi batati hai ki jis sainik ne us aurat ko dekha tha woh senapati charusena ke saath DV ko dhoondne gaye hain

Scene 6:
DV shera ko dhoondte hua bichu gang ke adde par pahunch jaate hain, wahan par gang members unpe hamala karte hain marne ke liye aur Dharam Veer ko akele bhejta Shera ko chudana ke by sayng ki hum baaki sab ko sambhalte hain.

Scene7:
Shera wahan par khud ko chudane mein kamyaab ho jaati hain aur akele hi 4 talwar waale gundon ko bina kis hathyaar ke mar deti but as her fate, Sardar wahan aa jata hai n uski laat pe hunter se marta hai aur shera use bhi batane ki koshish karti hai ki woh Rajkumari nahin hai par woh nahin sunta aur jab use phir marne lagta tab hama hero entry marta hai aur hunter ko piche se pakad leta hai n Sardar ko phenk deta hai.

N then cumes

Scene of the Day:

Niche giri Shera ko Veer apne purani Prithvi - Sanyo style mein haath aage badha ke uthata hai

n tabhi sardar utha jaata n Veer n Sardar ki ladai hoti n then as usual piche se ek gang member aa ke Shera ko pakad leta hai n the serial ends

garvita

March 29, 2008, 10:03 AM

26 feb
dv r walking thru some desert kind of place.
veer : u shldn't have done this
dharam : what
veer : what ever u did was totally wrong
dharam : what did i do
veer : u shldn't have broken their hearts like that
dharam : who
veer : that vidya's daughters... they so desp wanted to come with u
dharam : they wanted to come with u... u have won their hearts.
they reach a temple.. n prays there
veer : tum to gaye kaam se
dharam : omg... maha aarthi.. i forgot
veer : thats why i said... tum to gaye kaam se
dharam : why me always... oh god.. v can never reach there... howmuch ever fast v walk.
veer : no.. only i have right on ur life
dharam : even u can't save me today
veer : yes i can
dharam : how... u can never reach before aarthi
veer :i know.. a shorter way
nivriti is at the temple where aarthi is going on..
nivriti : anything else is required panditji
pandit : no nothing
nivriti : god.. pls help my bothers.. n save my dharam n veer
pari hears all these.. n remembers what ever nivriti said inyatra.
dv is still walking
dharam : good that u know this way..
veer : ya..b ut v have to go far more
krantikaris r aranging everything.. a knock at the window.. kranthi opens it.. n bhimsen comes in
bhimsen : kranthi.. did u explain everything
kranthi : yes
bhimsen : where is everything
kranthi : int hat room
agni is looking at the throne.. n is abt to sit
jai : agni... what have i said u... ur little laparvahi can spoil everything... u'll sit on this throne.. but not now... time will come
bhimsen is dressing up as some dancer
kranthi : kanjar is in the flower basket... the nrithya people r also ready
he shows the nritya people tied up
bhimsen ; bhaiyo... today.. after the nritya .. king aryavardhan will die.. n v'll get our freedom... its today or never.
a soldier hears all these
bhimsen sees this n follows the soldier
dv reaches a lake... veer gets in n starts swimming
dharam : i can't go further
veer : forgot maha aarthi.. maharaj's anger
dharam starts swiming
dharam : how far is it
veer : almost reached
dharam : veer.. is this is such a short path.. why don't they use it
veer : cos they r scared
dharam : why
veer : this lake contains poisonous snakes n scorpions...
dharam : what...
he quickly swins to the other bank
dharam : why didn't u tell me bfore
veer : if i had said.. u wldn't have steped in this lake
soldier is running.. bhimsen is running behind him.. finally bhimsen is able to catch him n kills him
bhimsen : i have to change my yojna
dv hears some sound
dharam : what was that
veer : don't know
dharam : can't see anything
veer : lets go there n see
dharam : ya
they see the soldier lying there injured
veer : he is aryanagar's soldier
dharam : who did this to u
soldier : save maharaj
dharam : from whom
soldier : maharaj's life is in danger.... in maha aarthi
he dies... both r shocked
aryavardhan , jai, agni n nivriti r inn temple... a yagna is started.. bhimsen is sitting there dressed as a pujari. nivriti sees pari standing there... she is confused. pari tries to move away from there. after the yagna is over.. aryavardhan is doing the aarthi. DV reaches there...
veer : u goto maaharaj.. i'll see there
bhimsen takes out the knife.. veer sees this.. he shouts for dharam.. n dharam runs in front of maharaj..so the knife hitsdharam's shoulder.
pari falls down in the confusion.. veer helps her to get up
veer : maji.. r u alright..pls move out of this place. soon
nivriti is seeing all these
bhimsen takes the sword n starts fighting with veer.. veer is shocked seeing bhimsen
veer : before touching my maharaj.. u have to kill me
bhimsen: move aside. my fight is not with u.. its with maharaj
veer : as an aryavrath.. its my duty to save him
bhimsen: until i am alive..nothing can stop me from getting my lakshya
veer : until i am alive.. nothing can stop me from protecting maharaj
they start fighting.. kranthi comes in between n puts some color powder on veer's eyes..
kranthi : lets get out of here
bhimsen : no.. i have not achieved my aim
kranthi : if u stay here u won't be alive..
they go away
veer : dharam i lost
dharam : no.. it was bimsen who lost
veer : i shld have killed him
dharam : don't worry .. until u r there..no one can harm us.
they hug

garvita

March 29, 2008, 10:04 AM

27 feb
DV seating in dharam's room nirviti applying medicine to dharam veer hving flashback of Bhimsen did in mandir there fight
D-aahh!
V-maa carefully
D-veer wat r u thinking
V-i'm srry plz forgive me dharam all this happen cz of me
D-veer dn't say like tht u saved pitaji this is wat bhimsen loose
V-next time i'll not leave him
Maharaj enter's with Jv-A
M-tday cz of both of u i got new life u make me feel proud
D-plz pitaji by saying this dn't make feel us guilty we did which is one son's Farz towards his pitaji
M-i'm happy
V-now aryanagr is safe no one can put eye on it
D-yes pitaji if dharam is-Talwar then Veer is-Dhaal of aryanagar
M-itz so proud to feel tht arayanagar's future in DV's hands
M-but who wer those ppl
A-they wer krantikari
Jv-u dn't worry maharaj i'll give them punishment tht they will not dear again to look on aryanagar
V-n if they saw they will find veer standing infront of them
-------
In sia's mahal her father n mother on dining table father is eating n also giving to sia who is under table
F-are wat's this maharani u didn't eat anything plz eat something
M-no i dn't wan't too
F-but y u thinking abt sia y r u?if she does not think abt us so y shud we..i'm going to eat how tasty food is this
Sia eating too under table
M-this is difference in mother n father
F-are when she was here u alwayz behind her with her engagement n when shez not here then u..
M-how do i know tht she will run away frm home i wan't to see her once i'll neva say her abt her engagement plz i wan't to see my daughter
Sia emotional
S-achha se i'm here
M-sia
They hug father laugh
M-so this was u both's plan
S-hmmm..now stop crying n eat
-------
Jv-A in room
Jv-all plan fail fail first they came fine back n upon tht they saved life of maharaj n become gr8
Flaskback-"I'm happy to see aryanaga's future in DV's hands"
Jv-now'll see who is Surakshit n who's not
-------
D in room standing near window
Flashback of he saved maharaj
V- daharam-dharam-wat happen dharam
D-veer if tday something happen to pitaji then
V-itz all my fault if i wud killed bhimsen then this will neva happen
D-forget tht veer
V-how dharam?i hate them now on whom i trust they only did this with maharaj
-------
Outside Jv with shramiks
Jv-down u'r head[to babu] [was he babu]
He starts heating him kranti holds the chabook
Jv-how dear u
-------
V-we trust on them n they did with our given freedom they did this now i'll neva trust them
-------
Jv-u'll get pnishment for this
K-itz better than u'r Gullami surmaa's fire will not end neva end
-------
V-we cannot see there real faces n now i think they r not of our trust n also not of freedom who make war from back de r only for died
------
Jv-take them all
-------
V-i'll neva see back to them now
-------
Jv outside all shramiks on Fasi
Jv-is u'r any last wish
All-Jai Bhavani
Jv make ishara to men men puts rassi into neck of all 4 shramiks
Again Jv did isharaa n all on Phasi
-------
In sia's room shez sleeping
D-shez sleeping
Father opens curtains of window
S-who wake me up from sleep
F-me
S-pitaji y did u wake me up
F-i wanted to talk to u n u wer sleeping from many time so i wake u up so u'r wish completed but tell me y u didn't want to marry harshh
S-cz i had in my future someone other
F-means?
Sia tell him all incidence of Mela Veer's banjaran n dharam's name n all[srry guyz i was not able to see those epi so dn't know abt dialoughs]
F-hmm but is this dharam is perfect for u
S-dn't knw
F-hmm so we will take his exam if he passed then hez perfect
S-exam Ok i had one Yojana u get ready we'r going to aryagad now [wat's aryagad]
F-now wat's her new yojana
-------
Father of Shera in there so called place
FS-good pahool[wateva] wer r u going shera
S-arayanagar to give back money to Jv
FS-wat happen to u shera u know we once promised tht's all
S-i can't do this
FS-shera we had our Usool's [lolz ye usool kab khatam honge]
S-they saved my life-n had my own usools [Usool hmmm]
One Man who alway underestimate shera as gal-Sardar u dn't send her otherwise this time also someone save her n she gives all money to him i told u itz not gals work
FS-tday said dn't say again
Shera leaves[might she got bored with this gal-boy convo ]
-------
Dharam geting ready for some Jashn veer enter's [Both looking so cute Dharam-Purple-Golden n Veer-Blue-Silver WOW!! Haiiiiiii ]
D-veer u didn't get ready for festival
V-first u come with me
D-but wer
V-come naa
D-veer tell atleast wer we going
In mandir both r
D-mandir?
V-dn't we thank God n Pray for raynagar's future n safety
Both goes in mandir
-------
Shera in mehel searching for Jv
-------
Shramik near rever agni to chaata's
Skashi hving flashback of Kranti moment's
One shramik lady speaks-no one is der for our help no one
Sakshi flashback of Pari's conversation abt not telling to veer
Sakshi i mind-der is no value of kranti's Balidaan now i can't wait i hv to tell truth to veer
She turns to go
P-wer r u going
She leaves
DV coming from mandir sakshi came
S-rajkumaar veer i wan't to talk to u one important thing
-------End Of Epi 28th-------

garvita

March 29, 2008, 10:06 AM

28 feb
Sakshi goes to Veer n says,,"main aapse kuch kehna chahti hoon". he says "bolo"..........She going to speak suddenly Veer n dharam hears a sound n they both move from there.....Pari comes and takes sakshi from there........DV runs towards the place from where the sound came........there they both see a buddhi aurant(Sia) and a man(sia's dad)............sia crying. "hum lut gaye. barbaad ho gaye"........humara sabh kuch lut gaya".................when sia sees Dharam, she gets unconcious n falls in Dharam's arms....Veer asks tht man with sia(sia's dad)... who they were........He was confused what to say.....then Dharam says...lata hai gunge behre hain bechare.....lagta hain kisi ne loot liya hai".....DV take both of them to their mahal....

"yeh tum kaya karne jaa rahi thi" pari asks sakshi.......She continuous"Aise kaun si baat thi jo veer ko batani jarroori thi?".. Sakshi stands still..........n thinks of Kranti n the scene when his bro was born.........:.... and says to his mom tht she cant wait more now........"firstly i lost pitaji n then Kranti".............."i want my bro n our masiha"........

in the mahal.........sia aka budhi aurat opens her eyes n sees dharam around him................Veer was sitting besides sia's dad.............and sia's dad took veer's hand and started kinda teasing him. veer got annoyed ... Dharam asks sai aka buddi ko stay in their mahal until shez perfectly fine. n says....."aaj raat ko humare yahan jashn hai aap bhi aaeye"

Shera goes to Jaichand and returns back his money and says she cant kill rajkumar dharam........Jaivardhan says "tumhari itni himmat" Shera replies"..himmat nahi marji"........Agni says..".how dare she talk like this to his dad". Shera says.."he(Jaivardhan) is ur father not mine........." ...
then shera starts going from there....... Agni throws a knife tht crosses her at a short distance............than jaivardhan says her.....tht she cant be trusted......"iska man kare to vo Maharaj Jaivardhan ko humare baare main bata dogi...... ".. Shera replies."Shera ke bhi kuch assool hai. hum kissi ko bhi apne contacts ke baaree main nahi bataate..". jaivardhan says..Humaare bhi kuch assool hain. hum kissi bar barosa nahi karte..". he orders his men to put shera in jail.................

on the other hand Veer n dharam while moving in corridors, Veer hears a sound n he says dharam to stay there only. he'll check"......He goes to sia aka budha amma's room n sees tht she was giving lectures to the dasis to bring tht n tht... Veer comes to know tht Shez sia only..........he goes to her. and orders to dasis to bring whateva she wants. then again he says to her. "maa ki muh band kijiye macchar chala jayega" .......than she says "pranam maa ji". n moves from there.............then sia asks from her dad tht how did he find Dharam...He replies hez ok... then sia asks again."only ok? ". he says "hez very good"

meanwhile , sakshi goes to some river bank n thin about his dad(how he died n what he said before dying) n then says to herself. "pitaji aur kranti main aap dono ke paas aa rahi hoon........she was going to jump in water then suddenly her mom stops her from behind..............she asks angrily"yeh kaya kar rahi thi tum?". sakshi replies,."ma mujhe pitaji ke paas jane do. Mujh mat roko...".. she slaps her........and says tht she(sakshi) want Veer to know about his identity naa. ok then they will tell him immediately ". she continues "hume koi fark nahi padta ki veer ke man par kaya bhitegi".......sakshi tries to understand what her mom is sayng........ then her mom pleads please sakshi.sfew days more. then i'll myself tell Veer , his reality..........

in the jail, shera kills the two sainiks and escapes from there........epi ends

garvita

March 29, 2008, 10:07 AM

Dharam seating in room Flashbck of Peera-"15yrs ago i told tht shramiks maseeha has borned n tht time all told me tht he has been killed but now i'm getting tht hez alive", "right now i'm not worried abt tht baagi but his masiha"
Some shadow behind him he get shocked n turns Itz Veer
V-r u ok wat wer u thinking
D flashback-"dn't tell this to anyone veer also"
D-vo i was thinking abt baagies there courge is becoming more n more tday they came inside mehel tomm de will come in our rooms
V-n wat u think i'll let this happen i know i hv done mistake once by trusting them but not now
D-i trust u completely
-------
Shera's kabila aka Aswai's Kabila
S-baba i know tht u r angry on me cz of me first time u faced loss but this time it took me to door of Khajana
B-kahajana
Shera flashback of Jail Man "i dn't know wer is khajana n dn't go there is u go der then Tandav will happen"
S-yes khajana
B-i'm proud of u Shabbas now i can say no one is Better than u to become sardar of Aswai
The man listening n talking
Till now this neva happen in History of Aswai's tht a Gal will be sardar i'll neva this happen n for this only one can help me
Itz Tasha
-------
Sia sleeping
F-sia get up sia plz get up
Veer listening all by hiding
S-i want to sleep more
F-sia get up
He puts water on her face
S-who the hell dear to...
F-itz me sia c'mon letz get up now itz time to leave from here
S-so soon
F-sia for the reason we came here tht is finished
S-but so soon we hvn't get to know abt dharam completely
F-sia dharam is Good,Brave so wat eles we shud leave
S-But
F-sia now u also can't stop pretending as maaji infront of him n u liked him n also u'r mom i'll make her saying yes
S-yes n tht harshh is nothing infront of Dharam
F-haan so get ready
-------
In dharam's room
V-Dharam is Good Brave n tht harshh is nothing infront of Rajkumaar Harshh
D-veer now we shud stop this n let tell her truth tht we got tht she'z sia
V-no no not now this is right time for fun n also her father also Likes u now now itz time for sia's examination
D-wat?her exam?
V-yaa afterall we also get to know tht is she perfect for Dharam
-------
In sia's room DV enter's
D-Nmste
V-Namaste Maaji
D-u didn't get any kind of difficulty at night naa
Father in there language
S-hez telling tht u took care of us very nicely but no we shud leave
V-how come u came just now n u also hv to see aryavrat's jamin khet
D-yaa stay here for more dayz plz
S-ok as u'r wish
V-now thtz good we also get to know u nearly
-------
Tasha flashback of his n sheraz fight
The man enter's
T-Pahroon[wateva] you tday u'r legs came in enemi's ground
P-as said enemi's enemy is friend
T-means?
P-u'r n my target is one shera
T- n any spl. thing of this friendship
P-shera'z End
Both agrees
P-so on this frnship one newz for u
T-wat?
P-khajana
-------
Nirviti in mehel worried n having flashback of Pari yatra and pooja
Sunanda enter's
S-raani maa
N-wer's veer
S-abb vo raani maa hez in shramiks place
N-wat?but y?how many times i wan't tht he neva go to there but he alwayz go there get ready my palkhi i'll go there my own n get him back
-------
Shera comes
S-baba i'll come with khajana
B-yes
S-once i find out abt tht Sign on tht mans hand
B-n for tht only i called deva
Deva comes
D-is this sign shera
S-yes do u know who's sign is this
D-ya this is sign of takila's bhils
S-wer i get them
D-i dn't know tht But i can take u to tht man who knew abt all of them
Both leaves
T-i'll just follow shera n khajana will be mine
-------
DV-S n her father in shramiks place
D-veer she shud rest for some time
V-no no rest in exam
S-wat is this is dharam didn't force i'll neva come to this place
D look back
D-veer enough
V look back
V-having fun!! come will go there
D-veer there is mud
V-itz time to fun
-------
Nirviti in shramiks place
She ask one man
N-wer'z veer
Man-tht way
-------
All near mud
Veer take father to mud
S-wat'z this mud?? if i knew it then i'll neva come
D-letz go
S-yaa
D-letz go
All walking sia abt to fall dharam holds
Veer look back n laugh
Sia get up n again fall into mud
Veer starts laughing get up
V-u stay here i'll get som water
-------
Veer near Pari shez taking water from Valley
V-can i get some water plz
P-yaa i'll come
-------
S-if i knew it i'll neva come to this dirty pplz place
Dharam shocked n angry
Veer comes sia seats n pari gives her water
Sia shocked seeing pari giving her water she get up
S-how dear u to give me water
V-i hv called her
S-didn't u know by touching of them water get'z ruined
V-u think like tht water is water
S-can't u see diffrence btwn us n them
V-der is no difference
S-u can't see but i can wer the n wer r we
V-yaa atleast better than u
Pari leaves
S-wat did u said? u u look like shramik more n aryavrat less
Sia slapped veer
D-Rajkumari sia
He shouts n abt to slap her but veer stops him
D-how dear u to slap my veer no one is less or more from der birth itz everyone's own thinking
Say srry to veer
V-dharam let it go
S-no i'll not say srry
D-Oh so u can leave from here right now
Letz go veer
V-but dharam
D-letz go veer
--------End Of Epi31st-------

garvita

March 29, 2008, 10:08 AM

sia is angry with DV
sia:no one has ever spoken to me like this. who is he to tell me to go out.. i'll myself go away.. n that veer.. how dare he talk like this.. i'll never forgive him... pitaji, why r u quiet.. tell something
father : sia lets go back
sia ; what
father : yes, lets og back.
nivriti is searching for veer in that workplace
nivriti : where is veer
soldier : he went back to the mahal with dharam.
she sees pari, remembers abt yatra n all
sunanda: what happnd rani maa
nivriti : find out, abt this lady
dharam is sitting on the bed n thinking. veer comes there n sits next to him
veer : they r getting ready to go
dharam : so what
veer : see them atleast once
dharam : i don't want to see the people who do not respect u
veer : don't u feel, u were too harsh with her
dharam : n whatever she did?. i'll never tolerate anyone insulting u.
nivriti comes in
nivriti : veer, u went to those shramiks again
veer : that
nivriti : why
veer : that that...
dharam : bua.. he went with me
nivriti doesn't know what to tell
veer : what happnd mother
nivriti : veer, from today.. u'll not go there.. even their shadow shldn't fall on u.
pari n sakshi enters their hut to see everything thrown around. pari goes to the cupboard n sees that the piece of clothe that she used to cover veer is missing
in nivriti's room
sunanda : rani ma.. v got this from her house
nivriti takes out the other piece from a box n sees both
sunanda : that means this women is veer's mother
nivriti : no.. veer is my son.. he is not a shramik's kid. he is mine..
sakshi is brought in chains to the palace
sakshi : maharaj, i didn't do anything..i am innocent
jai : no she is lying...she helped bhimsen to escape
sakshi : no i didn't.. rajkumar veer... u know everything.. why r u keeping quiet
veer is looking miserable. dharam sees this
arya : according to the rules of aryasabha, i sentence u to death for helping a bhagi shramik
veer : stop.....
he goes to sakshi
veer : maharaj, until her guilt is proven, she cannot be punished
everyone r shocked
arya : veer ......... have already given my judgement
veer : sorry, but that judgement is wrong. if anyone give wrong judgement.. i'll go against it.. even if it is given by u, maharaj
dharam : veer
he goes to veer n sakshi
dharam : put her in jail
veer : no one will touch her
dharam : veer, lets soldiers do their work
veer : n let me do mine
dharam : if u feel so much for them, why don't u go n lve with them
veer cuts the chains binding sakshi, catches her hand n goes off
dharam : veer, stop.. veer come back.. veer
it was dharam's dream.
dharam : no.. it cannot happn .. i won't let this happen
dharam n veer r sitting next to a lake
veer : aryanagar's future king, getting scared of a dream..
dharam : there is nothing to laugh abt this... i almost lost my life
veer : where.. in ur dreams
dharam : veer, i am scared.... if u leave me n go
veer : never.. even if u tell me to go
they hug each other... veer is not leaving dharam from that hug
dharam : veer, leaveme
veer : didn't i tell , i won't leave u even if u tell
they laugh n veer leaves him
veer : i know, why u r scared
dharam : why
veer : all this happnd cos i helped bhimsen escape
dharam : all those r past.. forget it
veer : but i know, whats the future
dharam : what
veer : tomorrow , on ur birthday, u r going to have a present from me
dharam : what
veer : that u'll see
soldiers telling something to jai
jai : is this true
soldier : yes maharaj, tomorrow the krantikaris will meet at the kali temple.
jai : ok.. u can go.. agni, v got a very good chance
agni : for what
jai : if u catch bhimsen, u can prove ur efficiency in front of aryasabha. dharam-veer cldn't catch bhimsen, but u'll catch all the krantikaris.
agni : i wil catch bhimsen, but before that.. i'll find out abt their plan
jai : how.
agni : leave that to me.
bhimsen : jai bhavani
all : jai bhavani
bhimsen : dosto, tomorrow is soma's death anniversary.. v'll go n give shradanjali
babu : i feel v shldn't do it
bhimsen : no babu..its very imp.
babu : v might get caught
bhimsen : whatever happens, v have to give shradanjali... has everyone come
one person comes in. its agni
agni : yes yes,,i have come
bhimsen : jai bhavani
agni : what
bhimsen : jai bhavani
agni : yes yes.. u were telling abt the plan
bhimsen : jai bhavani
agni : ya ya ..c continue
bhimsen : whenever v shramiks meet, v great with jai bhavani.. but how will rajkumar agni know abt it...
he removes the shawl. all shramiks go away. Bhimsen n agni fight, finally agni falls down n bhimsen escape
soldier :what happnd
agni : u gavewrong info.. thats what u'll tell to pitaji
sia is sitting on bed n putting flowers on the pool
father : u peoplego.. rajkumari sia doesn't want food.. i know u r feeling bad.. i kow u don't want food
sia : no i am not feeling bad.. why shld i stay hungry cos of him.. 'll eat n drink..
she eats the fruits
sia : i'll do whatever i want, if he is the rajkumar of that mahal.. i am rajkumari here... i'll never see him again.. i'll never marry that fool
father : my work is done
sia : what
father : ur mother still wants u to marry harsh
sia : yes, atleast harsh is not like dharam, i'll marry harsh
nivriti is thinking abt veer. veer comes from behind n closes her eyes
nivriti : veer, remove ur hands, i want to see my son
veer : wha t will i get
nivrti : whatever u want
veer : ok..... now give me my inaam
nivriti : what do u want
veer : i want to go to those shramiks once more
nivriti : why
veer : to catch bhimsen
nivriti : that is work of soldiers
veer : i am doing it for dharam
nivriti : no
veer : pls only once.. u promised
nivriti : ask anything else
veer : u onle said, an aryavrath, never backs out from the promise.. think abt dharam, u have said me to keep dharam happy always.. n nw u r stopping me
nivriti : ok... go..
veer is happy n is abt to go
nivriti : veer
veer : mother... nothing will happen to me... everytime i go, i'll come back to u only... even now i'll come back soon..... shall i go
nivriti : ok

garvita

March 29, 2008, 10:08 AM

Veer in shramiks place with senapati
V-u know naa wat u hv to do
S-no i can't do this
V-wat u mean u can't do it u hv to,common heat me
S-no i can't
V-heat me[first shramik who's saying to hear on his own]
Senapati starts heating veer All Shramiks watching
S-dn't do the work this is u'r punishment
V-y i can't we shramiks r also a human being
Sakshi recognises Veer[True sis]
S-wat did u said handle him
One of Shramik boy-Plz dn't heat him we'll take of it onwards
S-u better do tht otherwise next time i'll not leave him alive
Senapati leaves
V-wat they think there selves we work for them n they
OSB[One of Shramik boy]-stop it sainiks will heard
V-so let them i dn't scare of anyone
--------
Nirviti in her room seating infront of mirror Suddenely her Duplicate comes in Mirror
D[duplicate]-Wat type of mother u r?is tht nessasary to send veer in btwn those shramiks?if didn't came back to u then?
N-no veer is my son
D-u know hez not u'r son hez son of shramik n one day he'll go back to them he's blood is calling him der
N-no!veer will come back to me his my son only my!U go from here!leave
Sunanda enter's
S-raani ma r u ok?
N-sunanda go n took eye on veer
S-y
N-do as i said go
-------
In Mehel maharaj came n seats
M-in some dayz rajsbha will tell who's perfect to go in rajvidyashram this is first step to seat on Rajsinghasan
-------
Same convo btwn Jv-A
Jv-who'll win he'll go to rajvidya arshram n not only ashram i'll let u go till rajsinghasan which was our's
-------
M-this time u'r facing to Agni in our times rajsabha finds me n jv both good so they send we both to rajvidyashram but in end they choose me for Rajsinghsan
D-this time same gona happen i'll neva let u'r head down pitaji
M-i trust u son
D-pitaji can veer also come with me
M-no those goes to rajvidyashram who'r to seat on Singhasan
D-but i can't leave without veer
M-Oh!How i can forgot tht u even dn't take breath without him Ok i'll do Vinati to rajsabha tht de wud give permission to take veer also with u
D-pitaji
-------
Sakshi coming with lep
P-for whom is this lep?
S-for my brother
P-brother?
S-how many brother's i hv he'z hurted go n apply lep to him
Both come to veer who's seating on Cot Pari to apply lep veer stops her
V-no need of this i'm fine
Pari apply it still
Sunanda tooking eye/Spying on veer
P-y u do such things
V-cz now i can't shut my mouth
Flashback of Soma[is he'z name soma or surmaa?]-"yaa u this","cz i cant shut my mouth"
V-till wat we'll let this happen?till wat we'll face there Julm?r u Ok Maaji?
OSB[One of Shramik boy]-after may yrs first time we hv seen some against this
V-y?is der anyone more?
OSB-yaa one more is der Brave dn't Frighten
V-is he'z u'r friend?
Veer thinking in mind abt Bhimsen
OSB-he was?
V-n now wer is he?
OSB-he went so longg
V[in mind]-definetely hez talking abt bhimsen
OSB-But jv killed him
V[in mind]-wat?bhimsen killed?
V-whom abt u'r talking?
OSB-soma
V-soma?
OSB-yaa he deid in our freedom's fight
Pari crying n she leaves
OSB-tomm is soma's Barasi n every shramik will come here to give him Shraddhanjali
V-baagi shramik also?
OSB-every shramik
V[in mind]-this meansbhimsen will come here tomm
-------
In Nirviti's room
N-tht means she was seating so near to veer n didn't u said anything to her
S-no i can't say anything infront of veer
N-if we cannot take far veer from them so they hv to go far from veer
-------
Nirviti at Pari's house she knock door
P-who's der?who?
She open door itz nirviti
P-u y u took effort to come u can call me i'll come!come iside
P-yes raani ma
N-Pari thts u told u'r name in shankar madir yatra see i'll come straighly to point Our boths like is connected to one thing n itz proof is this cloth,I came here as one mother,Mine i mean our boths son is one n u know how is mother's heart n if one day u told veer all truth then?I looked same Mamta in u'r eyes as in my heart If u told veer all truth then his life will dsitroy so many yrs Wealth Respesct will end in one day I'm thinking at his Happieness if u told him then he'z life will become Worst[HuhSo longgggggg lecture poor pari]
P-no i also wan't veer's happieness tht'sy since so may yrs i hvn't told him truth cz he's happy u dn't worry i'll neva told him truth
N-n for this u hv to give on sacrifise u hv to leave aryanagar
Pari hving flashback of veer giving her hand after he saved her from Jv
N-go so far from him tht u'r shadow also won't be seen
P-no raani ma plz u know howz mother's heart plz dn't do this atleast from far but i can see him plz
N-ok u can live in aryanagar but give me promise tht u neva going to tell veer truth
P-i promise
Nirviti leaves
S-maa y did u give this promise
P-i'm mother naa i can feel her feelings
-------
Shera at some baba's house
S-so tell me wer i'll get khajana
V[vaid]-but i dn't know anything abt it
S-but baba said u know everything
V-i know abt those mens who can told u abt khajana
Tasha listening all convo
S-wer i'll get those mens
V-this village's East side Pahadi
S-now i'll get tht khajana n i'll make happy to baba
Tasha happy to know
T-hmmm...now before u i'll reach der
N he leaves
S-how easy to make him fool[Smart gal she knew tasha following her]
She gives money to vaid for lieing infront of tasha
S-now tell me truth
V-this is sign of bhil's ppl
S-wer they live
V-de r almost to end i dn't know but one husband n wife r there
S-wat's husband's name
V-tht i dn't know i know only wifes name her name is Maya
Shera flashback of Jain Man
S-wer i'll get this maya
V-This village's West side's Jungle she was seen last time
Shera leaves
S[in mind]-shera will make this khajana mine
-------End Of Epi 32nd-------

garvita

March 29, 2008, 10:09 AM

The epi begins with veer coming and waking dharam up, veer wishes dharam happy birthday, dharam is very happy to see veer. Dharam complains to veer abt where he was the whole day and he was missing him. Veer replies that he was busy arranging for a special gift for him and that he again had to leave. Dharam tries to find out what the gift is but is unable to get veer to confide in him so decides to follow him.

In paris house saakshi is packing her luggage to leave the house and go as pari by giving the vachan to nivriti had closed all doors for them. Pari sits on the bed not replying anything. Saakshi then comes to her and says sorry for hurting her but pari replies that shecan bardasht karo everything but cant see veers unhappy.

Here they show shera has reached some village and is asking the villagers abt the nishan but no one knows abt it so she thinks that maybe the baba told her the wrong route. Here taasha in another village is talking to a boy abt the kabela and realizes he is on the opposite route so wovs to take revenge on shera

Here they show dharam has come to the sharmiks place and dharam is following him. Veer feels someone is following him so hides and sees dharam there so changes his clothes and leaves from there. Pari and saakshi see him and saakshi says that nivriti has given then a gahv and he by coming infront of their eyes is making that gahv ghera.

Someone gives veer a tokra to keep on somas samadihi, he takes that and on the way he collides with dharam and starts acting smart with dharam and tells him that in the khushi of his janamdin he has forgotten everything. Dharam recognizes this is veer as he knows abt his janamdin. However he decides not to spoil veers surprise so leaves from there.

Dharam comes back to the mahal where maharaj wishes him and informs him of a havan he has kept for him in the evening. There one dasi comes and gives dharam sias payal which she has left behind. Dharam seeing the payal remembers all the scenes of sia in the mela and also her slapping veer. Dharam then says ki kaash tumne veer ki bezati nahin ki hoti

Here the show sia is searching her manpasand payal and then remembers dharam and tries to act angry at him for misbehaving with her. Her mom comes there and informs her that harsh is coming to meet her tomorrow. She tries to act happy but her father realizes that she is acting.

Here they show shera on her way hears someone calling for help she goes near the hill and sees a kid has fallen down, she goes forward to help her when sees the nishan on her hand

Now bhimsens turn he is again giving a bhasan to his saathi. Babu comes there and tells him to be careful and bhimsen says no one can stop him from giving shardanjali to his friend soma

Nivriti is angry at veer for ignoring her and again going to the sharmiks basti but suananda consols her and says that pari and her daughter will not reveal the truth to veer coz they also want veers good.

In the mahal the havan is abt to start but dharam asks everyone to wait for veer as he is gone to get some special gift for him. Veer is in the gathering for giving shardanjali to soma and overhears ppl saying that bhimsen wld also be coming there.

Here they show shera lying on a cot and the girl she was trying to save is sitting next to her and informs her that while trying to save her shera fell into the valley and the villagers took her out. Shera starts questioning her abt the khazana and as the girl was abt to reply taasha comes there and kidnaps her, shera tries to stop taasha and they both fight but due to her being unwell shera is not able to stop taasha.

garvita

March 29, 2008, 10:10 AM

The epi starts with everyone giving shardanjali to soma and the song dil mein tamana plays in the background. Saakshi is standing there thinking abt her father, she then asks her mother if she can give a diya to veer “Kya diya nahin de sakti unhe khushi hogi”. She then goes to veer and gives him one diya and tells him “Tumhare diya ki chamak se baki sab diyon ki chamak phiki pad jayegi”. Veer asks abt soma from saakshi but she replies “Wo tum jald hi jaan jaoege”

Then Bhimsen came there and Veer was standing after him in the line and so missed him but bhimsen stumbled and then veer saw him and followed him with his talwar.

Bhimsen hid behind a house and took an aim on veer with his bow arrow but saakshi came and stopped him and asked him not to kill veer. bhimsen asks her why and she tells bhimsen that veer is her brother and somas son. Bhimsen is shocked hearing this.

Veer comes there and they both start fighting with their swords, bhimsen explains veer that he is not the faulty one but maharaj aryawardhan. Bhimsen tells him that aryawarth parivar has taken away the sharmiks freedom but veer tells him that his family means everything to him. Bhimsen then pushes veer backwards and escapes from there, the sharmiks block veers passage and he is not able to catch bhimsen.

Here in the mahal everyone tells dharam that they now shd proceed with the havan without veer, but just then veer comes and dharam is happy to see him there but veer is sad coz he was not able to bring the gift for dharam he tells dharam that he wanted to capture bhimsen for him but he escaped. Dharam replies that veers smile is all the gift he wants and he knows that veer will capture bhimsen one day and his gift is a udhar on him and he will ask for it one day. Jai in his mind thinks that when ur in rajya gurukul veer will not be there to save you.

They now show veer in his room and nivriti comes and asks him why is he upset. Is he upset because he cldnt capture bhimsen. Veer tells her abt saakshi and soma and that he felt he cld relate to their story. Nivriti feels that as long as pari and saakshi are in aryanagar they are going to be a danger for her. She advises veer to forget abt it all and go to sleep. Nivriti then calls the sainkis and ask them to keep a watch on pari and saakshi and asks the soldiers to keep them both away frm veer.

Shera is looking for taasha and the girl, she sees a hut with a horse outside so goes inside and sees taasha asking the girl abt the khazane ka pata. He scolds the girl to tell him the pata. Shera takes a rope and hangs a log with it and as soon as taasha opens the door she leaves the rope and taasha is hurt by the log. She then frees the girl from there and they both escape.

Veer is sleeping in his room and for a change dharam comes to wake him up. Dharam tells veer that he will soon be leaving for raj vidhya ashram and that he might hv to go alone there without veer. Veer is upset hearing this but then dharam starts laughing and tells him that he will take veer also along with him to the raj vidhya ashram. So veer says that rajya sabha says yes or no he is not leaving dharam alone.

Here the girl tells shera that her parents also have this nishan on their hand and her mothers name is maya but she does not know where they are now as they had left her when she was little and gone away somewhere. Shera is now happy to know that she is on the right track.

Here Jai is confused abt why the raj sabha has called them all there. Beera comes back and tells everyone that a big toofan is going to come soon

garvita

March 29, 2008, 10:13 AM

UPDATES

10 MARCH--

The epi starts with beeraji giving his bhavishyavani
“Tum dono milkar ke bhi yeh toofan par nahin kar paoge yeh toofan tum dono ko saat leke jaege, rishton mein daraar, dosti mein darar, toofan aa gaya”

Then they show Nivriti praying to god and complaining to her how pari in front of her called veer her son and now she is not going to let even god come in between her and veers relationship and now she will remove both pari and saakshi out of her way

Here the arya sabha now after beera exist inform aryawardhan that they hv come there with the decision of who is going to participate in the competition to go to the gurukul
Aryasabha says that rajkumar veer has all the qualities needed for a maharaj of aryanagar so the competition will not just be between dharam and agni but between veer dharam and agni. After their decision the aryasabha leave and dharam is very happy and says veer that he also feels that veer is even more capable then him for the rajgadhi but veer gets irritated and leaves from there

Some sainiks come and take pari and saakshi into the karagrah and they show nivriti standing nearby and saying veer sirf mera beta hai

Dharam comes looking for veer and asks him why is he sitting all alone he shd be rejoicing coz the aryasabha thinks him to be capable and nivriti bua is also happy but veer says that for the rajgadhi he cant compete with dharam coz dharam is the one for the rajgadhi, he says that since childhood he has learnt to walk two steps behind dharam not before him

Here they show harsh showing off and saying he has killed a lion at the age of 14, he then misbehaves with sias dasi who bring fruit juice for him with sugar and sia remembers whatever she did in dharams palace the way she scolded the dasis out there for bringing cold milk for her and realizes her mistake. Her father comes there and tells harsh that sia is also exactly like him only. And in his mind he says “ram milye jodi” and says rajkumar dharam tumne bilkul sahi kiya aur ab is bigdi rajkumari ko tum hi sudhar sakte ho.

Now they show shera calling out for meera and thinking that if this is taasha ki chaal she will kill him but then spots meera sitting nearby and playing with her toys. Seeing her sad shera asks her why she is sad and who gave her the toys. Mera replied that every poonarmasi day maya comes and leaves a toy for her in the shivmandir but does not meet her. Shera says that she understands her pain and as tomorrow is pooranmasi she will go to shivmandir and bring her mother back.

Here taasha was hiding behind a tree and has heard everything, shera so challenges him that tomorrow in the shiv mandir who ever finds maya first the khazana will be that persons

Sia thinks harsh looks like a bander, she calls out to him and as harsh is standing up he breaks the flower pot. At this her mother cautions harsh not to break her daughters heart but her father thinks that sia only will break harsh heart coz he knows that she loves rajkumar dharam

Now the scene of the epi comes my veer practicing his talwar and thinking abt all the times with dharam. Dharam seeing him practicing says that he will this way beat both him and agni so my noble veer says he will go to the aryasabha and withdraw his name but then only dharam reminds him of his birthday gift and forces veer to accept to take part in the competition tomorrow morning and ……………my veer accepted.

Here agni overhears the whole conversation. Jaiwardhan is very angry at veer being also selected so agni assures him that only agni will get the throne

Here they show dharam and veer going towards where the aryasabha is holding the competition when agni comes and says u going to participate only when u reach there in time and suddenly dharam and veers feet get entangled in a rope and they are pulled up.

[/URL]

[URL="http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=886536"] (http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=885454)

garvita

March 30, 2008, 09:56 AM

11 march
The epi starts with veer and dharam hanging by the rope. My veer takes out his chaku and cuts the rope holding dharam and himself but gets hurt while falling down.

Dharam seeing that veer is hurt wants to postpone the muqlab but veer stops him saying

“Wah chot lagne ke baad bhi jeet gaya, aur haar gaya to log kahenge ki bechare ko chot lagi thi isliye har gaya”. They both share a laugh and leave frm there. Veer now in his mind says that he will never compete with dharam.

Nivriti comes to meet pari and saakshi in the prison and tells pari and saakshi that they again went to meet veer that’s why she had to do this. Saakshi is creating doubts in veers mind. Pari again tries to convince nivriti but nivriti informs her that arya sabha has choosen veer for the muqabla for the rajyagadi and she does not want them to hinder veers good fortune so both pari and saakshi will hv to be in the cell till the muqabla is over. Listening to the news that veer may be selected as the next maharaj pari is confused that how can there messiah become their dushman

Here arya sabha is waiting for dharam veer to come. Maharaj angrily says that today at least they shd hv reached in time etne khaas mauke par bachpana…………Agni now tries to fool the aryasabha by saying that they are daud lagoing and hv forgotten abt the muqabla but then only both dharam veer make the grand entrance……………And veer says hum jo daud lagne ge use jeet kar aaye hain

Ok the first muqabla starts. Their first muqabla is to hit the target on a dart board with bow and arrow…………agni hits somewhere near the nishan and also dharam does the same but my veer purposely hits a wrong nishana and then starts rubbing his back

in the second round too agni hits correctly, dharam hits correctly but again veer aims wrong. The arya sabha is shown giving points to them.

Seeing him miss the nishana nivriti is confused and thinks “uska nishana to chuk ta hi nahin” dharam also looks suspicious

The next muqabla is to aim at the fish over there head while watching its reflection in the water agni again succeeds dharam succeeds veer again goes there and again misses the target……agni jai and veer are all happy with veers performance but dharam looks angry

The arya sabha come with their marks and declare the muqable ka natija, rajkumar agni safal, rajkumar dharam safal, rajkumar veer asafal. Hearing this veer is very happy

Now they show Sias dad who is walking with her and rajkumar harsh with a glass of milk and is pleading with her to drink her milk.hen Suddenly he trips and falls down and the milk falls on rajkumar harsh dress at this harsh misbehaves with sias dad, sia feels very bad and scolds rajkumar harsh. Then calls out to her dasis to bring warm water and lep for her.

Now the most thrilling scene of the epi takes place dharam comes to ask veer why he had purposely lost that day when veer replies “maine sirf muqable mein hissa lene ko vada kiya jeetne ke liye nahin” dharam tries to explain veer but all in vain. Dharam now tells veer to leave his jid when veer replies “yeh jid nahin sapna hai mera”. Its veers dream to see dharam sit on the throne and he standing behind him. Dharam that it cld be same with veer sitting on the throne and he helping veer but veer gets angry and says “aaj keh diya aaj ke baad nahin kehna”. At this dharam reminds him that according to the aryanagar kannon it’s the aryasabha who will decide who sits on the throne not veer. Veer refuses to listen to the kanoon of ayasabha so dharam tells him that he always thinks with his heart at this veer also gets angry and says yes he thinks by his heart and dharam thinks by his head……..unka nazriya hi nahin milta

At this dharam gets angry and says “humne itne salon mein ek doosre ko nahin samja………and veer says hamari soch, hamara nazariya bilkul nahin milta aur ab humein ek doosre se nahin milna chahiye” saying this veer leaves from there and dharam looks angry.

garvita

March 30, 2008, 09:58 AM

13 march

Epi starts with agni getting beaten up by veer again, didn’t mind seeing this again. Maharaj comes there with jai and says bas karo, agni goes to maharaj and tells him that veer was beating him up, maharaj comes and scolds veer how cld he hit someone weapon less and that also inside the mahal, but dharam comes and says that agni started the fight and kept hitting him although his sword was broken and if veer had not saved him than agni wld hv killed him. Jai comes in agni defense and says he wldnt do anything against aryawarth sidhant,,,,,,,so veer tells maharaj to ask agni itself. Agni says that veer and dharam had attacked him…so veer challenges him to face them in the muqabla tomorrow coz he does not hv the guts to face the truth. Jai and agni leave from there. Maharaj explains dharam veer that chahe koi bhi unhe uksaye but aryanagar ke maharaj ko bina soche samje koi kadam nahin uthana chahie and they shd remember this as either of them is going to be responsible for aryanagar singhasan.

In a inn kind of place maya comes there and shera also reaches there following her, some more ppl come there looking for a place to rest. Suddenly shera sees a lady and thinks that her shaq is correct as the lady is maya. She goes near the lady and asks her name and where is she going and if she was alone. Maya replies that she is alone and wants to remain like this as she didn’t want to talk to any strangers. Some dakus see the travellers and appreciate there jewellery and decide to loot them. Here maya is thinking abt meera and in her mind thinks that she cant keep meera with her and her mother only will hv to look after her. Shera reminds her that her food is getting cold but maya tells her to mind her own business and leaves from there. Shera feels she doesnot know how to talk to anyone pyar se.

Dharam and veer are sitting and veer treats dharams wound, veer tells dharam why he got so angry then dharam replies that veer only made him get angry, but now dharam feels both were right in there place, veer replies that they were both right but the time was not right, dharam says that dharam veer yahan dono sahi hote hain yahan dono galt…………..now dharam asks abt the muqabla taking place tomorrow……now they both say each other dia frm the first epi of their ghode ki daud.

The dakus hold one person and loot his jewellery and kill him off shera and maya see this. The dakus come and ask maya for her mala but she says its her pati ki akhri nishani and she is not going to give this. Shera comes and stop the dakus, maya asks her to leave as the dakus will kill her too but our shera fights with all of them.

Veer dharam and agni are there for the new muqabla, suddenly a man comes and announces three bro who are declared as the most brave of the aryanagar, now veer agni and dharam have to fight them.

First dharam and lata do khusti and defeated him. Everyone cheers for him rajkumar dharam.

Here they show shera mix something in a glass of water. She wants to find out the kahani of mayas necklace. She gives the water to maya and maya thanks her and drinks the water. Maya praises shera fight techniques and asks her if she had learnt to fight, shera tells her that life has taught her to fight musibads all the time. Maya agrees with her and faints. Shera goes to the inn keeper and tells him that the lady is her bua who is not feeling well so he let her rest and she will come back soon.

Now veer enters to fight with mata, and that stupid mata pushes veer back but then gets it royally frm veer, veer overpowers mata and everyone cheers for him rajkumar veer, rajkumar veer

Now its agnis chance and even he fights well but agni looses, three cheers for hata.

The leader of the aryasabha says that the natija will be declared tomorrow, dharam says why tomorrow as the muqlab is already over, veer says that it must be some aryasabha kanoon at this dharam looks irritated. Veer tells dharam to chill as he is going to sit on the singhasan then veer looking at the bro says they look like sher but fight like chooah, at this one of the bros challenge them to come to there village for a real fight as in front of the aryasabha only dekhawa takes place.

garvita

March 30, 2008, 09:59 AM

14 march

Dharam says veer hume pata tha ki veer ek behter yodha hai. Veer keeps thinking abt the fighter guys words to come and fight with them in there village. Seeing him occupied dharam asks him the reason. Veer says that lata has given me a challenge infront of everyone……dharam tells him to forget abt it all and get ready to leave for the gurukul but veer says in his mind that he has to find out abt latas truth

Saakshi complains to pari that nivriti coz she will always be insecure abt veer she will always keep us prissoned.

Here babu asks bhimsen the reason for arresting saakshi and pari. Babu tells them that they are being kept in a gupt tekhana and that nivriti had them arrested. Babu is not aware of the reason. Bhimsen is very angry and says that kya maharaj kafi nahin the ki ab maharani bhi. Bhimsen plans to get them free.

Saakshi tells her mother to not stop her frm fighting and says that dekh liya na chup rehne ka anjam. Pari says unless someone opens the door they cant do anything so saakshi says she will get the door open and suddenly holds her stomach and starts crying……pari asks them for help so one of the soldier goes to get the vaidji and when only one is left saakshi hits him with the food plate and both saakshi and pari run from there. While running pari falls then and they get surrounded by the soldiers. But suddenly someone kills the soldiers and its bhimsen. He fights off all the soldiers and takes saakshi and pari with him.

Veer has reached latas village and finds him practicing talwar bazi. Seeing veer lata asks him what he has come to learn there. Veer replies that he has not come to learn anything but to defeat him. Veer reminds him of his challenge but lata tells him that he is used to the rajya mahal so to go back. Veer tells him is he scared. Has he forgotten how to fight seeing him. They both start fighting with there swords and hare ram hare ram music plays……….suddenly lata punches veer and he falls down and then lata keeps the talwar on his neck and then helps him. Lata explains him that veer fights to prove himself better but lata fights for his bread and butter and the one who fights to keep himself alive he always wins. Learning this veer again picks up his talwar and they both fight again and this time veer wins. Haila and there maharaj jai dharam agni and nivriti and arya sabha arrive and everyone is happy with veer. And arya sabha says that by understanding this parekshas meaning veer has proved himself to be the best rajkumar as he was the only one who took up the challenge of lata and says that isliye sirf rajkumar veer safal hue hain. He says that in the first muqabla dharam and agni won and today veer has won so all three will go to raj vidya aashram

Shera has come to some village and asks a jeweler and shows him maya ka mala……the jeweler tells her that in Hindustan there are only two such types of stone which they can copy and make some money out of……shera opens the locket and finds a nishan on it……and asks the jeweler to put a artificial locket in it. Shera now asks him abt the second pathar but he replies that he has no knowledge abt it. Shera threatening him to forget abt it all leaves from there.

Nivriti is praising veer to sunanda and says that veer has become a sacha aryawarth and now no one can separate him from her. Then only charusena comes and tells her that saaskhi and pari have escaped from the prison. Nivriti gets angry at him then charusena informs her that bhimsen reached there and freed them. Nivriti tells charusena to find them and put them back in the prison otherwise she will put all his sainiks in it. She then thinks where they might have gone.

They show pari and saakshi have come to the baghi living area with bhimsen and bhimsen tells everyone that they wld now be living there with them.

Nivrit is now scared that they might go to veer and tell him all the truth then veer will be lost to her forever.

Bhimsen asks pari the reason for there imprisssonment, pari tells him that nivriti is scared that she thinks I will tell veer the sachai then veer will leave her and come back to pari. Bhimsen decides to tell veer the sachai but pari stops him saying that its not the right time coz nivriti told her that veer maybe selected for rajya sabha then rani ma ka darr will become just a imagination. Bhimsen is also happy coz then veer will be no less than any raja in yudh and then he can fight for there rights and says milgaya hume haram messiah mil gaya

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:01 AM

17 march

DV sleeping on bed n Talking
D-we think something n happen something eles
V-no say this wat we think tht happens
D-means?
V-we're thinking we'll going together ashram n we'r
D-yaa but we didn't think tht agni also will be der
V-so wat let him come n lrn something after tht to loose him will be most enjoyable
D-haan
V-hey u know wat i heard tht infront of ashram der is Rajkalashram where Rajkumaaries come to lrn dance n singing
D-so?
V-so who thinks u'r Bhoori eyes waali came der
D-so i'm far away from tht rajkalashram
V-look i hv forgiven her so u too
D-itz her fault
V-u know u'r fault then y not her's?u shud forgive her
D-yaa but for tht she shud came n ask for forgiveness first
V-i'll ask from her side for forgiveness
D-u'r on her side or mine
V-i'm with both's side look she's week
D-week n rajumaari sia who thinks it looks like
V-sometimes wat we didn't watch tht does exists "Kabhi kabhi hume jo dikhata nahi hain vo hota nahi hain"
D-yaa cz it really not exists "Kyunki vo hota hi nahi hain"
-------
Sia seating in Garden Flashback of dharam when he scolds her
Harshh comes n throughs a rose to her
H-looks like mood is not ok tday ok will u do talwaaribaji with me,ummm Hunting,ummm will go to Bagicha
S-no i dn't wana go anywhere with u dharam
H-who's dharam?[bechaare ka Popat ho gaya i mean parrot ho gaya]
S-[shocked n leave]
HF[harshh father]-wat happen u'r face is looking wierd
H-father i think sia is getting out of my hands
Hf-harshh speak good things
H-no father she alwayz talk abt dharam [alwayz when did she talk to harshhh]
Hf-wat?who's dharam?
H-dn't knw
Hf-letz go to sia's mother
H-y?
Hf-to aks who's dharam?
-------
In Mehel sia's mother looking at jwelery
Both eneter's
Hf-can we come in
Sm-yaa plz
Hf-who is dharam?
Sm-dharam who dharam?
Hf-abt sia alwayz talks
Sm-wat?but she didn't tell me anything abt dharam?
Father eneter's
F-dharam i'll tell u he's "Mere mama ke behnoi ke bhai ke chacha ka ladka"u go dn't worry
Sm-wat did u said who's dharam?
F-i told u naa "Mere mama ke behnoi ke bhai ke chacha ka ladka"
Sm-but he is Surajsay true who's dharam?
F-dharam is rajkumaar of aryanagar n sia loves him alot
Sm-wat?rajkumaar of aryanagar no this cannot happen they can't do any type of relations with us wat they did with my brother few yr's before i didn't forget it yet n i'll neva[Another tragidy here]
-------
DV practising Talwaarbazi without Talwaar togetherJust Awesome Man
Agni eneter's like Fool with Talwaar
V-do you know some ppl hv bad habbit to come btwn
D-yaa n do bad things
V-u ever think wat happen to them
D-yaa bad things happen with bad ppl
V-yaa they ran or get killed
A-Didn't u know where some one is practising there talking not alowed
V-Oh really n do u know when Two "Veer Yodha"r doing practice tht time someone third cannot come in
D-yaa who thinks he can loose him own n die
V-n veer yodha neva takes this on him
A-ok we all r with our own Usools so all's lives responsibility itz owns
Agini starts sword practising n DV start Disturbing Him[Bechara phas gaya]
After some time he leaves
Both DV laughs
-------
Sia in room mom eneter's
M-sia look this all bring for you[Srry forgot names of tht things n where it belongs from]
Sia ignor's
M-after four dayz u'r engagement is der n we'll do it very Dhoom Dhaam se afterall u'r only one rajkumaari of Avadhnagari
Mom-Flashback of dad saying abt dharam
M-in these 4 dayz u be do Samjhauta with u'r Kismat n thts better
She leaves
S-no mom i'll neva do it in my life only dharam is der
She abt to leave dad enter's
F-wer r u going sia
S-aryanagar n this time i'll get dhram with me my engagement will happen only with dharam
F-but if u'r mom comes to know
S-plz u handle
-------
Shera back to maya n put tht neckless in to her neck n seats infront of her
Maya back to hosh
S-r u ok now i shud leave
M-shukriya
Flashback to shera of meera telling abt maya n shera promising her to meet her with maya
S-u wer telling tht this necless is last thing of u'r husband is u'r husband
M-he didn't live with me
S-so dn't u hv any gal or boy
M-no
-------
Maya at place wer meera is
S-so who's more in u'r family
Meera-no one i had parents but now they leave me
Maya behind her n Shera notice tht
Shera stands n sayz
S-this is meera n this is maya u'r mom u alwayz keep these toyis for her in shiv mandir know now give her with u'r own hands
Maya-meera both hugs
-------
In mehel maharaj telling to D-V-A
M-this is war ground in this area half sena of your's in enemy's eye here enemy is der in this direction Big Valley n here jungle now wat u'll do n you hv with u only 2 sainiks
Tell us this is for to know how much u know abt war
Maharaj leaves
DV looks at agnin he leaves
D-look if we go from here
V-no der is river
D-then akraman
V-dn't forget we had only 2 sainiks with us
Sia enter's
S-dharam
Both DV look at her
V-sia u here
S-vo actualy i wan't to talk u dharam
D-not now i'm busy
V-dharam
S-i came here to say srry to you plz dharam look at me naa
D-not now i had work
S-but came here to talk to you
D-i didn't called u or didn't u came by asking me
S-i dn't hv time
D-every thing does not happen by you'r opinion sia n i dn't hv any interest in you u can leave from here
N Dharam leaves
-------
Shera n Maya talking
M-u'r thinking how bad mom i'm tht leave daughter like this but i'm also like other mom's who love to take care of there childs
S-y u dn't took her with u do you hv any probz
M-yes i hv problem i'm doing Raksha of one raaz n if ppl come to knw tht she'z my daughter then they'll use her to get tht raaz
Shera thinking-i'll not get you in trouble i'll get tht raaz my own
Flashback of jail man
S thinking-i hv to go back to aryanagar if tht man knew abt tht 2nd stone
Meera-Shukriya
-------
Sia crying veer comes
V-plz stop crying i'll say srry from dharam actually maharaj give us imp work thts y he talk like this to you
Flashback -sia heats veer
V-lo drink some water
S-plz forgive me veer
V-srry he shud say srry
S-but he's not listening to me n he said me to leave
V-look i'll talk to him
S-no i dn't hv time after 4 dayz my engagement is der
-------End Of Epi-------

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:02 AM

18 marchEpi starts with Veer-Sia conversation She tells veer tht Her Mangani is der in 4 dayz n she leaves
Here dharam comes in his room n seat with tht map But Thinks abt Sia
Flashback-Sia slap's veer & she came say tht she came to say srry
Dharam puts tht map side n took out Tht Payal Of Sia looked at tht n Keep his hand on Heart[Haiiiiiiiii......chooo chweeeeeet]
Veer comes n sees tht way dharam seating He sayz i knew it But dharam disagree tht he was thinking abt Sia Veer tolds him tht Sia's engagement is der with Harshhh in 4 dayz Dharam Shocked Veer Sayz in mind 'i'll neva happen this i'll go der to stop engagement n he leaves

Shera is im mehel she's going towards jail n veer is coming in her direction she realise some one coming n hide behind pillar she sees veer n he goes furthure Shera thinks abt him
Flashback-Veer saved her
But she ignored n goes to jail tht man
Man is saying something wierd "Aag se khelo to Chingari milegi..."[wat eva it is]
Shera comes n took tht Stone infront of him He Shocked Shera asks him abt 2nd stone like tht He again sayz tht Aag thing..Shera asks him tht Maya n Meera is hin wife n daughter he sees at her She tolds him tht Both Are fine Then again she asks him abt 2nd stone n He Took Avadhi's Raja's Name i.e. Sia's father
Shera leaves
-------
Here in mehel Maharaj-Jv come to know Shramiks Masiha is Alive Maharaj told tht to search him they'll get one team of spl. sainiks But Dharam Enter's n sayz tht He'll search him but mharaj denies n tell Jv to go with those Spl. Sainiks
In Room Dharam asking to senapati abt tht night But senapati didn't told anything so Dharam gives him water n sayz in tht i put Poison
And in tht fear of Dieing senapati tolds him abt tht Sainik Kishan who can told abt everything of tht Night
All this conversation heard by Sunanda n she Shocked
Dharam tolds senapati tht there no Poison in tht Water
N sayz if veer was der he just rolled on flour by seeing you'r this position n he leaves
--------
In Jungle some man Cried itz Harshhh n he came der for Hunting but cz of those mens his hunt ran away so he become angry on them
Those mens ask him for there money but he denies n leaves
Veer eneter's from behind n asks those mens tht who's tht guy They told him tht He's harshhh n he didn't gave us our money
So veer asks them do to work for him n he'll give him more money n Men Agrees
So....Harshh going alone n those mens come as Aadivasi n catch him Harshh fearsn cried to save him Veer Jump from top n fight with all mens n saves harshhh harshhh asks him who is he
Veer tolds tht he is going towards manas sarovarbut now he hv to stay here n he didn't know anyone in avadhi so harshhh told him abt his Engagement n He took with him n they leaves
Those mens looking at them from behind Shera comes n asks them wer is avadhi mehel
------
In mehel harshhh comes with veer n told sia tht veer saves him Sia happy to see veer in tht her mom-dad comes n harshhh tolds him abt veer tht he saved him
Sia's mom asks veer wer is he from n Veer tolds he's from Aryanagar n Mom Shocked

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:03 AM

Sia's Father Made Some Golmaal regarding Veer's place [dn't know wat he said]
And sia's mother agrees
---------
In Mehel Sunanda comes Running Saying
S-Rani maa gajab ho gaya
N-wat happen
S-dharam come to know the truth of tht night from senapti
N-which truth
S-tht 15 yr's back night when one of the child of shramiks saved n now dharam going to meet Kishan
N-kishan?who kishan?
S-raani maaa!!tht sainik who knew everything abt tht night n if so then he knew tht u took veer from tht box tht night n he'll tell dharam all this
N[shocked]-Wat??no this cannot happen where is dharam now
S-he is going to Sainiks place
N-if dharam come to know then Toofan will come sunanda come with me
-------
Dharam in sainiks place he asks for kishan's house some sainik point towards his house
Dharam knock One man open door[Is ThtViKrAm from PRC]
D-kishan?wer is he?
Ks[kishan's son]-Rajkumaar dharam you wat r u doing here
D-i wan't to meet kishan?wer is he?
Ks-oh u came to meet my baba but he does not leaves here
D-wat?
Ks-yaa he leaves from here few dayz before n itz good tht he leaves otherwise i hv to took them with me whole life
D-do u know when he'll come back?n wer does he gone?
Ks-i didn't asked him so y shud he'll tell n i don't think he'll come back
Dharam notice two plates of food
D-so u leave alone?
Ks-yaa n itz good
D-if u get some info abt him then inform me
Dharam leaves
Rani maa come forward
N-u'r son saved u today kishan but dharam he'll not step back so easily
K-so will i do rani maa
N-u leave aryanagar for eva
kishan n his son shocked
N-this is very expensive jwellery u'll neva need to do any work for u'r whole life
K-but...
N-no kishan if dharam come to know abt this then Toofaan will come n in tht Toofaan aryanagar will end n i think this jwellery is Good price to leave ayanagar
-------
Sia-Veer talking
S-y u came here veer
V-to break this engagement
S-but for whom?
V-for my bro dharam
S-but he he didn't noticed me even i came to meet him from so long n he didn't talked to me
V-sia trust me dharam likes u as much as u likes him
S-but he didn't told me
V-he can't do tht
S-Oh!really but get angry easily
V-yaa but he can't express love
S-but tht is not possible in 3day my engagement is der
V-trust me...
F[father]-it is not so easy veer
V-but y?
F-cz sia's mom hates aryanagar ppl
V-y?
F-actually some yr's ago maharaj ayavrat n jv did
Dasi eneter'sn sayaz maharani called them for dinner right now
F-i'll tell u tht story some day after but if we didn't go to dinner now then we'll have to listen stories of sia's mom
All laughs n leaves
-------
In Mehel dharam comes in thinking abt y kishan's son lie to him he was abt to go back out of mehel Jv speakes from behind
Jv-wer r u going dharam?
D-veer is not der naa so i thought to go out of mehel for walk
Jv-but u just came from outside so wer u gone before this
D-madir
Jv-mandir y?
D-to look evenings aarti but now i think i'm tired so i'll go n rest
He leaves
Jv-he gone to mandir n now he sayz he was going to walk but suddenely tired
A-he didn't gone to mandir dad
Jv-how do u know?
A-my eyes r alwayz open[he means tht other's eyes r alwayz closed when his eyes r open]
Jv-hmm...then wer did he gone
A-he gone towards sainiks place i saw him
Jv-but y? n if he gone there then mine sainiks also saw him if i put some more Ghee in this Oil so..
A-wat do u mean dad?
Jv-agni u just do as i say then saw i'll get to wer
-------
Sia n all standing Shera eneter's as Some Baba called...[dn't know]
Sb[shera as baba]-I know everything without me no engagement marriage can happen.... Bride[Dulhan]is very lucky tht i came here
U'r Lucky tht u got such Dulhan[she sayz this to veer]
H[harshh get angry]-E!!she's not going to become his wife she'z going to become my wife
Sia get's angry on this
Sb-so u'r lucky now i'll go n rest for some time
F-come i'll...
Sb-y u take Taklif i'll find wat i wan't
She leaves
---------
Dharam thinking seatin in his room abt kishan's son Agni eneter's
A-wat r u thinking dharam?
D-u y did u came in my room?
A-are i know u hv objection on me for coming to ashram but now also in u'r room C'mon dharam we v to spend much time together in ashram so i thought y not from now?
D-u just leave from here
A-y veer is not der so u can't fight
Dharam shouts n catches his collor But he remeber's wat maharaj said to DV tht if someone finds to u get angry but u won't arayanagar's future maharaj shud take his step very carefully
He leaves agni
A-wat happen u frightened
Dharam get's angry n both starts fighting
A[shouts porposely many time]-dharam y u heating me i'm not u'r enemy
Maharaj n Jv eneter's
A-y u heating me dharam i'm not u'r enemy
D-if i cud i'll Kill u now
M[shouts]-Dharam!!
A-maharaj save me dharam will kill me haraj
D-dad der is no mistake of mine in this
M-this time i hv heard u giving Dhamaki
Agni dn't worry when i'm der nothing will happen to u
Both leaves Jv laughs looking at Dharam
--------
Sia-Veer talking
V-wer is tht pandit?
S-y?
V-i wanted to meet him to stop u'r engagement
S-how?
V-u dn't trust me?
S-ahhhhh..
V-u seat here i'll be back
---------
Shera goes to room of maharaj n start searching for Mukut
Flashback of jail man regarding Avadhi's maharaj
Veer enter's
V-r u searching for something?
Shera shocked
V- i asked r u searching for something?
S-u wat r u doing here
V- i hv some work for u u just stop this mangani by saying anything like Kundali does not match or Mangal types
S-hmmmmm....n after tht u cud get married to her
V-no not for me some one other i'll give u money for this
S-u fool child giving me Rishwat of money i dn't hv Lalach of money
V-so wat u wan't
S-dn't ask me qt's n stop following me
She leaves Veer looked at some thing
-------End Of Epi-------

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:04 AM

Dharam remembers charusena and vicky babies words and then takes out his knife and says aaj hum sach ka pata laga ke hi rahenge and kishan ka beta hi hume unhe tak phonchaega

Jai says agni let dharam search for the messiah and he will use this opportunity to finish him off……..he then asks agni to search for something that everyone knows dharam possess, agni says its very easy and opens one drawer and takes out a bangle which veer had given dharam on his last bday which dharam always wears during imp occasions……….jai asks agni how he knows all this. Agni tells him that he always keeps an eye on everything related to dharam veer and also knows that veer has not gone to meet his grandfather so his father feels very proud and says tum sach mein aryanagar ke raja banne ke layak ho

Here in sia mahal preparations for engagement are going on and veer helps with the decorations and other preparations that time only shera comes and says she has already arranged for all the puja ki samagri….sias mom wants to know where she has brought all this saman from so she replies from aryanagar and says itni shud samagri is available only in aryanagar…so sias mom tells her to throw all out and never mention aryanagar name ever again……..veer asks the reason to sia dad and he tells him I will tell u later.

Agni and jai come to agnis room and dishevel it and throw all the furniture here and there and leave dharams kangan in his room and tells that he will hide agni somewhere where no one can find him and will frame dharam in front of rajya sabha

Sia says she wont do any rasam with harsh so veer gives her confidence that he will take care of everything. Sia says but will dharam also accept me……..to this veer says that they will handle dharam afterwards. Veer now tells sia that he had just done natak to save harsh and now harsh has complete faith in him and veer will now use his this bharosa to break the engagement. SHera has overheard everything and thinks to herself that she will use this raaz to futher her mission.

Dharam follow kishans son and reaches a hut where he spots kishan….his son has bought food for him……..dharam spots kishan and overhears them talking that they are hiding from dharam and kishans father is unhappy that he has to live away from his home……dharam wonders who has given kishan such a dhamki……dharam thinks it must be the messiah who to keep his raaz save has given dhamki to kishan

Here they show jai overacting and calling out agnis name and says to maharaj that someone has kidnapped agni and his whole room is in disheveled condition and tells maharaj to find agni somehow. Maharaj tells him he will find agni and will give saza to whoever has done this. Maharaj then spots dharam ka kada and jai asks how is dharams kada here. Jai tells maharaj that dharam is also gayab from the time agni is missing.

Kishan son is now taking leave from his father when he spots dharam so asks his father to run and he himself also runs from there with dharam running behind them and hare ram song coming…………….vikram thinks to himself that if dharam catches father it will be a big musebat so leaves from there to tell rani ma everything

Bhimsen is teaching all the baghi sharmiks how to use bow and arrow.

Here kishan is still running followed by dharam………..bhimsen shows everyone to keep the arrow straight but saakshi is not doing correctly so he comes and teaches her personally…..but she still misses her target but bhimsen tells her to keep practicing and she will definitely succeed as she is somas daughter

Bhimsen then spots kishan being followed so asks saakshi and everyone else to hide. He thinks dharam kis ke peeche bhag raha hai en aryavarton ko chain nahin har roz ek naya shikhar.

Kishans son comes to rani ma and tells her abt dharam following his father. Dharam catches kishan and places the sword on his neck and asks him who had told him to hide from dharam. Dharam asks him abt the sharmikon ka bacha and tells him to tell him everything……bhimsen is hearing all this, and just as kishan is abt to reveal the truth bhimsen throws a knife and kills kishan. Dharma then spots bhimsen and starts running behind him and catches bhimsen and starts fighting him…….dharam tells bhimsen that he has given the dhamki to kishan…..but bhimsen tells him that he didn’t give the dhamki but does not want to reveal the identity of his messiah now…..so dharam says why ur messiah cant face him today so bhimsen says that our messiah can face u but u wont be able to do so……dharam says bhimsen that go tell ur messiah that rajkumar dharams talwar is searching for u at this bhimsen hurts him and leaves from there saying bhool jaye hamare messiah ke bare mein aap ke liye acha hoga……..but dharam says ek baar wo mujhe mil jaye to mein use jaan se mar dalonga

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:04 AM

Dharam veeeeer yeh hai dharam veeeeeeeeeeeeer yeh hai dharam veeeeeeeeeeeeer do tan hain par ek hi jaan hian yaar ke khater jaan kurban hai do tan hian par ek hi jaan hain yaar ke khater jaan kurban hai dharam veeeeeeeeeeeeer(yeh dikhane ke liye that i hv had bhang today)

Maharaj natarajan is in his room sitting tensed and remembers his wifes words abt ki hamara aryawarthon ke saat hamara koi rishta nahin ho sakta, that time veer comes there and asks him why he is so tensed and tells him not to worry as he will take care of everything. Maharaj says that although they will be able to stop this engagement but what will happen afterwards, veer tells him he will take care of everything but maharaj tells that maharani comes to know ur from aryanagar she will throw u out of the mahal too like the pooja samagri…..veer now wants to the reason for this dushmani, so the maharaj tells that both the rajya had a fight for a village and so jaivardhan had maharanis bro killed and then avidi in retaliation had jai chachaji killed and now both hv dushmani amongst them. Veer but consoles the maharaj by saying that dono rajon ki nafrat ko pyar hi badal sakta hai

Maharaj and jai are sitting in the courtroom, maharaj tells jai that his sainiks have gone to look for agni and he will soon be found at that time two sainiks come with agnis clothes which they found in the shrubs in the forest. In the clothes blood is there so jai becomes hyper and says that it means that someone has killed my agni…..and falls down crying. Maharaj helps him up when jai says that mere agni ki kisi se dushmani nahin thi so who would want to kill him. Maharaj remembers dharam giving agni dhamki so asks the sainiks to go and call rajkuamar dharam. Maharaj looks at the kada found in agnis room

Sia is sitting in her room when shera comes there. Shera remembers promising her father to bring the khazana and again remembers the kaidi telling abt the doosra pathar in avidi. Shera than thinks that if she know gets close to this bigdi rajkumari then she will be ablt to find the pathar and then the khazana. Sia spots shera and asks her why she has come there shera replies that her teesri aankh tells her that sia is disturbed and does not want to do magni with harsh, and that sia is in love with someone else. So shera gives her a pathar that will help sia and save her from all sankat. Sia is happy. That time maharaj also comes, so shera tells him abt a ghor sankat and that in her daughters marriage lots of blunders are going to happen and also his avidi. Sia says that she went for this long yatra and still her vivahik jeevan is not going to be happy. Maharaj does not believe this and says his daughter will always be happy. Shera tells him that his mukut is the coz of all probs and they have to do some pooja of the mukut to remove all problems. Maharaj does not agree to this but sia convinces him. Shera asks abt the mukut and maharaj says its in the khazane ke kamare mein, maharaj says its in the uttar ki disha mein next to the mandir. Shera leaves from there.

Dharam comes limping and sees his father still awake and asks him the reason. Maharaj says where was he, dharam replies he went to nadi ke kinare and mandir, maharaj aks him how he got hurt, dharam replies that he fell down from his horse. Maharaj says that which rajkumar has been taught horseriding since childhood if he falls from his own horse than what will he do in the yudh bhoomi. Dharam says that his horse leg got stuck in the whole and he fell down. Maharaj asks him where is agni, dharam replies that he has not met agni since morning, maharaj thinks to himself that dharam was not in the mandir the whole day and now the rajya sabha also knows abt this matter.

Shera reaches the mahal ka mandir and is looking for the khazane ka darwaza, she sees a sainik and asks him where the khazane ka kamra is, she tells that she has to do shudi karan of the mukut the soldiers says only maharaj has the keys she forces the sainiks to open the door otherwise she will give him sharp………..veer hears this and thinks is panditji ko maharaj ke mukt ki kuch zyada hi chinta hain

Dharam is in his room thinking abt kishans words, and then bhimsens warning, dharam now wants to find out abt the baghi sharmik soma. Nivriti comes there and asks dharam how he got hurt, he again replies that he fell down from his horse. Dharam asks her when is veer coming back. Nivriti teases him saying ki kya uske bina dil nahin lagta, dharam replies that he is missing veer mischevious. Dharam then asks her abt the messiah and wants to know if she knows anything.

Veer spots panditji and says panditji aapki niyat mein khot hai par hum sab sambhalenge Shera gives the Prasad to the soldiers saying that who ever eats this Prasad will go to swarg lok,,,,,,here veer is saying to himself ki yeh Prasad nahin khana, the soldiers after eating the Prasad fall down and as shera is abt to open the door to khazana veer stops her saying that he is playing chuha billi ka khel with her. Veer asks why the soldiers are fallen down, veer corners her saying that he saw her giving Prasad to the sainiks and threatens her that he will reveal her truth to everyone if shera does not tell him what she has come to do there. Shera retaliates by saying that she will go to maharani and tell her that he is rajkumar veer from aryanagar and wants his brother to get married to sia.. shera tells him to do his own work and let her do hers. Veer replies veer to apna kaam karega par tumhe bhi kuch nahin karne dega.

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:05 AM

All Having Breakfast in Sia's Palace
Veer Offer's Jilebito Rajpandit saying
V-Take jilebi it say tht eating jilebi in morning then day wents good
M-yaa veer u r right give me also
V-yaa take it maharaj
Shera acting like she's getting some wierd
M-wat happened pandit ji is everything ok
S-my 3rd eye in getting some clues of Sankaton Sinhasan Rajya Mukut
M-wat do u mean
S-i mean FoolStop on Avadhi avadhi will be end
M-wat?is there nothing medicine[Upaay] on it
S-yes i hv to do the havan
M-ok tell me wat material u need for tht
S-First IMP thing is u r Mukut
Veer shocked
M-mukut
S-yes i need tht
M-But
S[sia]-Dad do as they say
V-but maharaj y need of mukut
S[sia]-Veer they know everything
V-sia u too
M-veer itz ok..so u tell pandit ji when u wan't to do pooja
S-now very Shubh Muhurat[inke yaha kab bhi bhi shubh muhurat hota hain kya]
Shera-Veer look at each other
-------
Jv-A in some khandar jv laughing
Jv-agni everything is going as we planned now i'm thinking god is also with us
A-means maharaj really doing Shak on dharam
Jv-yes agni yes
Some sainik enter's
S-sardar
Jv-yes tell wat news
S-sardar one dead body is found in jungle
Jv[laughs]-look agni we got u r body also Good work like this only work for us just once Agni shud get Taj of aryanagar will made u Leader of sena
S-thank you sardar
Jv gives him money n he leaves
Jv took some jwellery n clothes of agni
Jv-now i'll see who save dharam from dieing
--------
In Mehel Pooja Going
S-pooja completed!now u all close u'r eyes n pray
All close eyes Veer look from one eye[naughty boy like this-->]
S-now i'm putting mukut in itz own place
And she put Coconut in it n Mukut in her bag n make all Dhua in area
S[sia]-wat is this dhua?
V-this is Devi maa's ashirvaad this dhua means devi maa came n give us ashirvaad
S-hmm...true said Balaknow all leave this place so devi maa can stay n give lots of money to you
All leaves
--------
In jungle All Maharaj-Rajyasabha and Some village ppl standing infront of body Jv comes running n Start Crying saying Agni-Agni
Jv-agni i wan't to see his face plz
S[sainik]-no maharaj some animal had distroyed his face very badly
Jv-so how can u say tht he is agni
S-from his legs n clothes if u wan't to see u can
Jv opens clothe from leg side n again start crying Agni-Agni
Sainik again comes running
S-maharaj this found from jungle[thts dharam's cloth]
Jv-this is not agni's this seems like dv's
All shocked
Jv-but veer is not here then Dharam
--------
In mehel Shera going veer comes
V-pandit ji u'r work remains unworked
S-wat do u mean for wat i came tht i got
V-no pandit ji u didn't got Fal of pooja
S-i got fal of pooja balak
V-no pandit ji
S-how can u say tht
V-for wat u wanted tht u didn't got
He openes shera's bag n show her coconut besides mukut Shera shocked
S-how this happened
V-i saw u when u wer stoling mukut
Flashback how veer put coconut besides mukut at tht place in dhua[Veer made her fool]
S-now i'll see how u remain here till wat time
V-u did dhoka with us
S-i didn't did any dhoka tht u did
V-u came here n gave dhoka to get mukut n i came here to make together two lovers n i'll let u do u'r work
S-i'll do my work at anycost
Both leaves in opposite direction
---------
In Mehel rajyasabha n all seating Dharam enter's
D-wat happened dad y u called me here
Rh[rajyasabha head]-rajkumaar dharam we putted one big Aarop on u
D-aarop wat aarop?
Rh-aarop of killing Agni
D-wat?agni howz tht possible agni is alive
He look at Jv
Jv-no agni is died
D-no this is not true
Jv-i have seen his dead body
Rh-u confess u'r crime or not rajkumaar dharam
D-but i didn't did anything
Rh-we had proofs against u
Jv-please give one chance to dharam if he shud be Bekasoor afterall agni was his brother both grow up together he can't kill his brother
Rh-maharaj u'r Chacha of dharam so dn't pretend him,dharam did u still not agry tht u killed agni
D-wat proof u have
Rh-u lied yest to maharaj tht u gone to mandir but u wer in jungle n u got hurted n u wer having splits of khoon on u'r dress
D-tht hurts cz of i fall down from horse
Rh-rajkumaar dharam such hurts get when u fight with someone n proof this Kamar Bandh we got wer was agni's body
D-some one shud putted there
Rh-n this Kada this is u'r naa
D-wer did u got this
Rh-on tht day when agni was missing we got it from his room u still do not confess tht u did it
D-no i didn't did it
Rh-maharaj all proofs against him so rajyasabha put aarop on dharam tht he killed agni
All Shocked
D-no i request to rajyasabha to gine me one chance to prove myself innocent plz plz just one day only one day
Rh-ok but only one day
-------End Of Epi-------

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:06 AM

Dharam Is Standing near window Flashback of Aarop on him
Maharaj Enter's
M-Dharam
Dharam turns back
M-dharam wat u did dharam
D-pitaji u aslo think like rajyasabha
M-dharam u can't dis-agree with rajyasabha tht u wer not in mandir yest n wer in jungle wat u wer doing there this time i wana know Truth
D-i,i gone to find out abt masiha
M-wat?even after i tell u to do not to do tht And then y did u lie
D-cz u said no
M-still u gone and if so u shud hv to taken mine opinion on this Now who will save u I Can't leave without u i need u'r Sahara[soo emotional]
D-this neva happen there is one way to proove my innocence Kishan's son who knows tht i was there with his father last night he'll tell this infront of rajyasabha n this matter will end there
Both Hugs
----------
In Khandar Jv-A
A-y?y u gave a chance to get him one day dad if he prooved himself innocent in this one day then?our all efforts will become of no use
Jv-no agni now even God cannot save Dharam just one day agni
A-i can't leave in this place anymore
Jv-i know agni Just one day only one day n then Dharam's Phasi n u'r Vaapsi
---------
Sia's mom making Gajara
M-when i'll put this gajara on sia she'll look so beautiful
Veer comes
V-can i help u maaji u know i know how to make gajara's[Wah!!abhi se sikh raha hain veer] I also wanted to make such gajara's in my Bro's Engagement
Sia is crying in Behind
M-Oh u also have brother
V-see this
M-ahhh!i wanted this type of gajara's only
V-i saw this type while coming from aryanagar
M-kya!!u know how i hate aryanagar n then also u took name of tht infront of me
V-srry i forgot but these flower's r from avadhi naa
M-but desing is of Aryanagar
She leaves Veer looks at Sia crying n turn back
--------
Dharam goes to kishans house son openes door n shocked n abt to close door
D-stop i didn't came to kill u i need u'r help some ppl had Aaroped on me in killing of rajkumaar agni u only know tht i was last night with u'r dad so u hv to tell infront of rajyasabha all this
Kishan's son having flashbacks of last night
Ks-y shud i help u u killed my..
D-i didn't killed u'r dad it was someone eles not me see if u cannot help me rajyasabha will give me Phasi
Son shocked
D-plz not for me but for my dad or u'r dad he also dn't wanted this
Son doesn't speaks anything Dharam turns to go
Ks-Ok..i'll help u
----------
Sia is crying Flashback of Dharam in Mela in Mehel n all
Harshhh enter's
H-rajkumaari sia see i brought gift for u this i got few yr's back n u know this gives to tht person to whom u love most
S-shut up n dn't speak such things again otherwise i'll kill u
H[thinking in mind]-Just once we get engaged then i'll make u Shoe of my legI i didn't wanted Avadhi then i had killed u so lng time ago
----------
Shera again Enter's as Nahai
Shera[thinking in mind]-at thing shera put's eye she get tht
Sainiks stop her
Sainik-who r u?n whom u wana meet?
S-wat u didn't know me i came to meet maharaj i'm Gajanan son of Dayanand[wat eva i forgot name]go n ask maharaj tht he called my father or not n also tell my father is Not well so i came
----------
In Room Gajanan doing malish of maharaj
S-maharaj i didn't saw such neck wah wah
M-look cut my hair properly cz when i put mukut tht time it came slight down so wat will ppl say maharaj didn't got any place to hide his face
S-wer is u'r mukut?i mean now i'll cut u'r hair acc. to mukut only
M-yes i'll get it
S-i think this time shera dn't need to do much efforts
---------
Veer is giving lecture to sainik to keep eye on Mukut n do not allow to come any other eles besides maharaj n Gives them money[i didn't wrote dialoughs cz not much of it]
Maharaj enter's
M-veer u here
V-yaa i was telling them to keep eye on mukut as panditji said
M-oh yaa so good u take care of us no dn't worry mukut will be with me some time voh nahai came so get mukut
V[thinking in mind]-Hmm..i'll neva get any Musibat on u afterall my bro's Sasural is this naa...
--------
Maharaj back with mukut in Room Shera checked it n Eat some churan
S-uuhhhuuu
Maharaj looks at her
S-ahhh..itz churan[some name]while eating..'Moo me paani aa jata hain'
M-give me too..
S-maharaj you..no no itz our poor ppl n u maharaj
M-are churan is churan watz der poor n rich give me
She gives him Maharaj eat it for 3-4 times n Faint
S-and if Dava of Behoshi is der in churan so itz really fun
She tooks Mukut n leaves
--------
Veer coming from coridoor suddenely strikes tht nahai came so wat to need of Mukut n he runs towards maharaj's room he found him faint
He order's sainik to search for nahai But shera is in room n leaves from other side
Sainiks comes n tell veer tht there is no nahai in mehel Veer order's to lock all door's of mehel n no one can't be go out
He's going from coridoor Shera comes as Sainik[lagata hain PRC me RT ko bhes badlane pade aur yaha MC ko badalane padenge]
She tolds him tht she saw nahai going out from back side gate of mehel
Veer goes but he realise her tht she's nahai n throughs Knife towards her
V-got nahai wat happen pandit ji u came back
Both had Sword Fight
In End she make possible to run n leave Mukut with veer
-------End Of Epi-------

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:08 AM

Maharaj is crying for his mukutlike kid saying "My mukut got stolen"
Veer comes from behind n give mukut n sayz tht Behrupiya cme to stole it
Maharaj is happy to see mukut back But He shocked not to see tht Himnoor Stone on Mukut n He again start crying
Veer is confused n Flashback of shera as Pandit n Sainik
--------
Shera in some desert place saying he came to fight with me But shera got 2nd stone n now she has to find out Tht Nishan on tht stone n all khajana will be her's[wow new dress for her which was in interview she was getting ready on her birthday for shooting]
--------
Dharam in his room With Gopi n oredring Sainik tht not to allow anyone to come in his room n not to allow to meet Gopi
He asks gopi to rest n tells him again wat he has to say infront of rajyasabha
--------
Sainik informs Jv abt Gopi Jv asks who is he Sainik tells he is One Proof from Side of Dharam Who will tell infront of rajyasabha tht wat dharam wer doing in jungle yest night
--------
Jv comes into dharam's room but sainiks stop him n sayz dharam has given orders not to allow go inside Jv get angry n asks to go him in
Dharam enter's from behind n asks Jv wat happen Jv tells tht he felt alone so he came to meet dharam
Dharam asks him tht he too think tht he killed agni
Jv denies n sayz he think tht some one has trapped dharam
Dharam too agrees
--------
Dharam again in room having flashback of Veer
He calls Senapati n asks him to call Veer imidiately Back From his dada's place
He Thinks tht something wierd gona happen n Peera's Prediction gona come true soon
---------
Next Day All Seating in Darbaar Dharam Enter's
Rajyasabha head asks him for to proove his innocence
Dharam tells gopi will tell him tht i was with his father last night to find out abt masiha
Gopi comes dharam asks him to tell Gopi come ahead n Tells Dharam Is Lieing[lolz this was gona happen i knew it Two conditions 1.Gopi thinks dharam killed his father so for revenge he changed his speech 2.Jv must reach to him But HOW??]
He tells tht last night dharam was taking agni in jungle by Rapping his hands n legs He saw gopi seeing tht n asks him to leave But he[gopi]still followed them n Then he saw Dharam killed agni
He Said Dharam was telling him from night tht wat he has to lie today infront of all
Dharam n all Shocked
Dharam sayz some one has trapped me i didn't did anything
Rajya sabha tells tht he's Doshi n asks maharaj to give him strict punishment
Maharaj nervous he tells tht he'll tell punishment tommorow morning as it is not easy for him to tell now
N rajyasabha tells to keep dharam till his room only
--------
Sia seating infront of mirror Dasi comes in n asks her to come out as Maharani called her
Sia asks for wat she have been called
Dasi tells tht tomm is sia's engagement n she has to do some Daan n all stuff But..sia denies
N go to bed n start crying Veer enter's n asks her to stop crying Sia sayz wat he'll do just one day remained Veer asks her to faith on him
But sia sayz her mom likes harshh very much n veer n dharam r from aryanagar Veer tells her thts y she faith on him cz he is from aryanagar
But sia sayz he mom will neva agry
Veer tells her now she'll see how harshhh denies for this engagement at his own
Sia happy asusual
---------
Dharam near window Flashback of Gopi liesn All happen at Rajyasbha
Maharaj enter's find dharam near window n sees at Dinner plate
He goed towards dharam n asks him tht he really killed agni
Dharam looks at him n sayz tht u still wan't i shud say something
Maharaj sayz no Both Hugs
Maharaj sayz in mind tht he read dharam's eyes n he know now wat he have to do
-------End Of Epi-------

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:08 AM

The epi starts with Veer telling harsh that teen din beet chuke hian aur kal tumhari sagai aur phir mein chaal, pata nahin phir kabhi milenge ya nahin, harsh says don’t say like this u don’t get frnds like u everyday, veer then tells him agar bura mat mano to kuch mein bolon, harsh convinces him to say anything he wants and he wont feel bad………veer says tum dono ki jodi bilkul nahin jamti……tum samajdar aur wo ziddi……then harsh tells him that after the marriage he will get all the avidi ka dhan and then after marriage he will keep sia ko apni jooti ki nok par,,,,,,,,,he tells veer know to ur not worried no, veer replies that no by telling ur real intentions u hv solved all my probs

Agni is praising his dad abt how he has left all the evidences int the right place at the right time…….he then tells jai that after he sits on the singhsan he will pay all the ppl who hv helped me, but jai says no all these ppl will be a khatra for us and so I will kill them all off, agni then says “aap ke paas to har baat ka hal hai”

Veer comes to sia and maharaj and tells him all that harsh had told him so sia says “majak mat karo abt to hamari us sanp ke saat sagai hone wali hai” veer says no he will bring the true pic of harsh in front of everyone tomorrow. And asks sia to be prepared to become his bhabhi and come to aryanagar

Maharaj comes to the rajya sabha and tells them that he believes that dharam is telling the truth. Rajya sabha tells him that does he not believe in there capability, rajya sabha tells him that he is thinking like a father, the rajya sabha reminds him that the day he wore the crown he promised that he wont let his personal feelings come in between his duty towards aryanagar, he says singhasan par baithna aasan nahin singhasan par baithe kar aap sirf nya kar sakte hain, warna to aapko yeh singhasan chodna padega, he advises him to give the phaisla as a king and not like a father. Maharaj agrees and leaves from there.

Shera has returned back to her daku father place. Her father asks abt the khazane ki khoj, shera gives him the himor ke pathar, pure hindustand mein sirf do aise pathar hain aur shera ko inko pane mein bahut shangarsh karna pada. Her father says what this nishan means, he tells shera not to worry he will find out what the nishan means and then they will be the most takat var bhels.

Dharam is sitting alone and feels like veer is calling out to him. He again remembers veer asking him kya tumhe apne veer par barosa nahin. He thinks hame chod kar kahan chale gaye ho. Bachpan se hum par jab bhi koi mushkil aaye tumne hamara sath diya hai aaj jab hume tumhari sabse jyada zaroorat hai. That time senapati comes and tells him that veer has not gone to his dadaji place, dharam thinks that why did veer lie to him. He then remembers veer informing dharam abt sias engagement. He tells senapati to go to avidi and tell veer that rajkumar dharam has called him now, but not to tell him all that has happened here.

Maharaj is remembering abt dharams chd hd and other scenes and a very sad song of antim din plays.

Maharaj and rajya sabha are there in the darbar when the sainiks bring in dharam. The leader of the rajya sabha says that they have found dharam guilty and now maharaj is going to give dharam his jurm ki saza. He then tells ki maharaj hum sab aapka intezar kar rahe hain. Maharaj stands up and thinks he cant do this and says that he know that his son is not guilty so he cant give him any saza. Rajya sabha tells him that does he know what this means so maharaj says that from today hum is singhasan ka tyag karte hain. That time dharam stops him and says “aaj ham aap sabke samne apna jurm Kabul karte hain, aur is jurm ke badle mein phasi ki saza bhi Kabul karte hain, ab aapko koi faisla nahin suna na padega maharaj, aryanagar ko aapki zaroorat hai”

the sainks take dharam into the prison cell and lock him up….and hare ram hare Krishna song plays, dharam opens the cell door and enters and tells the sainiks to lock the door.

garvita

March 30, 2008, 10:10 AM

Sia complains to veer that in a few minutes my engagement is going to start, veer tells her that to change sides only a few minutes are needed, he asks the maharaj where maharani is he replies she is doing pooja so he asks him to keep the maharani busy for a little while he again tells sia that tumhari sagai sirf mere bhai ke saat hogi

Dharam is stting in a cell and maharaj comes to meet him and asks him why he did this. Dharam replies that he did not want the maharaj to leave the throne, he didn’t want aryanagar ke sabse khusahl raja. Maharaj says he was not giving the decision not just coz dharam is his son but coz it was the wrong decision too. But dharma tells him now the rajya sabha cant blame his father and tells maharaj that to save his saman even if he has to sacrifice many more lives also

Jai and agni are rejoicing and sing some stupid song and dance

Here veer and harsh are walking in some corridor, harsh asks veer what was the matter, veer tells him that we need to talk abt our sauda here, harsh asks him which sauda is he talking abt, veer tells him that now ur going to get engage to sia and then marry her, harsh replies yes, veer then tells him that u will then get all the dhan, harsh accepts this, all this is overheard by maharani ji, harsh says that after marriage he will keep sia on joote kin ok, veer asks him that after he gets avidi ka dhan what will he give veer, veer than tells him that to keep this baat a raaz he needs some kimat, harsh tells him he trusted him as a frnd he is an astin ka saap, that time maharani ji comes and slaps him and says astin ka saanp to tum nikle, harsh says that veer is lying and its his chaal, but maharani ji asks him to leave and that there will be no magni band karo sari tayariyan, sia is happy harsh gives an angry look to veer and leaves, maharani now asks veer also to leave, but maharaj informs her that veer had done this natak so that she realizes the truth abt harsh, maharni leaves from there

Shera and her father have come to some baba and ask him if he knows anything abt the pathars, the baba says the pathar are manoos and will bring barbadi, and says where ever these two himnoor will go they will take away all the noor, shera objects and says but no one has been harmed by them before, the baba says that coz they were kept separately and if she now keeps them togethere she will die but her full vansh will also finish, he advises them to go and drown the pathars in the river otherwise they will be sorry, he tells them to leave before the pathars manoos sahiya affects him.

Harsh father comes to take leave from maharani and thanks her for the welcome they got there, and tells her that why did she believe an ajnabi and they may have a small rajya then avidi but there hearts are not small

Charusena comes looking for veer, maharani is upset and says tumhara rajkumar hamare mahal mein kahan se aaya hai, charusena says rajkumar veer, maharani asks what the sandesh, charusena replies from rajkumar dharam, maharani asks him why he came to there mahal, harsh says to break my magni coz u remember sia also took rajkumar dharams name. Harsh father says that now u can decide who is telling the truth and who is lying. Maharani tells him to throw veer out and start the preparations for the magni, Harsh goes near veer but veer tells him not to even touch him, veer holds his hands and tells him haat ukhad doonga tumahara. He tells maharani that if not for dharam think abt ur daughter and stop this magni, but maharani says ab mein yeh magni karva ke rahoongi.

Veer asks charusena what sandesh dharam has send him, he replies that he has called him immediately to aryanagar, charusena says aap wahan phonch kar khud hi samaj lenge, veer feels something is wrong and asks charusena if dharam is ok, charusena tells him not to ask any questions but leave immediately, veer leaves fast

Maharaj remembers veers words and asks the maharani to stop the preparations for the magni, and tells maharani to chup hojayi, and says rajkumari sia ki magni will not take place and jisko jo karna hai karle

Veer has reached the palace and calls out for dharam, he asks the sainiks where dharam is they don’t reply so he sees maharaj and nivriti and goes to them and asks where dharam is.

Veer after knowing everything comes to the prison to meet dharam, dharam is happy and now knows he will be saved, govinda govinda hare ram hare ram hare Krishna, dharam and veer hold each others hand and dharam kises his hand, he asks the sanik for the chabi, when the sainik don’t give it to him he snatches the keys and opens the cell door and starts dragging dharam with him, dharam says he cant leave, veer says till he can prove dharam innocent he will live far away with him, but dharam says he is not a bhagora and if he escapes the rajya sabha will blame maharaj for this. Veer says he does not care what the rajya sabha thinks but dharam refuses to leave, and says that after 5 days when he will be given the phasi then also he will not object, veer says that he never knew that his bro will accept defeat so easily, veer says but he will also see that uske hote hue dharam ko phasi par kaun charata hai and leaves from there, dharam asks the sainik to lock the cell again

garvita

April 6, 2008, 12:03 PM

31st March Updt;VeeratPlaceWerAgni Hidden
Veer Infront Of Rajyasabha
Rajyasabha asks him to say wat he want to
Veer sayz dharam is innocent But Rajyasabha denies n sayz all proofs r against him Veer asks him for Mahoolat to proove dharam innocent But still rajyasabha denies n sayz they had taken the decision Then Jv inter-ups n sayz if u[rajyasabha]think everything can happen But Still rajyasabha denies Veer get's angry n sayz "If u can't do anything But i can do many things" n He Challenges Rajyasabha tht he'll not let dharam get Phaasi
--------
Sia is happy tht her father sayz to not to do this engagement
But sia's mom aying harshh tht aryanagar rajkumaar did some jaadu on them
Sia's father saying if someone will hurt my daughter he is Biggest Enemy of Mine
Sia's Mother consoling harshh tht his engagment will happen with Only Sia
Sia's father saying my most IMP Khajana/Jwell is My Daughter
--------
Veer goes to meet dharam n asks for wat happen Dharam tells him abt Masiha n Peera's Bhavishyavani Veer laughs n sayz there is no one like tht n if is tht so He'll neva let happen anything to Aryanagar
Dharam tells him everything as it happens Veer sayz if Gopi give right confession then u can prooved innocent Dharam sayz Yes Veer tells him he just dn't have to worry Veer is Came n Also Dharam has to do engagement with Sia Veer asks him to say Yes now atleast Dharam gives BIG Smile
--------
Shera n Her Baba descusing abt those stones n bhavishyavani by tht so called baba Shera sayz itz all Fake[like Veer ] if tht was true then something happened first to her But her baba not ready to agree Meanwhile he sees some Body in river Tht is his one of mens Karu[wateva ] both come to clue tht he has been killed by Rassi But Her father finds some Nishaan n link it to those Himnoor Stones But Shera again denies
-------
Jv-A convo Agni sayz we just dn't have to wait till veer comes now he'll do something for sure Jv sayz yes agni he'll do something But i'll neva let him reach to any clue or proof tht proove's dharam is innocent Agni asks to do something soon Jv agrees
--------
Veer at gopi's house he knock 2-3 times but no one respones so he push the door Gopi is dieing Veer checks his puls n goes to get vaid
--------
Agni playing something n suddenely get angry n sayz now i'll go to get some Fresh Air he is abt to go Jv comes n SLAPS agni n asks wat r u doing?wher wer u going? Agni sayz he's feeling very unconcious so he was going to get some fresh air
Jv scold's him n sayz if Agni has gone outside then all we did will be finished Then Agni starts pretending as he have some pain in neck n he's getting trouble in Breath [Smart guy D-V ke sang reh kar kuch to sikha isne] Jv asks sainik to get some water
--------
Veer back with Vaid But Vaid sayz Gopi is ead as all Poison is gone in Gopi's body
He leaves But Jv sainiks catch him n take him to place where agni is hiding Veer Follow them n he is infront of Gate or Hole of Entrance
------End Of Epi------

garvita

April 6, 2008, 12:04 PM

1stAprilUpdt:Veer SawAgni But All In Vain

Veer looking here n there on tht place
Inside vaid checking Agni n sayz He's fine but Jv shud let him go out Jv shouts n sayz Apne kaam se kaam rakho Veer Finds tht Whole n Goes Under Gufa
Vaid is abt to leave Jv Kills him by knife n sayz no one can come in Dharam's Phasi
Veer is going inside He Sees Agni playing with some fruit he shouts "Agni u,u here" Agni shoked, Veer is abt to go towards him But Jv hits him from Back n order sainiks to let veer put in some desert place n Send agni to Jail [bechara agni use humesha band jagah bhejata hain Jv]
---------
Sia talking to her father abt how he solved her problem n now she can get dharam she felt sorry n sayz tht if she wudn't behave tht time like she behave with dharam then till now she got Married with him
But her father denies n sayz u'r mom will neva agree cz she's very angry on aryznagar Sia sayz we'll change her Mind n let her know tht how nice ppl r of aryanagar n aryanagar's "Rajkumaar r Best"
Her mom comes n make tont to her father tht for fresh air he shud go out He leaves her mom sayz to her tht sia is happy tht her engagement got cancled with Harshh but tht doesn't means tht some doors/wayz r opened for dharam n till her mom is alive she'll neva let this happen
-------
Shera's baba scolding one of his man called Ghanshyam cz he is asking for money to eat n her baba knew tht he'll spend it on Jua the man hold feets of her father But shera asks him to come to her n gives him one coin
Her father scolds her tht y she gave him coin Shera sayz we didn't get any effect regarding one coin or eles we r going to get BiG Khajana
Suddenely someone cried outside both come outside Ghanshyam has been Killed by Arrow n der is nishan of Sword on his hand
Her baba asks her tht still she dn't believe on Bhavishyavani
--------
Veer wakes up at some desert place He recalls he saw agni He runs to tht place But found vaid dead He sayz now no one can give dharam Phasi
He goes to mehel Shouting n sayz Maharaj i saw agni he is alive Jv shocked n act as he become happy by hearing this He sayz he can show tht place to all
Maharaj asks if this become true then this all will end here only
But veer denies n sayz no we'll find out who did all this thing
---------
All at tht place but nothing is der veer sayz tht place was here only but no one agrees Rajyasabha pramukh sayz this happens when one get injured at Head n all leaves
---------
Sainik come with Dinner/lunch for dharam n sayz nirviti send this dharam open tht some Rajeshahi khana is der in plate by seeing tht one sainik make tonts tht he'll get such type of food obvious afterall he is Rajkumaar wat if he killed his Brother
Maharaj known as Very Independent but infront of son nothing remains
Dharam feels wierd n asks sainik to go back with food n get him same food which served for all jailciance
---------
Veer walking n Dharam standing
Flashback of all sweet Moments
Song played ruth ke yaar mere dil dara
Veer sayz "If Needed I'll Go In Place of u for Phasi But i'll neva let happen to u anything" [how emtional n This is called True Friendship n Relation]
----------
Jv planning for Veer saying three dayz r der still for phasi n veer will not seat carefree he'll try to do something jv has to do something i hv to stop veer i hv to send him in jail
I'll seperate both of them Foreva n he laughs like anything
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

April 6, 2008, 12:04 PM

written update 03.04.08

Veer hears charusena talking abt some suraj chod, who is making big troubles for them and is instructing all the soldiers to search for him. This thief always makes a nishan of snake wherever he steals.

Veer is thinking abt charusena words while walking down the corridor. Nivriti is coming from the other side. Veer tells her that he is going to leave aryanagar and go somewhere far away from there, coz dharam is taking abt kanoon, maharaj abt kartavya but no one is taking abt truth and when he wants to do something everyone is stopping him. He takes her ashirwad and goes from there nivriti holds his hand and tries to stop him but veer asks her not to stop him and leaves from there.

Dharam in zanjeer is bought by the sainiks into the kale karaghar, where all the prisoners bang there plates and katories and make fun of him. Sainiks open one cell door and dharam steps into it.

They show a guy with mask is climbing inside a house with a rope, while moving in the house he collides with one stool and the glass falls down. He then goes towards a cupboard and opens it with his knife. The owner of the house gets up and takes a knife and catches the thief. The owner calls out to all his servants. The thief throws the bag towards the owner and tries to run from there, the owners servants however catch him, the owner removes his mask (haila what surprise its veer) and says suraj chod how u dared to enter zamindars house now u gona be in the karagrah for the rest of ur life and sends one of his sainik to call the senapati. However suraj chod is very happy abt it.

In the karagrah one person is fighting with the soldiers, so the soldiers say that don’t give him any food but other prisoners say we will give him our food.

Suraj thief is in one prison. He is very happy to be there. The other prisoner in his cell tells him to forget abt escaping from there, he has tried many times, veer thinks, magar veer ko koi nahin pakad payega.

Shera is sleeping when she hears someone screaming. Shera dad also comes and they both try to investigate where the sound was coming from. Shera sees one of the dakus dead and reminds her father she told him abt the killer and him giving out challenges, manna was talwar dhar karne wala so was related to the talwar. She says her father now u believe that someone is deliberately killing all there ppl one by one. On this dakus hand there is an om ka nishan. So she asks her father who can be related with this nishan.

The sainiks in the prison call out all the prisoners to come out coz they want to count them. Veer and the other guy sharing his room go out the sainiks come in and check there place. After they enter back into their prison, veer hits the guy sharing the cell with him and makes him unconscious and puts him in his bed, he then goes out quietly and from behind hits one of the soldier. He goes to the cell of dharam and finds him missing, he thinks where has dharam gone till yesterday he was here only.

Dharam in the prison is taking his food plate and going all the other prisoner are giving a share of there food to kora tau. Dharam just walks ahead. The guy stops him and tells him to give a share of his food to him as a chadava. Kora tau tries to hit dharam but dharam stops him. And holds his hand and throws him backward, a fight ensures between the two. Kora tau really beats dharam very badly. But dharam too retaliates. Dharam beats him and kora taus one teeth breaks. He then pushes dharam against one prison cell and dharam is hurt on the head.

garvita

April 6, 2008, 12:05 PM

written update 04.04.08

The epi starts with dharam and kora taus fight again. The editor seems like us loved the fight so showed it once more.

While they were fighting senapati comes there with his sainiks and asks the sainiks to separate them. Senapati cautions them never to fight again or he will give them phasi before there due dates. Kora tau tells dharam today u were saved coz of the sainiks but next time I am not going to leave u. Dharam sasy that even I don’t want to fight a janwar like u. The sainiks open his cell door he goes and lies down inside.

Veer returns to his cell and is thinking abt where dharam cld have gone. Maybe they have shifted him to a new place. After morning comes the next day he will be giving phasi, he only has one day to save dharam and escape.

The other guy sharing the cell with him wakes up and veer asks him that he has heard that rajkumar dharam is also there. The prisoner tells him that yeah yesterday he saw him while taking lunch. Veer tells he is so fortunate that he will get to meet rajkumar dharam but the prisoner tells him that he has already been shifted to some gupt prison.

That time the senapati comes and asks the sainiks where the key for that cell was. It is in veers pocket, so the senapati tells him to get a duplicate and lock the cell after breakfast.

Here in dharams cell the sainiks come to give dharam breakfast but he does not wake up so they go to call the senapati.

Here while standing in cue to get his breakfast veer spots a tunnel and asks the prisoner where it leads too, the prisoner says to the prisons karamcharis living area. Veer tries to get information abt dharam from the person serving the food.

In the karagrah the senapati brings in a vaidji and tells him to treat dharam coz if the maharaj comes to know abt this they all will be in trouble. The vaidji advises the senapati to transfer dharam to his house so that he can treat him better.

Veer is sitting and having his breakfast and thinks yahan to dharma ka namo nishan nahin hai use kahan doondo

That time one guys come and asks the prisoner sharing veers room to get up as he wants to sit there. A fight starts between the two of them, veer wanted to interfere but the other prisoner tries to stop him and tells him not to interfere. However veer does not listen to him and starts fighting the other guy. WOOWWW lovely actions by veer. As expected the other guy falls down unconscious. He goes and helps naman up. Naman thanks him and says tumahara ahsan hai mujh par. Veer tells him to pay off the ahsan and tell him abt dharam. The prisoner wants to know why he is so interested in dharam kya lagta hai wo tumhara, veer replies bhai hai wo mera, naman realizes that he is rajkumar veer.

Sias dad comes to sia and tells him abt dharam being in prison for killing his cousin brother and that after two days he will be given phasi. Sia wants to go there and meet him but her mother opposes to it. Sia tries to explain to her mother that dharam has been wrongly implicated. Sia says dharam itna acha hai ki hum bhi uske samne bura hain. But maharani says its good now what she cldnt do bhagwan has done. After dharam dies sia wont be able to marry him.

Veer in his cell takes out the keys he had stolen earlier. Naman reminds him abt the ginti that is gona take place in a few mins. Veer tells him that he will come back after finding dharam before the ginti takes place.

In vaidjis place the vaidji tells the sainiks to take dharam back to his cell but make sure he is not hurt on the head again. He applies a lape on his head.

Veer hear is looking for dharam and comes outside the vaidjis house. Hare ram hare ram hare Krishna…..suddenly dharam calls out to veer, veer sees him and goes inside and dv meet and they both hug. Veer asks him where dharam was being kept. Dharam tells him that he has been kept in the kale graha veer wants to know who has kept him there. Dharam replies rajya sabha, veer explains to dharam that he knew it coz there is a big sharyantra going on against him and they will have to run away from there and dharam not to worry abt maharajs name being spoiled coz after the truth is revealed maharaj and dharam both will be free from the blame. Veer again says kya apne veer par bharosa nahin

Veer now asks dharam how he got hurt but dharam evades him. That time they hear someone coming so. Veer asks dharam where the karagrah is.

Here agni is playing with a mukut and a mor pankh. Jai aks him what he is doing and agni says that he is getting his poshak ready to wear after he becomes the king. Agni asks jai abt veer going away somewhere, and maybe he is making some yojna to free dharam but jai says that he has some of his ppl in the kala grah who keep updating him abt everything and both smile.

garvita

April 9, 2008, 02:29 PM

7th April Update:Veer Got Way To Jail

Sainik Comes to do Ginti Naman Is worried regarding Veer sainik asks for suraj chor Naman sayz he is ill n sleeping Sainik goes n Check him Veer is there at his place Sainik Makes Tont On Him tht in two dayz only he become Ill & Sainik Leaves Veer tells him tht he got his brother
------
Dharam going suddenely Kora Tau put his leg in btwn Dharam asks to side his leg to kora tau But he sayz he'll go first n then all he lives as he wants Dharam sayz now i hv to teach someone how to live in jail Both Again Fight After sometime senapati n sainik comes n catches both n senapati sayz as per Ginti Dharam will go first n All things happen in jail as i sayz
------
Naman n Veer r washing clothes n talking abt plans regarding dharam naman sayz he'll help veer upto he can Suddnely veer notice Water Going Inside He followes it reaches to one Door Of Tank He asks naman to put all clothes like no one can see him Then he goes under n inside all water He confused n sayz i dn't understand wer to go First he reaches to one door which is Vaid's Room then he again search n Reaches to Kare kalagrah and Sees Dharam there n smiles
Here sainik comes to get both of them back to jail sainik asks for veer naman confused wat to say sainiks goes towards n abt to open clothes veer came n asks wat happen Sainik tells him to do early n come back
Naman sayz to veer tht u'll get urself n along with tht me also Veer sayz Neva
Naman asks for way Veer sayz yes he got
Tht budhha man comes from behind n asks veer wat he was doing under Naala Veer sayz him tht his ring fall under so he gone there
Buddha man sayz i thought u wer going to escape veer sayz if i knew there is any way for tht i'll surely n asks for wer tht water goes from naala Budhha tells it goes towards river Veer sayz Ok if i escaped i'll take u too with me Naman laughs on tht n tht budhha leaves then Veer sayz he'll get dharam out n Budhha heard tht
-------
Dharam is Worriedwandering here n there n thinking?
-------
Budhha at some tree Jv comes from behind Budhha sayz one new thief come in jail n alwayz asks for dharam Jv sayz he must be veers man Budhha sayz but cannot take dharam out of jail Jv sayz u dn't know wat veer is n sayz to leave to man
Jv sayz veer u play game from outside n i'll playe it from inside
-------
Veer wakes n goes to tht door of naala n then to karagrah
Jv comes n asks senapati tht i heard some one heated Rajkumaar Dharam i'll not leave him now
Veer comes n sees Dharam n sayz i got way of escape u just be ready Dharam turns n Happily sayz Veer!
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

April 9, 2008, 02:31 PM

Veer Comes n sayz to dharam tht he shud get ready to escape all preparations r done He asks him tht he came to take bath at same time dharam sayz yes then both makes plan to escape on tht time Suddenely they heard some footsteps voice dharam asks veer to leave Veer asks him to take care n leaves
------
Jv comes n awake kora kora get angry Jv slaps him for wat he done to Dharam kora sayz if he has all this in his hands so he shud kill dharam Jv asks sainik to get him outside They come outside Jv asks sainiks to leave
Jv gives Supaari Of Dharam to kora n tells him kill him tomm only|
------
Aryavardhan crying n recalling day when he announced Dharam as uttaradhikari n DV dancing Jv comes from behind n try to console Av n sayz him tht we can't to do anything He also lost his younge sonHe sayz he felt srry sometimes tht y we belong from rajgharana family He sayz now magic can save dharam
Av sayz all magic can happen if veer's saying become true n agni shud alive
------
Veer naman conversation [I Missed it srry]but in last veer asks him to escape with them too but he denies n sayz first u go n place u'r bro to some secure place then come back n take us with u veer agrees n goes towards tunnel
------
Dharam going to take baath he goes inside Kora asks sainik to open his door he'll wait outside till dharam comes He comes to bathroom n kill sainik n goes inside with his gang
Dharam is awaiting for veer looking at tunnels door Kora hits him from back
All start fighting
Here veer under tunnel n comes up to door
Kora sayz after heating alot dharamtht vaid said not to harm his head so he'll take care of tht He abt to hit dharam veer catches his Bat[wateva] N hitz him too n Majja Chakhaya[Wow!!New Type of Stunts "Dandiya Fighting"]
He asks dharam to come with But dharam sayz u leave otherwise u get cought we can escape tomm also at same time veer agrees n leaves
Senapati comes n asks how kora came inside Kora sayz he came first to take baath n dharam sayz yes[this is confusing]
------
Budha informs Jv tht dharam is still alive n suraj save him n he leaves Jv sayz now itz his turn to play game
------
Shera n Her Baba at there place of Gufa [lolz this is same gufa wer sanyo was there with kids n pri saves her]
Baba saying tht this time pujaari is nishana of tht Himnoor Stones as last mans hand nishan was 'Om' But shera denies n sayz tht itz a very well planned saazish so tht we through those stones
But baba sayz tht he will take care of pujaari ji very well Shera sayz as u think itz good
------
Veer is frustrated tht he lost this chance now he had only one chance c tomm evening is phasin he have only one chance of tomm morning Naman consoles him n sayz but u'll win in the end
Sainik comes n asks veer to get ready tomm morning he has to leave this place n go to some borderline jail Veer asks him who said this Sainik tolds him tht order came from Rajgharana
Veer confused who shud be from rajgharana
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

April 9, 2008, 02:32 PM

The best site ever i seen

Is www.baajaa.com

where you can get all the things like

jobs, dating, property, motors,sale or purchase items, showbiz section

in showbiz you can post FREE ad to Balaji Telefilms, even you can post your Audition Videos.

New Feature Added in baajaa.com is Yellow Pages.
You can have your free simple posting in Yellow Pages.
Even you can Create Your Own Website on baajaa.com in less price than any other site.

if u want to post such things u can post it in separate thread

garvita

April 9, 2008, 03:00 PM

Story So Far...
Dharam Veer a saga of two brothers set in an era where brotherhood and friendship were placed way above other materialistic pleasures. A fictional tale that revolves around two Princes – Dharam and Veer who are bounded by friendship, where their values are put to test as they emerge into adult hood and face the realities of life.

Veer is a sharmaik who was born to Pari, but than is adopted by Aryanvardhan's sister, who takes Veer in. Veer is brought up as an Aryvrath alongside Aryavardhans son Dharam. Dharam and Veer become best friends. On the other hand, when Veer is born a kundali of some sort is said that "One day a boy will be born, and he will act as a massiah for the Sharmaiks and destroy the Aryavraths"
16 Years Later...

Problems begin in their peaceful and fun filled life when an idol meant for the welfare of the Kingdom breaks during the festival. Dharam and Veer are forced to bow down before the situation and they dress up as Shramiks to get the idol ready. At this stage, to take help in building the statue, a former Shramik rebel Bhimsen is sought off with a promise to be freed by Veer. However after the work is done Dharam is head bent on having Bhimsen persecuted. Veer somehow manages to save Bhimsen and set him free.

On the other hand, Veer's real mother, Pari and his sister Saakshi start to worry more and more about Veer and Pari starts to call Veer "Their Massiah" while Pari is keeps quiet and battles with her concious about the truth.
Unknown of this act by Veer, Dharam and Veer set out for a fair. There they come across Sia, a princess who is stubborn and wants to have things done according to her whims and fancies. This fair holds in it surprises which come as a shock for Veer and Dharam. Firstly while rescuing Rajkumari Sia Dharam comes to know that Bhimsen is still alive and misunderstanding crops up between him and Veer. It is later cleared by the younger brother himself but yet another problem arises in the form of Shera, an assassin appointed by Jaivardhan and his son Agni to kill Dharam so as to gain control over the throne of Aryanagar. Meanwhile Veer dressed as a fortune teller tells Sia that her prince charming is present in the very fair and he would be the one who would win a dual fight that would be held on the following evening.
Dharam, at the fighting arena knocks off the wrestler but eventually gets hurt by a poisonous arrow hit by Shera. Veer comes to know this and takes him to the Doctor’s place. The doctor declares that only ‘amritjal’ found on the other side of now raging desert can save Dharam from death. Veer sets off followed by Shera who at any cost desires to prevent Dharam from getting saved. After some failed attempts Veer succeeds in getting Dharam saved.Here they meet Shera as Rajkumari Ananya. Veer and Ananya rarely get along. After a face-to-face with Dacoits the three of them follow their respective ways.
Shera though unconcerned seems to like Veer,and on the other hand, Bhim Sen plans to kill Veer but is stoped by Saakshi who tells him that Veer is her brother and their massiah.

Back in Aryanagar, at the Mahaarti Bhimsen’s plan to kill Aryavardhan fails and Veer’s attempts to defeat him also fails.Veer is repentful about setting him free. Taking opportunity of this situation Jaivardhan hangs a few Shramiks (one of them being Kranti) to teach them a lesson.Back at Sia’s palace she finds she has feelings for Dharam and to escape Rajkumar Harsh’s marriage alliance seen by her mother, Sia and her father plan an escape route. Later they dress up as a pair of aged brother sister and reach Aryanagar to find out whether Dharam is a worthy suitor.
As time moves on Sia shows her contempt towards the Shramiks by reprimanding Pari, a Shramik. This angers Veer and Dharam and in the verbal battle ensued Sia slaps Veer. This infuriates Dharam and he orders her to leave the place at once. A hurt Sia leaves the place and again gets prepared to get married with Rajkumar Harsh only to realize the worthiness of Dharam.Pari and Sakshi are imprisoned as a precautionary measure by Nivritti to avoid them telling the truth to Veer.
In Aryanagar it is the time to choose the rightful successor and hence a series of dealings are taking place to decide the suitable person. Veer bound to his thoughts of following Dharam tries to picture himself as an unworthy contender but later is cleard off his doubts by Nivritti.This results in a poor performance by Veer in Round one In the second round however Veer is the only contender successful.
This adds ghee to the fire of hatred started by Agni and his father Jaivardhan.They plan various ways to throw off Dharam from being a candidate to attend Raj Gurukul.Meanwhile Sia finally realizing her mistakes sets off to Aryanagar where she apologizes to Dharam but she is ignored by him.Veer vows to save Sia from the engagement with Harssh and sets off to Avadhi.
In the mean time Shera who found out an old secret about certain khazana reaches Avadhi.She has with her a cut stone with incomplete carving.Tasha is thrown off track by her.

Veer on reaching Avadhi finds out that Sia's mother hates Aryavrats and Aryanagar over a fight about a small hamlet.Veer finds out Shera dressed as panditji is after the crown of Avadhi's king.He fails her attempt to take it away at a puja organized by her.

Dharam in Aryanagar is on hot pursuit of the Shramiks' maseeha.When Dharam is almost successful in getting the truth out the soldier is killed by Bhimsen.While he is engaged in it Jaivardhan and Agni plan to make false accusation on him so that they can easily move him off from their way.

Dharam who is shocked to learn this requests for a day's time to prove his innocence.He meets Gopi,the dead Kishan's son and convinces him to say the truth which can save him from being convicted.In Avadhi an angry Shera returns to the palace again dressed as a barber.When she almost succeeds Veer quickly finds out the truth and a sword fight follows.Shera runs off leavign back the crown.

In the trial at Aryanagar Gopi,Kishan's son lies about the happenings and Dharam is proved guilty.He is ordered to be put in jail.Meanwhile Shera succeeds in getting the other half of the stone back.Veer has to fight with the disguised Shera again and he saves the crown but not the stone.

In Avadhi Veer almost succeeds in breaking up the engagement between Sia and Harsh but as luck could have it Veer's truth of belonging to Aryanagar is brought out.He leaves and Maharaj Natarajan decides to stop the engagement.
Veer is angered on seeing Dharam in prison and vows to bring the truth to the surface.He sees Agni alive but before he can make things out he is knocked off by Jaivardhan.Dharam is moved to the dungeons to keep him away from Veer as much as possible.Shera on consulting a soothsayer is informed that the stones she is possessin harmful and causes destruction.As if to prove his statement some deaths occur.But Shera finds something fishy as she sees on the body of the dead person a tattoo indicating te death of te next preson.

Veer who is adamant to prove Dharam's innocence gets himself caught and joins the jail.In the dungeon Dharam fights with a bully and gets hurt.He is shifted to the doctor's place.Veer by chance meets him there and he convinces Dharam to abide by his plans.

garvita

April 13, 2008, 06:28 PM

Sainik Comes to do Ginti Naman Is worried regarding Veer sainik asks for suraj chor Naman sayz he is ill n sleeping Sainik goes n Check him Veer is there at his place Sainik Makes Tont On Him tht in two dayz only he become Ill & Sainik Leaves Veer tells him tht he got his brother
------
Dharam going suddenely Kora Tau put his leg in btwn Dharam asks to side his leg to kora tau But he sayz he'll go first n then all he lives as he wants Dharam sayz now i hv to teach someone how to live in jail Both Again Fight After sometime senapati n sainik comes n catches both n senapati sayz as per Ginti Dharam will go first n All things happen in jail as i sayz
------
Naman n Veer r washing clothes n talking abt plans regarding dharam naman sayz he'll help veer upto he can Suddnely veer notice Water Going Inside He followes it reaches to one Door Of Tank He asks naman to put all clothes like no one can see him Then he goes under n inside all water He confused n sayz i dn't understand wer to go First he reaches to one door which is Vaid's Room then he again search n Reaches to Kare kalagrah and Sees Dharam there n smiles
Here sainik comes to get both of them back to jail sainik asks for veer naman confused wat to say sainiks goes towards n abt to open clothes veer came n asks wat happen Sainik tells him to do early n come back
Naman sayz to veer tht u'll get urself n along with tht me also Veer sayz Neva
Naman asks for way Veer sayz yes he got
Tht budhha man comes from behind n asks veer wat he was doing under Naala Veer sayz him tht his ring fall under so he gone there
Buddha man sayz i thought u wer going to escape veer sayz if i knew there is any way for tht i'll surely n asks for wer tht water goes from naala Budhha tells it goes towards river Veer sayz Ok if i escaped i'll take u too with me Naman laughs on tht n tht budhha leaves then Veer sayz he'll get dharam out n Budhha heard tht
-------
Dharam is Worried wandering here n there n thinking?
-------
Budhha at some tree Jv comes from behind Budhha sayz one new thief come in jail n alwayz asks for dharam Jv sayz he must be veers man Budhha sayz but cannot take dharam out of jail Jv sayz u dn't know wat veer is n sayz to leave to man
Jv sayz veer u play game from outside n i'll playe it from inside
-------
Veer wakes n goes to tht door of naala n then to karagrah
Jv comes n asks senapati tht i heard some one heated Rajkumaar Dharam i'll not leave him now
Veer comes n sees Dharam n sayz i got way of escape u just be ready Dharam turns n Happily sayz Veer!
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

April 13, 2008, 06:29 PM

Veer Comes n sayz to dharam tht he shud get ready to escape all preparations r done He asks him tht he came to take bath at same time dharam sayz yes then both makes plan to escape on tht time Suddenely they heard some footsteps voice dharam asks veer to leave Veer asks him to take care n leaves
------
Jv comes n awake kora kora get angry Jv slaps him for wat he done to Dharam kora sayz if he has all this in his hands so he shud kill dharam Jv asks sainik to get him outside They come outside Jv asks sainiks to leave
Jv gives Supaari Of Dharam to kora n tells him kill him tomm only|
------
Aryavardhan crying n recalling day when he announced Dharam as uttaradhikari n DV dancing Jv comes from behind n try to console Av n sayz him tht we can't to do anything He also lost his younge son He sayz he felt srry sometimes tht y we belong from rajgharana family He sayz now magic can save dharam
Av sayz all magic can happen if veer's saying become true n agni shud alive
------
Veer naman conversation [I Missed it srry ]but in last veer asks him to escape with them too but he denies n sayz first u go n place u'r bro to some secure place then come back n take us with u veer agrees n goes towards tunnel
------
Dharam going to take baath he goes inside Kora asks sainik to open his door he'll wait outside till dharam comes He comes to bathroom n kill sainik n goes inside with his gang
Dharam is awaiting for veer looking at tunnels door Kora hits him from back
All start fighting
Here veer under tunnel n comes up to door
Kora sayz after heating alot dharam tht vaid said not to harm his head so he'll take care of tht He abt to hit dharam veer catches his Bat[wateva ] N hitz him too n Majja Chakhaya [Wow!!New Type of Stunts "Dandiya Fighting" ]
He asks dharam to come with But dharam sayz u leave otherwise u get cought we can escape tomm also at same time veer agrees n leaves
Senapati comes n asks how kora came inside Kora sayz he came first to take baath n dharam sayz yes [this is confusing]
------
Budha informs Jv tht dharam is still alive n suraj save him n he leaves Jv sayz now itz his turn to play game
------
Shera n Her Baba at there place of Gufa [lolz this is same gufa wer sanyo was there with kids n pri saves her ]
Baba saying tht this time pujaari is nishana of tht Himnoor Stones as last mans hand nishan was 'Om' But shera denies n sayz tht itz a very well planned saazish so tht we through those stones
But baba sayz tht he will take care of pujaari ji very well Shera sayz as u think itz good
------
Veer is frustrated tht he lost this chance now he had only one chance c tomm evening is phasi n he have only one chance of tomm morning Naman consoles him n sayz but u'll win in the end
Sainik comes n asks veer to get ready tomm morning he has to leave this place n go to some borderline jail Veer asks him who said this Sainik tolds him tht order came from Rajgharana
Veer confused who shud be from rajgharana
-----End Of Epi-----

thanx to ishu-if

garvita

April 13, 2008, 06:30 PM

Veer worried wat to do now Naman tells him tht Neel Tara jail is just 4Ghadi far[wats 4 ghadi ] And sainik goes there with clothes right now in BailGadi Veer sayz n if something happen in tht jail then they neva take them there till all matter solved Both Smiles
------
Veer goes to tht Common Clothes place near tht tunnel sainik is preparing to leave veer tie one Rassi to tht cart n make at itz end Fire [like Hanumaan did in ramayan on his tail] Sainik leaves
------
Dharam seating Sainik comes n gives him Dinner n tonts on him tht this is his last night of life so eat nicely
------
Maharaj come to meet dharam n asks him if he want something eles Dharam sayz No he asks had dharam eat dinner dharam sayz yes Both Hugs dharam sayz I Trust veer completely pitaji He sayz to maharaj if god wished all will be alright
------
Jv-A Happy tht finaly tht day is near Agni asks Jv tht how can he say tht suraj is veer's man Jv sayz i know he is thts the Interesting thing veer playing from outside n we inside But he'll neva come to know wat we r doing
------
Maharaj walking towards mandir in mehel Flashbacks of dharam while walking how he accept for phasi n all
Maharaj reahces to mandir Nirviti also praying there both look at each other n prays for dharam
------
Veer back to jail n worried tht if this tragidy fails then wat?Naman sayz u'll win thrust me n asks to sleep
Song Played 'Ruth Ke yaara'
------
Itz Morning Naman wake up n asks veer tht he didn't slept whole night Veer still worried n thinks tht if plan failed again then?
Sainik comes n tells him tht in tht neer tara jail got fire so till all doesn't gets Ok he shud not been takes there Veer is happy Naman sayz i told u u will win
------
Jv worried how this all happened n orders budha to keep eye on Suraj aka Veer n sayz tht no one can come in btwn dharam's phasi
------
Sainik comes n sayz come on rajkumaar dharam for bath Dharam Happily Turns
------
Veer n Naman at tunnel place naman asks him to take care veer too..n leaves
------
Dharam is bathroom Waiting for veer Veer comes under tunnel n reaches to door Dharam smiles at him Veer tries to open door
Suddenely Sainik comes n tells dharam to get back to his jail room as order's came from rajgharana Dharam asks for bath but sainik denies Dharam looks at veer n leaves
------
Sainik comes with budha n asks for suraj to naman naman sayz i dn't knw sainik starts hiting him Veer comes n cathes from behind n sayz i was here only gone to drink water Sainik tells him from onwards to tell him wer he goes
Naman asks Veer wat happen he was going to take out rajkumaar dharam from river side then But veer goes without saying anything
------
Dharam is seating n crying Flashback He looked at veer in bathroom
He sees senapati n comes near door by wiping up his tears Senapati asks him for his last wish as in his phasi has some time only
Dharam wish's for to go in jail madir's aarti Senapti agrees n sayz i prepare all in some time
-----
Veer in mandir n Bajaaying Bell n sayz show me some way Blood is coming from his hand Senapati comes n shouts n asks veer to leave for sometime as he have to chck mandir Veer abt to leave pujaari asks senapati for wat he wants to chck madir Senapati tells him this is last wish of dharam to take part in tdayz aarti Veer turns n Happy n Pray to god for thanking
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

April 13, 2008, 06:30 PM

Veer is hiding behind a pillar and listens to the senapati giving instructions to the sainiks to keep a good guard on the mandir and that there shouldn’t be any gadbad

Naman comes there and veer tells him that dharam is going to come to the mandir for the aarti and he has to use this opportunity. Naman sees his bleeding hands and asks what happened veer replies kisi kisi ko zor se awaaz dene padti hai. Veer now is thinking of a plan and then remembers vaid ka dewakhane ka rasta and leaves from there.

Maharaj is in his room, charusena comes there and maharaj tells him that dharam is going to be given phasi for something he has not done, so if they can find even one clue the phasi will be postponed for some time and they will get some time to find some proof to free dharam. Maharaj asks him to use his best guptchur.

Veer hurts his hand with the cloth beater, naman asks him what is this, veer says this is my yojna u call out loudly and tell the sainiks he is hurt. Veer acts as he has fainted and naman calls the sainiks and tells them that veer has slipped and hurt himself so take him to vaidji fast otherwise he will die

Maharaj tells nivriti they should have done something before only but he was scared of the rajya sabha. Nivrti tells him still they have time till evening and to have faith in god and everything will be all right.

Dharam calls out to one sainik and ask him when the aarti is going to start. Sainik tells him u will come to know when it starts and leaves from there. Kora tau taunts dharam that are u scared from now only, even god cant save u now, he starts screaming bolo rajkumar dharam ki, and all the other prisoners start banging there plates with ktories and dharam is very upset and blocks his ears with his hands.

The sainiks bring veer to the vaidji and tell him that veer has slipped and has hurt himself, vaidji says the zakham is gehra and to leave him there for treatment. The sainiks leave from there. The vaidji gives veer some dawa to drink and tells him to lie down and that he will come in between to check on him. Vaidji tells him that don’t worry the kara I have given u has neend ki dawa and soon u will feel sleepy. Veer thinks neend ki dawa and tells god if u have given me this chance now help me too. Then he hears the bells ringing and realizes that the aarti is about to start.

He goes near a drainage opening and tries to open it up. Here dharam is walking in his cell restlessly. He folds his hands to pray. That time a sainik comes and tells him aarti ka waqt ho gaya hai chaliye.

The pujari starts the arti in the temple, and veer here is trying to open the drainage opening…………pujari sings one bhajan, hey jagat ke pita, aye tehre sharan mein data…………sorry I didn’t get all the lyrics. Dharam is bought there with the sainiks.

Veer is trying to open the cover and says he has to anyhow reach dharam before the aarti finishes, he is feeling a bit drowsy and falls down. They show the shivling and dharam is praying and says kahan ho veer tumhe dekhne ke liye hamari aankhen taras rahi hain. Veer wakes up and opens the cover at last. But is still feeling drowsy, here the panditji is putting tilak on dharam.

Veer starts searching vaidjis stock of medicines and takes some and hides it. Vaidji comes and is surprised to see him awake, and asks how the neend ki dawa ka asar khatam ho gaya, veer says bholenath ka bula wa aaya hai and tells vaidji he is going for the aarti., vaidji tells him to come to meet him if he feels unwell. After veer leaves vaidji asks one guy to clean his room properly and as expected the guy starts cleaning next to the cover of the drain.

Veer comes to the mandir, and lovely music plays and bhajan is continuing.......something begunha hain jo tumhari nazar mein something………..dharam remembers veer reaching on time for the havan on his bday, the pujari gives the aarti to dharam and dharam turns and spots veer. Dharam is happy and turns back to do the aarti. Veer is crying and has tears in his eyes. Dharam says he knew that veer will come before the aarti finishes, veer repeats his dia of tumhari lambi aayu ki puja ho aur main nahin aaoon. Senapati pushes veer and tells him to stand back, veer touches dharams back and dharam does the aarti (dhoom dhoom tana dhoom) and veer says tumhe chinta karne ki zaroorat nahin mein sab theek kar doonga. Senapati then comes to dharam and takes him back to the karagrah. Veer comes and says rajkumar dharam rukhye aapki koi cheez gir gayi hai and picks up something from the ground and gives dharam the powder he picked up in the vaidjis room.

garvita

April 13, 2008, 06:31 PM

The epi starts with again veer giving the powder he had taken from vaidjis room to dharam. The senapati opens the cells door for dharam and says that he hopes dharam is feeling better now after attending the aarti, and says if dharam still wants anything to let him know. He further says that after spending two days with dharam he feels that dharam cant kill anyone.

Dharam opens the puriya and finds a letter from veer telling him to eat the dawai and that will bring him to vaidjis house and from there they will both escape. Dharam eats the dawai and then starts coughing badly and screaming in pain.

Charusena comes to maharaj. Maharaj asks charusena if he has found any evidence, coz by evening dharam will be given phasi. As expected charusena says he has found no sabot.

The sainiks comes into the cell and seeing dharam in this condition feel he has been bitten by a snake. They are surprised how can a snake enter the prison. The senapati takes dharam to vaidji. Here veer hugs naman and says that dharam must have had the dawai by now so he shd now leave to save him. But as he is opening the cover a sainik comes and tells him that panditji is calling for u. Veer asks why the sainik replies he does not know so veer leaves with the panditji. They comes to the temple and the sainik call out for panditji.

Vaidji asks senapati what is wrong and senapati replies that he does not know. Veer asks the sainik how long this will take. The sainik says why where do u have to go. That time panditji comes and gives a bunch of bhagwan ke kapde to veer to wash and bring it to him. Veer takes the bunch of clothes and leaves from there.

Vaidji tells dharam to lie down for a little while and he will soon be all right. Vaidji and senapati leave from there. Veer gives the bunch of clothes to naman to wash and himself opens the cover and jumps into the drain.

Senapati asks the vaidji if dharam will be all right as in the evening he has to be given phasi, vaidji says dawa ka asar hote hi dharam will be all right.

Veer reaches the drain opening of vaidjis room and dharam spots him. Veer tells dharam that he will make it all right. Veer tries to open the cover but its stuck and not opening. Dharam just sits there watching so veer tells him to pull it from outside. Dharam tells him that its completely sealed. Veer says how is this possible coz he himself had opened it during the aarti time. He tells dharam to quickly try and open it as this is the last opportunity they have. That time only vaidji comes and asks dharam what is he doing there.

Dharam is shocked to hear the vaidjis voice, veer leaves from there and takes the hathora from dharams hand and hides. Dharam tells vaidji he was not feeling well but is now feeling much better. That time senapati comes and takes dharam back to his cell. Dharam looks at veer and veer has tears in his eyes. Dharam leaves from there with the sainiks.

Veer slides down the drain and sits and cries out there, he throws the hathora and a very sad tune plays.

Maharaj and charusena have come to the place where agnis body was found. Maharaj says maybe he can find something that they all are missing, he orders the sainiks to find some surak. That time he comes there and finds a cloth hanging out of a rock. He asks one of the sainiks to remove the rock. Charusena says that it is there sainiks clothes. Maharaj says that matlab ek sainik ki bhi maut hui thi. Charusena says that dharam had told that that night sainik kishan also died. So maharaj says that maybe the dead body they found was kishans and not agnis, so they should take these clothes to the rajya sabha.

Veer is still sitting there and crying, with the sad music playing. Here dharam is also sad in his prison cell. Veer gets up and remembers him saying to dharam that he did not need to worry about anything he will make everything all right, he also has a flash back of all there scenes together. Dharam sits down on his cot sadly. Veer starts going angrily towards the end of the nala and jumps into the lake and soorj chor is back as VEER.

Maharaj is standing in front of the rajya sabha and shows them the clothes. Maharaj says that he knows that rajya sabha have finished there proceedings but he has found some more clues so they need to re think the whole case. He tells them that the clothes they have found is of sainik kishan so maybe the dead body they found is sainik kishan and not agnis as veer also said that agni is alive. But the rajya sabha refuses this and says that maharaj has no solid proof and veer can do anything and say anything to save dharam. He even tried to free him from the prison. They cant stop the phasi and says that who ever wants to meet dharam for the last time can go to the prison and meet him

thanx to crazy kiran-IF

garvita

April 15, 2008, 02:22 PM

Rajyasabha asks to maharaj n nirviti to meet dharam last time in jail n leavesSainik comes n tells to nirviti tht veer has come back Nirviti asks where is he Sainik tells in Dharam's Room
------
Veer in dharam's Room Goes to near Window-Flashbacks of Race of Entry of DV then he goes n seats on stair near his bed n Say's "Main haar gaya dharam,tumhara Veer haar gaya"
Nirviti comes from behind veer loks at her n sayz "Maa main haar gaya" Maharan comes infront of Him n look at him He asks maharaj "Kya aap sach me kuch nahi kar sakate" maharaj nodd his head to say NoAll cryies Maharaj sayz "Dharam se aakhri baar milne ka waqt aa gaya"
------
All goes in karaghrah Maharaj asks charusinha where is dharam Charusinha point towards him Dharam is seating Maharaj asks veer to go first But he denies n askMaharaj to go
Maharaj goes inside looking at dharam with Helpless ExpresionsDharam recognieses him n goes towards
Maharaj starts crying Dharam try to console him by saying "Jeevan aur Mrutyu humaare haat me nahi hotiHume to Garv hain ki humne aap jaise mahan aadmi ke yahan janam liyaShayad yahi humaari kismat me likha hain"
------
Jv seating on bed Sainik comes n give one plate to agni n leaves agni asks Jv to eat Sweet BUT Jv sayz will eat it after dharam being hangged he is abt to leave Agni asks him where is he going Jv sayz to see end of our written Drama n leaves
Agni sayz i hv seen tht scene in my dream[par ise kya pata Sapne kabhi sach nahi hote]
------
Veer n Nirviti standing outside veer wandering here n there n Imagining Dharam taking baath before Phasi n Getting ready with those White Clothes In Between some flashbacks of there sweet moments Again Imagination of Dharam being hangged out Nirviti is trying to talk but Senapati was there so she didn't Maharaj comes out n sayz Go Veer he is witing for u
------
Veer goes inside n seats n get tht play of something Dharam asks him wat is this veer Veer sayz
V- u remember we used to play this game in childhood lets play once again
D-but my mood is not at all to play this
V[trying to hide his tears]-mood is not there or eles u fear tht u'll loose by me
D[too trying to hide his tears]-loosing by you I have to tell u tht who is better now
V-yaa no one can refuse this tht u'r Good brother but Best player is Veer Only
D-tday this decision also will take
Both starts playing Dharam playes BUT veer stops him by saying This is wronge first i'll play
While playing tears of Veer fall on tht play
D-no veer dn't cry
V-i loose dharam i loose
D-no worries i forgive u this time But be sure this won't happen again
N both hugn Cries
------
Jv at hangging place some Putala has been puted there Jv asks senpati wat is this Senapati sayz tht this is trial of PhasiJv asks but y?Senapati sayz these r Order's of Rajyasabhato be strict at such type of Phasi's
Jv sayz now wat we can do after trying alot but no one can save dharam u go n do u'r work n he smiles
------
All in dharam's jail room Dharam asking nirviti to take care of Veer Senapati comes n sayz phasi time is coming we hv to make ready rajkumaar maharaj
Veer shouts "U cn't do anything maharaj" Dharam stops him n abt to leave
V-stop,u still can't do anything maharaj?can't u change kanoon still?
Maharaj looking at veer with Helpless expressions on face
D-veer calm down
V-No dharam tday dn't stop me i just can't see this fake things When maharaj knew tht u'r innocent still he can't do anythingu all stoped me why?
n he leaves
Dharam goes with senapati
Nirviti puts her hand on Av's shoulder n thinks something in mind
------
Veer comes in mandir Imagination of Dharam's hanging out
V[looking at shiv's pind]-wat u think u'll seperate Dharam-Veer No when there dharam is being hangging out here veer also die
He seats on knees n puts Talwar below his neck as it touches it
Nirviti comes from behind
N-i neva thought tht my veer will loose so easily hv u forgot wat i hv lrnd u if dharam is sword u'r his Dhaal if dharam is light u'r his shadow
n who said some has stopped u No u'r Free u hv to get the truth shud Win
Alwayz Only Truth shud Win n for tht u can to anything,Anything
Veer looks at her
She do Tilak of Him by cutting her hand fingure by his sword n sayz "Go n save u'r Dharam"[I just luv nirviti's this Attitude,Rocked]
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

April 20, 2008, 10:59 AM

Veer heard some voice from water he sees sainiks coming towards them He wakes up Dharam n both start running Sainiks throws some Of their Arrow types something But both saved from it then DV hide under one Graas n sainik leaves froward n DV escape from there
------
Nirviti applying medicine to Av Jv sayz wat veer did wa wrong Nirviti sayz tht we all know veer can do anything for dharam Jv interups But Av sayz nirviti is right Jv And wat i done as maharaj of aryanagar
Jv sayz But for tht he hurts u maharaj Av sayz itz ok now they shud come back by their own so veers punishment will decreasNirviti sayz something we shud leave on God n leaves
------
DV in some khandar Veer lacking on Dharam's leg n dharam applying him lep Dharam sayz tht veer u shud not hurt pitaji Veer gets up n sayz then shud i done tht time U say anything i was right
Dharam disagrees n sayz No u hurt my pitaji to escape me Veer gets angry n stop talking with him
------
Shera standing near some place n thinking abt those stones Flashback of tht Baba in Black she thinks to find out the Truth
------
D-V seating seperately with each other "Ruth ke yaara" song going Dharam having flashback of Veer kicks rajyasabha head n hurts Av in btwn he is looking at veer Suddenely veer sounds by pain of his head Dharam goes near to him n sayz i'll apply u lep But veer denies n sayz first u say i was right Dharam again having flashbacks Then he sayz Yes u were right But Veer sayz i shud not have hurt maharaj Dharam sayz if u didn't then how did u make for Nibhaying Kartavya of Brother n if i was there at u'r place i did the same
Veer smiles n sayz now first we hv to find out agni Dharam asks him r u sure tht u saw him alive Veer sayz yes yes yes But i dn't understand from where we'll start off omeone hide him at such place tht we even didn't knew abt tht place Dharam sayz there is one man who can help us Veer asks who?Dharam sayz Chandarsinghhe was in aryanagr's sena 4yrs back he was guptachar of aryanagar he knew eah n every place of aryanagar
Veer gets up to leave dharam wher is he going first he need to apply lep Veer sayz we dn't hv time for such things n both leaves
-----
Agni shocked n saying veer rescude dharam from jail,i knew it he'll do something like this Dad u'r seating so calm after all this happened Jv laughs n sayz u got scared by such small thing now we have to look for aryanagar we n laughs again He sayz looking into mirror now Dv will go to only one man Chandarsingh but before they reach to him i hv to reach to him Agni asks who is this chandarsingh Jv turns n SLAP agni n sayz "When two elder's r talking childerens shud not talk in btwn" n laughs
-----
Shera asks to one man abt tht Baba in Black tht wer he gone he sayz by nodding his head he dn't knw Shera confused tht where tht baba gone suddenely
Suddenely she heards someone talking abt tht khajana itz Baba in Black n his one men they talking to take care of tht khajana then Baba sayz tht they fools r thinking Om means mandir/pujaari n taking care of them but they didn't understood tht Om means center n it can be aswai's sardar i.e shera's dad Shera shocked n Recalls his dad's face n leaves from there on horse
-----
DV in one village Senapati too there DV sees him n took one black cloth to hide their face
Senapati asks one men has he saw DV here but men sayz No
Dv asks one man abt chandarsingh tht man sayz he doesn't live in this village He gone near some dhaki place which is near from village
Senapati order's sainik to look around for DV as they have been seen coming here toward this village
One man give Dhakka to dharam n cloth fall from daharam's face he turns back n putting cloth around his face Senapati sees him n shouts Rajkumaar Dharam
----End of Epi----

thanx to ishu-if

garvita

April 20, 2008, 10:59 AM

The epi starts with senapati charusena spoting dharam and telling him that dharam will have to return to the mahal with him. Veer asks charusena kyun kya kiya hai mere bhai ne, charusena asks the sepahi to capture them both. Veer takes his talwar and puts it on charusenas neck and says that even u know in ur heart that dharam is innocent, so give me only 4 days to find proof to prove dharam innocent. Says but even u have to do ur zimadari but even I have to fulfill my zimadari so pushes charusena and leaves from there and they join the ramnavmi yatra. Charusena sees everything but does not follow them. He remembers the scene where dv were going for the mela and they had purposely misled him. He remembers and cries. And leaves from there instead of following dv.

Again moon coming out of the clouds but this time shera is running all alone in the jungle remembering the babas words that the next victim is going to be her dad. Here they show the sardar sleeping and two ppl enter his room, one of them collides with the table and the glass falls down. Sardar gets up and says kaun hai but finding no one goes back to sleep. The two man now advance on sardar but shera reaches there and fights them off. And tells her father that they were the ppl who were keeping her away from her khazana. But no one can stop shera. Her father says are the pathar more important to her than her fathers life. Tells its ur wish do what u want.

Dv are running in the jungle, but no holding hands today thank god, the sainiks are looking for them and they hide behind some bushes. The sainiks starts hitting at the bust with there sticks and one hits dharam on his hand but he does not shout. The sainiks thinking no one is there leave from there.

Its morning and dv reach some dhaba, they ask for some water, veer puts water over dharams hurt on his leg. They ask the guy for direction to the zheel. The guy asks them to eat something but they decline. Here all the ppl who were sitting in the dhaba start dismantling it and they show jai standing there. The guy who gave them the direction says that he has send them in the wrong direction. Jai says dv will now meet naqli chandersingh. He sends some shakha to go and kill dv and jai himself leaves to go meet asli chandersingh.

Veer is helping dharam and they are going towards to meet chandersingh. Dharam is very hurt and cant move but veer somehow convinces him and they slowly go forward, here they show shakha is also following them. Here in asli chandersinghs house chandersingh is making a talwar when jais person come and blind fold him and hold him. Jai tells him to give him the naksha of aryanagar ke sare hidden places. Jai tells him if he gives the naksha he will be saved otherwise killed. Chandersingh refuses and says he had taken a vachan to never reveal aryanagar ke raaz to anyone, jai beats him but he does not say anything. Jai asks his man to search the house and that the naksha will be there only somewhere. His ppl don’t find anything. So jai tells him to take chandersingh and beat him till he tells abt the naksha and begs for his life.

Dv have come to the naqli chandersingh who is making weapons also. Dv take permission and enter the hut. Chandersingh recognizes them as dv and asks them if everything was alright. He makes them sit and sees dharams hurt and tells he will go get some medicine. Dharam refuses but veer insists that dharam should apply some medicine so asks chandersingh to go get the medicine.

Shakha mixes neend ki dawai in the medicine and says now u will fall asleep and by the time u wake up he will by that time kill veer and then take care of him. He says tum dono ko ek ek kar ke marne mein maza aayega. Veer takes the medicine from him and applies it on dharams wound. Veer asks dharam are u feeling pain dharam says no so veer tells him jhoota, so dharam looking into veers eyes says agar tumhe pata hai to thoda dheere lago na.

Shakha tells dharam to rest and tells veer come we will talk in the other room. He asks veer kya kaam hai mujse. Veer tells him he wants the naksha. Shakha replies bas itni se baat, veer understands something is wrong coz the aryanagar ke raaz is not itni si baat, so he goes quietly behind shakha and puts his talwar on his neck and asks him sach sach batao tum kaun ho coz no aryanagar sainik will give the naksha so easily. Shakha tells him ur really very smart but now its too late he tells him that he has mixed neend ki dawai in dharams medicine and by the time he wakes up I will have killed you. Veer asks him tum kaun ho he replies I am shakha and tells him abt chandersingh being on the other side. Veer and chandersingh start fighting, chandersingh beats veer and he falls down but they show dharam has woken up in the other room.

kiran-if

garvita

April 20, 2008, 11:00 AM

As shakha is abt to harm veer dharam comes there and breaks a matka on his head, shakha falls down unconsious, then dharam also falls down veer gets up and goes to dharam and tells him aankhen kholo dharma in a very worried voice, but that time only dharam opens his eyes and smiles he was just teasing veer. Shakha wakes up but veer again hits him and then dv both leave from there. Here shakha also wakes up.

Charusena comes to maharaj and tells him that he is sorry that he couldn’t capture dv, maharaj asks him how they were, charusena says they looked as if they have lost there childhood. Maharaj tells him that charusena u believe me no I have tried my best to find them and any sabot to prove dharam innocent. Charusena says that he also believes that dharam is innocent, and he is sure that veer will definitely bring some proof. Maharaj says but what veer did is wrong, and that when they are capture the rajya sabha will give him veer saza also. That time nivriti comes and says that aryanagar ka kanoon hi galat hai and she hopes that dv come with proof and prove the kanoon of aryanagar wrong.

Dv are in the jungle, veer is very hurt so dharam tells him lets go find a vaidji first, but veer stops him saying that now he will first find agni and than do anything else. Veer tells him that when we go back to the mahal dharam u go and meet rajkumari sia but dharam says no he will first take a bath coz he feels like he has not taken a bath from ages. Dharam asks what veer will do after they reach the mahal. Veer says that he will eat pate bhar ke khanan.

Shera is sitting in front of a lake and thinking of what to do, either throw the pathars in the lake or to continue with her khoz.

Dv are walking when veer asks dharam if he was feeling sleepy. Dharam rubs his eyes and says no. they spot a hut and thinking its chandersinghs and they go inside and find all things thrown about. Dharam says now he is convinced that someone is deliberately framing him and knows abt all there chals from before only that’s why they were mislead and now the real chandersingh is missing. Veer says that but this chandersingh will be very useful to them. Dharam says yeah we just need to find him somehow

Jai is taking chandersing somewhere, chandersing says that u will have no benefit from taking me anywhere coz I am never going to tell u anything. Jai tells him he is taking him to hide somewhere coz he doesn’t want anyone to know abt his gyan. Jai tells chandersingh if u had given me the map both our time would have been saved. Chandersingh says then u wouldn’t have needed me anymore. Jai tells him to shut up and move forward.

Here dv are outside chandersingh house and thinking where to find him coz they cant find any clue too. Shakha comes there and pushes dv in the jheel and they both reach where shera is sitting and thinking. She pulls them both out of the water and on seeing veer again remembers the desert scene. She feels both there nerves and comes to know that they are both alive. And says yeh dono har bar kisi musibat main phas jate hain. She spots some ppl and tells them that they both have fallen in the river and both are alive. She them remembers veer fighting with her in sias mahal. She tells the ppl to take them away. But stops and turns back and sees veers face and now remembers veer saving her from the bichu daku gang head. So says thero and tells them shera will take these two with her to her house

Sheras father says kya musibat kaam thi ki u bought these two now here. Shera says in this halat they cant harm us. Sheras dad says but what happens when they wake up, they are aryanagar ke prince in there eyes we are mujrims, shera tells him have u forgotten that they saved me once. Her father says how can he forget that for the first time u left a job incomplete then. Sheras dad says they cant live there, and shera says until they get better they will live there only. Her father leaves and she checks them both and is abt to get up when veer holds her hand and asks for water. Her father comes back and says what will u tell them when he gets up. Shera tells them that she will tell him that he is the maharaj dada and she rajkumari ananya. And says that she will tell them that rajkumari ki jaan khatre mein hai that’s why they are living in this daku wali gufa. Shera tells him that dv aapki bahut izzat karte hain.

Jai is torturing chandersing and asking for the naksha, chandersing replies that u can kill me if u want but I wont give the naksha. Jai tells his aadmi to keep beating him. Shakha comes there and tells jai that he has killed both dv. Chandersingh also hears that. Jai tells but jab tak woh dv ki laash nahin dekhta use tasali nahin hogi

kiran

garvita

April 25, 2008, 01:43 PM

Shera is seating near Veer Veer Re-calls all tht Searching of chandarsingh n Shaka hit them n they falls He wakes up Shouting Dharam...
Shera asks him to keep quite n sayz dharam is alright n sleeping...Veer sleeps back n asks shera wat she is doing here...Shera tells him tht she was doing Shipping Race n saw them both falling in water at evening..
Veer recalls her words in registan tht she came for camel race..
He asks him last time also she was der for Camel race naa? Shera sayz ye Then?
Veer sayz then,then nothingi asked just like Shera sayz She knws everything n give him to drink something Veer sayz i can help myself i dn't need u'r Help...Shera sayz hmmm...
Dharam wakes up n sayz u both just met n started again Veer try to interup But dharam stops him saying Enough!!
Shera gives him to drink n sayz vaidji said to drink this Dharam drinks n sayz give him also Shera sayz No!!u'r brother dn't need anyones help he can help his self own..Dharam sayz not this time plz give him
Shera gives him tht drink n looks at him..Veer asks her Now Wat?
Shera sayz no manner's to say even thx..Dharam asks veer to say her thx Veer sayz Shukriya..Shera sayz No Need of tht now n leaves...
------
In mehel Av asking senapati abt DV senapati sayz sainiks r searching them they will be back soon...
Nirviti enter's...n sayz tht If veer asked senapati to wait for 4 dayz so can't u leave him alone he'll come back soon
Av sayz i hv to obey the rules Nirviti asks him to think once like Father n not Maharaj...n sayz wat veer did is Right n she is Proud of Him n leaves
Senapati told Av tht sainiks will only act infront of rajyasabha for searching DV n leaves
------
Dharam asks veer tht where they r right now Veer sayz dn't knw will asks tht Ghamandi Rajkumaari Ananya wer she put us it doesn't looks like mehel
Shera enter's with one men who brings Lunch/Dinner n leaves
Dharam asks her where they r Shera tolds him tht some dakoos behind her baba's money for tht they wan't to kill her so her baba means sumaina's maharaj kept her here n all those mens r sumaina's sainiks n they r hiding as Villager's
Veer asks dharam to leave..Shera mummer's Not in condition to walk n going outside...Veer sayz Ghamandi Shera asks him Wat?wat did he said? Veer sayz nothing...n asks dharam to leave..cz they dn't hv time..
Shera asks them tht seems like they r going on some spl. mission
Veer sayz she helped them tht doesn't mean tht they shud tell her everything Shera sayz she was talking to Dharam n not with him
Dharam tells her abt phasi n agni n veer saw him alive Shera re-calls Jv's words while giving supari of dharam...
Both leaves...Shera sayz if someone is trying to kill them then it can be only one person Jv..But if she told them then she will be in trouble..She sayz both r Good from Heart
------
DV near chandarsinghs house Veer asks dharam to take rest n he'll go inside Dharam sayz will go TogetherVeer sayz u r neva gona change
Both goes inside n wandering here n there Suddenely they heard some voice Both comes near window n sees Shaka
Shaka telling his mens tht go n search dv n he wanted their body if they didn't get it then Sarkar will kill them
DV confused tht who is Sarkar now?
Both runs one of the shaka men sees them All attack on DVDV kill them all But Shaka catches dharam's neckBut Shera comes from behind n hits himn Veer kills him
One of the man is alive n starts running Shera abt to kill him Veer stops her n sayz let him Run n all three goes behind him
------
All of three doing picha of tht man hiding under Grass Shera asks tht y he didn't alowed her to kill him by Shouting loudly Veer puts his hand on her mouthn sayz he'll go to tht place so we'll come to knw abt his AddaIf u wana come come silentely otherwise go back n Both leaves...Shera asks wat is this misbehaviour...
------
All doing picha tht man is looking back in btwn..Veer asks shera to go back she asks y?Veer told her tht he dn't want to make her in trouble cz of them
Shera sayz she likes troubles n if she helped them then wat is the probz...Veer sayz we dn't need u'r help we can help ourselves Shera sayz ya i can see tht...Dharam interups n sayz this is wrong veer...Suddenely one rope came in btwn n shera abt to fall veer holds her...BUT tht man sees them n runs Veer gets angry on shera n sayz...Cz of u he escaped shera sayz i didn't told u to stand here n talk to me...Dharam sayz Enough!!u both he doesn't hv gone so far lets go..
-----
Jv in some room n one Fat man broking sword n Jv is clapping n sayz Wah!!u will be called when u r needed
Man reaches their n tolds Jv tht DV r alive n they killed Shaka n doing my picha they reached inside this jungle Jv shocked n sayz to tht Fat man tht u got u'r first work tht go n search them both in jungle n Kill Them
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

April 25, 2008, 01:43 PM

DVS going towards searching tht Man On other side tht fat guy is searching for DV..
Veer sayz he thinks all shud go tht side But shera sayz she thinks they shud go opposite side But veer starts moving forward...Other hand fat guy n his mens r coming n From here DVS r coming They get One Red Clothe n thinks tht guys gone forward in tht direction They move forward Suddenely they heard some footsteps voice n Hide behind Tree fat guy n his mens move forward Shera's breathing voice heard by tht Fat guy n he asks his mens too look there But no one is der n DVS hiding under grass..
Dharam sayz they need to do some plan for these mens Veer sayz yes now need to do by looking at shera..He Asks shera to stay under grass still they come back n both leaves...
After some time shera comes out One man of tht fat guy Jump down n heats shera She try to escape But he hurts her leg by sword n Abt to kill her Veer enter's n Dharam kills him from behind..
Veer angrily sayz tht y u came out cn't u stay inside even if i told u[No this is prc n wat eles]
Shera faints Veer holds her n sees tht she is hurted Both DV took her into some Gufa
------
Jv heating Chandarsingh n asking him abt Map but he didn't tell him...Jv asks one man abt any news of DV man sayz no but soon their body will be here...Jv sayz wish u'r talk becomes true
------
DVS in some gufa Veer applying medicine on shera's leg...she wakes up..Veer sayz to keep resting cz she need tht Shera sayz u saved my life tht doesn't mean i shud follow all u'r sayings n she is alright Dharam sayz this time agree u need rest..
Veer asks her to stay in gufa till they come back n gives her his knife n both leaves
------
DV seating under tree n makin Wooden Swords..n making it sharp Both gets up Veer puts one of tht wooden on Dharam's hand Mens come running from behind DV runs n reach near on Pond dharam hide some where n Veer jumps into water[Wat a jump Masha allah] Mens comes from behind n start serching them Veer comes out of water n throw one wooden sword n kill tht man Both mens jump into water n Dharam comes from behind n kills fourth man n too jumps into water n DV kills both mens along n leaves
------
DV at some place dharam asks veer to go into tht direction n he'll go in opposite direction...n asks not to go far...
Both moves forward Fat man makes veer's voice calling Dharam Dharam dharam thinks veer in trouble Veer realises some one playing trick on them
Dharam runs towards voice direction n sees tht fat guy shouting..guys laughs Dharam try to escape but mens get around him
Fat guy calls veer n sayz tht he shud get him in hands of tht guy otherwise he'll kill dharam...He calls veer again n again..
Veer seating on tree...The guy abt to kill dharam veer jumps n Start fighting with Fat guy n along kill all mens Fat guy get injured Dharam asks him for tht mans name who send him to kill DV while telling tht Fat guy hurts dharam n escapes...
------
Jv worried Fat guy comes n sayz Both DV coming der Jv sayz if they saw me here i gone..He order's fat guy to kill chandrsingh n then DV n if he didn't then till Jv doesn't comes back Both dv shud not go out of this jungle...n asks tht fat guy to meet Jv in aryanagar's mehel n leaves..
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

April 25, 2008, 01:45 PM

DV again back to chandarsingh's house Fatu comes from behind DV realises n truns n Fatu hits on thier heads
Dv Falls down Mens of Fatu get them both on fatu's adda..
Fatu put veer into wooden cave/jail type room..n Sayz now he'll kill dharam n shows place of hangging Veer recalls how he saved Dharam from hangged out last time
Fatu sayz this time he'll not be able to save Dharam...n tells he'll put fire around him n slowly slowly dharam will die by tht fire
------
Shera worried abt DV n sayz she shud go n find them out She recalls Veer words to stay there still they come back but she leaves..
------
Shera comes to place of Fatu n sees dharam But one man of fatu cought's her n asks who is she n take her infront of Fatu Fatu asks her who is she Man sayz she was listening all by hiding
Veer is shocked to see Shera there
Shera sayz she is one kalabaj n she came here with her gang n they wer passing by this jungle n she stopped to drink water n after while she realised tht all other's from her gang gone ahead n by searching them she cam here
Fatu asks her wat kalabaji she can do..
She sayz she can walk on rope,jump through fire,apply nishana closing eye n all..
Fatu gets happy n asks her name She sayz Champa...n also asks her can she do all kalabaji she said yes tht is her roji roti
Fatu gets happy n sayz now in night two two tamasha will be held One Dharam's Maut n Champa's Kalabaji
------
Itz Night..Rope has been tied Fatu comes n puts fire around Dharam Shera walks on rope...Veer is worried Dharam getting Hot by Fire
Then shera sayz is there anyone who can stands infront of her Fatu puts one guy infront of her She does knife throwing..Fatu laughing with happiness n Shera meanwhile throws knife towards Veer..Veer opens lock n get one guy under jail n disguised tht guyz cloths...
------
Shera doing Jumping from fire [is tht was really Mugs] Veer comes from behind n kill mens standing near Dharam..
Shera doing fire from petrol/rockel wateva..
Fatu sees veer n Shera by throwing knife cuts dharam's Phasi rope...Fatu realises her tht she is with them..Veer goes to dharam n both jumps from fire..Shera run towards them...
Fatu sayz to shera u r also with them...
All three in action..DV look at each other n by nodding head sayz Yes!!
All Goes towards On Right of Veer Dharam killing all mens n On Right Shera killing mens
Veer coming with Full of Anger towards Fatu [Wat an Expressions By Rajjy ]..Fatu get sword up to kill Veer veer holds it in hand n all Blood comes from his hand And Veer Shouts n Kills Fatu by Knife
-------End Of Epi-------

garvita

April 25, 2008, 02:08 PM

The episode starts with veer again holding the motu guys talwar with his hand, both dharam and shera scream at him to let it go, he then kills the guy and screams I told u na that don’t touch my brother. Both dharam and shera come to him, dharam tells him what were u doing if u had got hurt then.

The head of the rajya sabha asks the maharaj and charusena about any news about dv. He scolds charusena on not being able to capture them still. That time jai comes and tells them that the villagers have spotted them in the jungle. The head asks charusena to go and catch them both and bring them here. He says veer will get a big saza for his this jurm. Nivriti looks afraid and looks towards maharaj.

Dharam spots someone very badly hurt. He calls out to veer and they go to the guy. Dharam says he is the real chandersingh. Veer asks how do u know. Dharam shows the guys hand where the name is engraved. Chandersingh is dead so veer is very angry and says who is this guy who is always two steps ahead of them. Dharam says don’t worry we will find him and kill him. Shera thinks I know who it is but I cant tell u anything.

Sakshi is in a house and remembers volunteering herself to learn the vidyhya frm bhimsen. That time a girl comes with a letter for her. Its from pari who is not well. Saakshi says that she is concerned about her son. The girl says son so saakshi realizes her mistake and changes the topic and asks if there was any news about the two rajkumars. The girl says that all the sainiks are searching for them but she believed them to be innocent. She says that when they came to our basti those two had stopped jaivardhan. Saakshi leaves from there.

Charusena asks the sainiks to find dv, jai tells charusena that u too go. Dharam asks shera veer what should they do now. Veer again says who is bringing such obstacles in our way and looks at shera. Veer then sees a nishan with blood made on the wall. Veer says that chandersingh before died has tried to write something. Then they find the same nishan is there on his body and then they find many places names written on his body. The first name is the place where veer first spot agni. So they think now they should check out the other two places. Shera tells them that the balar nadi is nearby only. So they copy the naksha on a piece of cloth.

Jai vardhan thinks that if today dv escape he will loose a good opportunity so he takes some sainiks with him and goes in the other direction. He tells the sainiks to kill dv as soon as he spots them. Veer goes outside and tries to drink water from a matka but is not able to. So shera comes there and offers to help. She gives water to veer and they both again as usual stare at each other. Veer then sits down, ananya also sits next to him and ties a cloth on his hand. And says that veer loves his brother too much and she has not seen this junoon before. Veer thanks her for coming on time to save his brother. He gets up from there and says lets leave.

Saakshi is eating when someone comes and tells her that the whole army has gone to search for dv. Saakshi says she has to go and save them. The other girl teases her so saakshi gets angry and says never says such a thing again. The girl asks why is he your brother then saakshi replies yes he is.

Dv and shera are running in the jungle and jai and his army is searching for them. Jai spots someone running so they follow them. Jai calls out loudly dv where ever you are hiding come and surrender as the rajya sabha is angry with you. But dv just keep running. Jai and his sainiks also follow. They come to the place where the motu guy had kept dv hostage. Jai finds the motu guy dead and thinks they cant do one thing properly and says at least he didn’t tell them the truth about me. Jai then finds chandersingh ki laash and thinks how he came into dvs hand. He then spots the naksha on his body and realizes that dv have come to know the naksha also. He thinks that he has to reach before dv reach agni. But charusena comes there and stops him. Charusena sees chandersingh and thinks who has killed him. Jai says dv must have killed him. Charusena says that dv don’t kill innocent people. Jai says they only must have killed him to get khufiya adon ka pata to hide. Charusena does not agree to this. Jai says let rajya sabha decide about this. We have to stop them before they reach this hidden places.

garvita

April 26, 2008, 02:54 PM

garvita

April 26, 2008, 02:54 PM

They are walking together when dharam asks shera where she learnt to do such nice kalabazi, veer says mujhe yeh rajkumari kaam ek daku zyada lagti hai, shera warns dharam that control ur borther or I will kill him, veer says see she even talks like a daku.

Veers spots some men with lighted torch and they run from there, jai also sees them and jai and sainik start running behind them. While running dharam and veer shera become separated, jai is getting close to dharam when veer throws a stone and diverts jai. Then dv spot one gufa and go inside it. Jai sees footprints outside the guffa and thinks they must be there so they enter the guffa and start searching. Here they show all three shera dharam and veer hanging from the ceiling. The sainiks unable to find them leave from there to go and search them in the jungle.

Dv and shera jump and decide to rest for some time in the gufa itself till jai gets tired and leaves from there. Shera again ties the cloth to veers hand and sasy that next time she will die only, so veer makes fun of her and says that kya rajkumari ananya ko darr bhi lagta hai, shera gets offended and goes and complains to dharam that see I am trying to talk to him nicely and still he is behaving rudely with me. Dharam so tells veer to talk with shera pyar se till they are all together. Veer says pyar se aur ese, daku ki devi lagti hai.

Jai spots some blood on his clothes and realizes that dv are in the guffa only so again go back there. Dv hearing jais voice run from there and go to the jungle. Here charusena spots them. One sainik asks him if he has seen anything and charusena says that nahin yahan koi nahin hai and sends the sainiks in the opposite direction. Dharam and veer are very touched and all three get up and run away from there. After they leave charusena says that bhagwan tumhe vijayi kare.

Here jai is angry to know that dv have escaped and fears that maybe they will reach agni so leaves from there.

Nivriti is praying to mataji, she is remembering jai bringing the news about dv and the head telling that veer will be punished seriously. She says that mata mere bachon ki raksha karna, what have they done that u taking such imtihan of them. I cant bear all this more.

Dv and shera are running in the jungle. Veer asks shera where the bala nadi is so shera says rajkumar veer ananya se madat mang raha hai, veer gives her a look so she says ok chalo. They all jump over a stump of the tree. Veer jumps the highest.

Jai comes to the rajya sabha and tells them that dv have killed chandersingh. The head asks why they would kill chandersingh. Jai says to know about the hidden places so that they can hide. The head is angry and says that now they have to be stopped. Jai says they must have gone to balinadi. The head says we will take the whole army and go there. Maharaj also accepts this. Jai is very happy.

Dv and shera are running when, shera trips and falls down. Veer gives her his hand to help her up but she refuses and says balanadi. Veer gives her a look. They go forward and then shera again trips and falls down some hill but hold onto a root, veer tells her to give her his hand and while coming up shera falls on top of him. They are having an eye lock when that kabab main hadi dharam calls out to veer. Veer is very confused about what happened just now but shakes his hand and moves forward. They reach that place and veer says they will have to search the place thoroughly to find any clues about agni.

Agni is practicising sword fighting with someone and kills that guy. One guy comes and tells him that rajkumar agni, agni gets angry and keeps his sowrd on his neck. The guy tells him maharaj agni. Agni says remember this to call me maharaj agni always. He asks the guy what is the news on dv. The guy replies that dv have not been captured as yet. Agni then thinks he should run away from there. But the guy reminds him of jais instruction of not to move from there. Agni aks the guy that u remember na what u have to do if I am found. The guy replies yes and leaves from there. Agni thinks this is all because of veer if he had not rescued dharam agni wouldn’t have to be afraid of being alive.

Dv and shera are roming the area with the map but cant find the gufa, then veer remembers how the other one was also hidden underground so they all three start poking the area with a stick. Veer finds the opening and they all go inside

Here the head with jai and saniks has reached balanadi.

Dv and shera find that agni is not there.

garvita

April 30, 2008, 05:48 PM

DVS Enter In Gufa but Agni is not der so they move forwards to chittor ghar killa
n Escapes From Eye of All Aryanagar's Sena
------
Jv asks sainiks to looks in gufa n thinks if he can send a sandesh to agni somehow
Sainiks comes n tolds no one is der in gufa
So all move towards Chittior ghar killa
------
DVS running
------
Agni is angry n dismissing all the things here n der Suddenely sone voice comes from outside Agni goes out of his room n sees some man collecting weapons which r on ground
Agni shouts by thinking DV came in But one of sainik comes from behind and tolds agni tht the man is one of them
Agni asks tht man tht Jv asks him to be in clothes of shramiks n kills him n asks to take positions to all others n to recall wat they hv to do if DV come der
------
DVS at place n looks in map n move forward in jungle in search of gufa
Veer sayz He neva feels so eager o see Agni before thisDharam laughs
All Three Leaves n All Aryanagar sena comes up
All looking for DV Jv realises them n tells Rajyasabha Head
Head order's to throw arrows towards them But sainiks didn't Head asks to charusinha to order sainiks But he denies by saying He can't do tht
Head order's Sainiks throws arrows n by One of them Veer Gets Hurted at Back[i hate this jv n Head]
Maharaj interupts n asks Head to give them chance to surrender But Head denies by saying he dn't think both will surrender
Maharaj asks them to arrest But again Head denies by saying we hv seen wat happend after arresting so we dn't hv any other option
------
Nirviti in room taking some fruits Dasi comes n tolds her tht all sena of aryanagar gone along with Head n he orderd tht where ever DV spoted Kill them Nirviti Cries No
------
DVS Hide inside on cave of Liefs Dharam get tht arrow out of veer back Veer criesdharam sayz they all came with whole sena of aryanagar Veer gets angry n sayz Still maharaj is doing nothing
Shera asks to hide inside liefs so they cannot realise them Dharam worried thinking how they all come to knw we r here? Dharam sayz this means tht man who did all this is inside the mehel
Shera thinks something Veer sayz he'll not escaped by veers hands
------
Head asks sainiks to continue throwing arrows Nirviti comes from back side n Shouts Stop no one will do tht n put down sainiks arrows n sayz to head tht DV r innocent Head sayz she is being emotional
Nirviti sayz y r u giving punishment to dharam of tht mistake which he didn't did
Head asks how does she knows?
Nirviti sayz if u think by heart without u'r Kanoon u'll get u'r ans Head sayz all decission r made by Kanoon n not by heart
Nirviti asks head to give DV one chance otherwise she'll kill herselfn puts knife near her neck
Jv goes to her n consoles her by saying he can understand her feeling but she shud not interupt in work of rajyasabha
------
Dharam n Shera dressed as liefs Dharam asks veer to get ready fast as they dn't hv much time
Veer asks both of them to move forward n search agni n He'll handle all of them
But dharam didn't agrees n sayz we three will go together for saving my life i cn't put u'r life in danger Veer tries to console him tht nothing will happen to him But dharam is not agreed Veer asks him won't he trust him Dharam sayz more than his life But Still Disagrees Veer sayz u'll not agree like this Ok u hv to go n Veer give Dharam his Kasam Djaram sayz ok n asks veer to promise tht he'll not hv any arrow mark on him Veer promises n sayz U forgot tht u'r good bro but good player is veer n both hugs Shera smiles Veer asks her to take care too..n he leaves n DS moves forward too..
------
All looking for both from up Jv looks at Veer n tells head Veer shouts yaa come kill meSainiks start throwing arrows Veer is running after a while one arrow goes straight to Veer back he falls down n Cries
All Shocked Nirviti cries saying Veer
Jv smiles n escapes from behind n come to some distance with bow&arrow While veer is trying to get tht arrow out Jv throws arrow towards him n it goes to Veer Leg n he cries
DS going further stops Dharam shouts Veer
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

April 30, 2008, 05:48 PM

Veer hurted dharam stops But veer sayz go on tday i want to see Only Truth Winning DS moves forward and Veer Starts Running Again
-----
Nirviti asks maharaj to do something but he sayz nothing n keep quite Jv comes back n consoles nirviti saying have patience n laughs
Veer goes to some place n tooks out the arrow of his leg n hides der Sainiks comes down lil n starts throwing arrows Arrows r folling here n der around Veer while laughing Veer becomes Unconsious
-----
Agni again asking to mens tht they knew wat they hv to do if DV came der Main man sayz yes we knw tht Agni asks him to hide reality of Jv tht this plan is of him
Man sayz if he need to die then also he neva tell the truth to anybody Agni tolds him if he dies then also he'll get tht much money tht his 7 pidhiyaas nev have to work again
-----
DS comes Shera tolds dharam pointing towards Gufa der is gufa Both Enter's into gufa
-----
One man comes n tolds agni tht he saw dharam coming towards Gufa Agni get confused wat to do He asks all mens to run before dharam comes inside But man sayz der is only one door to go out from which dharam is coming Still agni sayz we have to run before he comes inside
-----
DS in gufa looking here n der Shera sayz in mind If agni will be here then he'll realise her So she tears one cloth patch n puts on her face for Hiding n Moves forward
DS r going by thinking Suddenely agni comes from front side of both DS both shocked n agni confused He Suddenely Hugs dharam All sainiks comes Agni tells Lie tht these shramiks wanted to kill him n he was kidnapped by them from past dayz
Dharam asks all sainiks to come n fight DS starts fighting after killing many Three mens attacks on Dharam n one from behind Dharam stops all of them
Other side agni laughs saying "This is called double protection,One side dharam is saving me n on other side sainiks"
Dharam kills all But few of them caught agni n hit dharam from sword on his head n took agni with them
Dharam sayz no agni can't go away from his hands this time
-----
Agni n all sainiks runs outside n stops Agni starts laughingn sayz to all his mens good my kings good wat drama u did If dad will heard he'll be happy N Sayz to hisself Good!Wah!agni Wah!! wat an drama n Shouts on sainiks to contienue drama n starts running n falls down by Takraying someone n Itz VEER
He also hugs veer by saying same lie abt shramiks Veer gets angry DS reaches der Veer sayz so it was u'r plan to sainiks
Agni tolds them after dharam's die they wanted to kill him n then it was veer's turn
The Head of Sainiks sayz "We want to end all aryavrats n itz Good tht u three r here together
Veer comes infront saying First show touching us then Dharam comes n sayz No One can do anything to aryavrat Vansh then Agni comes n sayz come kill us
And 4 of them start moving forward n Kills all
Meanwhile shera saves by one men from hurting him n gives her hand to him n he wakes up
D-A also kills many mens
Shera get hurted by sword on back so she kills tht man But from behind one comes n abt to kill her Veer comes n take her to Right side n then Left side by putting his hand on shera Kamar After killing tht men Both realises n Veer get back his hand n asks her is she alright? n she nodds her head saying yes
Here agni abt to kill last men Veer shouts NO..n goed der all comes der n veer asks agni not to kill him so he'll tell truth of us Agni gets worried
Veer sayz Lets go dharam itz time to Annouce our Truth n All 4 leaves
-----
Here sainik tolds Head tht they didn't find veer Head asks them to keep throwing arrows he is hiding der only Jv smiles
Nirviti interups n sayz No stop it now My son is innocent he got hurted
Head shouts on her tht if she cn't see this she can go back to mehel n not to interfare in their work
Nirviti goes to maharaj n asks him to do something as veer got hurted n he'll die Jv comes btwn n asks her to keep quite
Maharaj gets frustrated n Shouts Stop Now no one will throw arrows n if someone he'll kill tht sainik[finally maharaj ki yaadash vaapas aa gayi]
Head interupts saying Maharaj wat r u doing? Maharaj sayz the thing tht he have to do very early
Jv becomes unhappy
Nirviti goes behind n Looks at charusinha n both smiles to each other
Suddenely Nirviti notices Veer coming Up She shouts Veer All Looks Back
DV coming up Jv confused
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

May 1, 2008, 12:56 PM

DV Come infront of all...Maharaj shouts No One will hurt them no one
Head comes n sayz u both did big mistake n make aryanagar's hed down by u'r this did By taking kanoon n u'r hands u made a big mistake and for tht u'll get Hard punishment n in aryanagar for this mistake there is only one punishment Maut
DV recalls all flashbacks how veer rescude dharam
Head sayz u insulted rajyasabha n also hurt maharaj
Flashback Veer hits head n hurts maharaj Head sayz u both t Bad spot on aryanagar
DV get aside n agni comes with shera n sainik All Shoked Head Mummer's Agni agni agni agni agni
Veer asks head is this proof is enough to proove we r innocent Head left speachless [hahaha maja aa gaya Bolti band] Jv shocked n goes to agni n hugs him n sayz Maharaj my agni my agni is alive maharaj All smiles DVS leaves Maharaj looks at them
Head asks agni where was he from so many dayz Agni tolds head tht it was bagi shramiks plan to kill him n then dharam n then veer All shocked maharaj comes infront n asks tht sainik is this true He reminds agni's words abt plan of Jv n this truth can't be revealed n if he dies then still he'll get money So he wakes up n sayz yes it was our plan we wn't to kill aryavrat vansh so no one will remain for seat on sinhasan we wan't aazadi Jv kills him by saying hah they want aazadi
-----
DVS going shera sayz now anaya shud leave she have go back to her father Dharam asks her to come long with them as she also got hurted But she sayz no..Veer comes n sayz look u r our respisibility so u better come with us Dharam sayz tht he'll inform her father n after she gets ok she can go back
Nirviti comes calling veer Both hugs Veer sayz we won mom we won she sayz yes I'm proud of u my both sons came back i'm happy Dharam asks nirviti to stop crying Maharaj also comes n hugs Dharam maharaj sayz i'm proud of u both n put hand on Veer's head but he moves forward n asks shera to come along Dharam sayz veer is tired naa thts y lets go will talk going back to mehel
All with Jv-A Rajyasabha leaves
-----
All in mehel sainiks saying Rajkumar DV ki Jai Veer stops n sayz to dharam tht now his dream will come true dharam asks which dream Veer sayz of taking baath Dharam laughs n sayz u'r also now u will eat Food Veer sayz yes i'll do tht n all leaves
-----
Jv-A enter's into room Jv Angry Old Man n shouts Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa!! my all plan falied my ll efforts in waste Agni sayz itz ok it was not u'r fault Jv sayz yes i know itz not my fault itz u'r fault Agni confused Jv angrily sayz tht Singhasan was just little closer to me little But Agni sayz till Veer is der no one can do nothing to dharam Till DV r together no one can defeat them Jv laughs n sayz Agni for first time u said Right First we have to break up relation btwn DV n tht singhasan is only mine only mine
-----
DVS seating vaid applying dharam medicine his wife comes to apply medicine to Veer [Wow!!New Dress For Three ] n sayz first apply to Rajkumari ananya she got hurted Shera interupts n sayz y me first u also got hurted?
Veer asks her to apply medicine n tells vaid tht she got very big hurt on her back shera sees back Veer asks dharam o sta outside till they apply medicine to shera both about to leave Av-Nirviti enter's all stand up Vaid asks veer to apply medicine now only otherwise it will take time recover
Veer sayz looking at maharaj tht these injuries shud remain for long time so i can recall wat Justise happen with Dharam Av looks at him Veer leaves Dharam calls him But nirviti stops dharam n she goes
-----
Veer-Flashback of jail when he asked Av tht he really can't do anything? and Av tolds him dn't take law in his hands
Nirviti comes from behind n sayz I'm proud of u my son Veer sayz if she didn't took him in right direction then he'd neva won Nirviti sayz tht Veer dn't hv to show right direction for dharam Wat he did today for dharam tht prooves true friendship n Maharaj also
Veer cuts in btwn n sayz wat he did was only for dharam n asks nirviti tht he wan't to eat food of only her's hands as he is hungry
-----
Dharam going towards his room all sainiks looks down Dharam recalls how these sainiks took him into Jail
Dharam in room Sit on his bed n touches clothes/bedsheets n recalls tht Jails Bed
Sainik is washing dharam's leg Dharam recalls how he used to take bath in jail
Maharaj comes n puts his hand on dharam's shoulder Dharam gets up Maharak sayz He fall down in veers eyes neither he did job of good maharaj by not taking any dicission nor he did anything for dharam as father
He shud hv to listen veer's sayz he shud hv to extend dharam's phasi's date he shud hv to look for some more proofs But he didn't
Dharam asks him to calm down n sayz now he is back to him Maharaj sayz yes But Now itz Time to change some Kanoon of Aryanagar
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

May 2, 2008, 06:35 PM

DV Come infront of all...Maharaj shouts No One will hurt them no one
Head comes n sayz u both did big mistake n make aryanagar's hed down by u'r this did By taking kanoon n u'r hands u made a big mistake and for tht u'll get Hard punishment n in aryanagar for this mistake there is only one punishment Maut
DV recalls all flashbacks how veer rescude dharam
Head sayz u insulted rajyasabha n also hurt maharaj
Flashback Veer hits head n hurts maharaj Head sayz u both t Bad spot on aryanagar
DV get aside n agni comes with shera n sainik All Shoked Head Mummer's Agni agni agni agni agni
Veer asks head is this proof is enough to proove we r innocent Head left speachless [hahaha maja aa gaya Bolti band] Jv shocked n goes to agni n hugs him n sayz Maharaj my agni my agni is alive maharaj All smiles DVS leaves Maharaj looks at them
Head asks agni where was he from so many dayz Agni tolds head tht it was bagi shramiks plan to kill him n then dharam n then veer All shocked maharaj comes infront n asks tht sainik is this true He reminds agni's words abt plan of Jv n this truth can't be revealed n if he dies then still he'll get money So he wakes up n sayz yes it was our plan we wn't to kill aryavrat vansh so no one will remain for seat on sinhasan we wan't aazadi Jv kills him by saying hah they want aazadi
-----
DVS going shera sayz now anaya shud leave she have go back to her father Dharam asks her to come long with them as she also got hurted But she sayz no..Veer comes n sayz look u r our respisibility so u better come with us Dharam sayz tht he'll inform her father n after she gets ok she can go back
Nirviti comes calling veer Both hugs Veer sayz we won mom we won she sayz yes I'm proud of u my both sons came back i'm happy Dharam asks nirviti to stop crying Maharaj also comes n hugs Dharam maharaj sayz i'm proud of u both n put hand on Veer's head but he moves forward n asks shera to come along Dharam sayz veer is tired naa thts y lets go will talk going back to mehel
All with Jv-A Rajyasabha leaves
-----
All in mehel sainiks saying Rajkumar DV ki Jai Veer stops n sayz to dharam tht now his dream will come true dharam asks which dream Veer sayz of taking baath Dharam laughs n sayz u'r also now u will eat Food Veer sayz yes i'll do tht n all leaves
-----
Jv-A enter's into room Jv Angry Old Man n shouts Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa!! my all plan falied my ll efforts in waste Agni sayz itz ok it was not u'r fault Jv sayz yes i know itz not my fault itz u'r fault Agni confused Jv angrily sayz tht Singhasan was just little closer to me little But Agni sayz till Veer is der no one can do nothing to dharam Till DV r together no one can defeat them Jv laughs n sayz Agni for first time u said RightFirst we have to break up relation btwn DV n tht singhasan is only mine only mine
-----
DVS seating vaid applying dharam medicine his wife comes to apply medicine to Veer [Wow!!New Dress For Three] n sayz first apply to Rajkumari ananya she got hurted Shera interupts n sayz y me first u also got hurted?
Veer asks her to apply medicine n tells vaid tht she got very big hurt on her back shera sees back Veer asks dharam o sta outside till they apply medicine to shera both about to leave Av-Nirviti enter's all stand up Vaid asks veer to apply medicine now only otherwise it will take time recover
Veer sayz looking at maharaj tht these injuries shud remain for long time so i can recall wat Justise happen with Dharam Av looks at him Veer leaves Dharam calls him But nirviti stops dharam n she goes
-----
Veer-Flashback of jail when he asked Av tht he really can't do anything? and Av tolds him dn't take law in his hands
Nirviti comes from behind n sayz I'm proud of u my son Veer sayz if she didn't took him in right direction then he'd neva won Nirviti sayz tht Veer dn't hv to show right direction for dharam Wat he did today for dharam tht prooves true friendship n Maharaj also
Veer cuts in btwn n sayz wat he did was only for dharam n asks nirviti tht he wan't to eat food of only her's hands as he is hungry
-----
Dharam going towards his room all sainiks looks down Dharam recalls how these sainiks took him into Jail
Dharam in room Sit on his bed n touches clothes/bedsheets n recalls tht Jails Bed
Sainik is washing dharam's leg Dharam recalls how he used to take bath in jail
Maharaj comes n puts his hand on dharam's shoulder Dharam gets up Maharak sayz He fall down in veers eyes neither he did job of good maharaj by not taking any dicission nor he did anything for dharam as father
He shud hv to listen veer's sayz he shud hv to extend dharam's phasi's date he shud hv to look for some more proofs But he didn't
Dharam asks him to calm down n sayz now he is back to him Maharaj sayz yes But Now itz Time to change some Kanoon of Aryanagar
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

May 2, 2008, 06:36 PM

The epi starts with at last veer getting to eat his mother feeding him bite after bite, veer being bhooka eats very fast and chokes so his mother asks him to slow down, shera comes there so nivriti invites her inside. Veer introduces her as annanya, veer asks annanya to eat also, nivriti also invites her so veer says yeh uski purani bemari hai to do ulta of everything he says, if veer says I say day she will say its night and now even though she is hungry she will not eat, so forget her and feed me. Annanya becomes upset and leaves from there veer wonders what is wrong, his mother tells him that u don’t know how to talk to a girl see now she is crying now go and say sorry. Shera is remembering her mother and crying. Veer brings food for her and asks her what is wrong. Veer says maine bas aise hi keh diya mujhe maaf kar do and asks her at least tell me what is wrong, annanya says kuch nahin baas maa ki yaad aa rahi thi. Veer tells her that is no problem and now only I will take u to ur mahal to meet her. Annanya tells her that her mother is not alive.

Maharaj in the rajya sabha tells how they did not believe veer even though he kept saying he has seen agni alive, we did not believe dharam also aryanagar ke honewala ka maharaj ko hum phasi dene wale the, and says if all faisla is done by the rajya sabha then why do u need the maharaj he is just a katputli. He says its time for a change and from now on who ever sits on the throne should be given the right to do the justice too. The head says they need some time to think over this and sends one guy to call rajkumar veer.

Veer tells shera that when he was young he used to ask him mother about his pitaji and says that she would says that he has gone out with some work and for 7 years I used to wait for him and just wanted to see how my pitaji looked and when I came to know that he will never come back I was very upset and I cried a lot and then I came to know that he died a few days before I was born and that time dharam came to me and helped me. Then they show two kids where dharam tells him to take his pitaji. Veer says but I still today also sometimes wait for him to come back and cries so shera comes there and keeps a hand on his shoulder to console him. A sainik comes to call him, veer before leaving asks shera to eat the food

The rajya sabha head agrees to maharajs decision that the king sitting on the throne will take all the decisions. Veer comes there and asks kya hua mujhe bulaya, the rajya sabha declares dharam is nirdosh aur hum sare ilzam wapas lete hain. Veer says yeh mujhe batane ki zaroorat nahin. Dharam comes to stop him. Rajya sabha says thanks to veer for preventing them from doing this ananya, but veer says but what would have happen if coz of your wrong decision I had lost my brother dharam again stops veer. Maharaj gets up and says that they will have a pooja that nigh. Maharaj again talks to veer but veer just leaves from there, maharaj looks upset. Jai sends agni behind veer to keep an eye on those two and says to find out any difference between them.

A girl comes and informs sakshi that dv have returned to there mahal and that veer has proved dharams innocence and tonite there in a havan in the mahal. Saakshi says see dharams family thought him wrong but my bro but then corrects herself and says rajkumar veer ne use bachaliya. She thinks if I could see him once I would feel relieved.

Here veer back to his sword practicing, his stress reliever. He remembers taking maharaj and rajya sabha to the place where he saw agni first and nobody believing him, amazing stunts in between. He remembers asking help from maharaj and maharaj telling him he cant do anything. Dharam sees veer practicing with all the anger. Veer now remembers the scene in the jail where maharaj stops him from escaping with dharam and becomes even more angry and then sits down. Dharam comes there and asks him what the matter was, veer says nothing dharam says I know something is wrong, veer says ok then u only tell me what is wrong. Dharam asks him why u left from there without talking to pitaji. Veer says he doesn’t want to talk about that. Veer then tells him to have a sword fight with him so that everyone comes to know that aryanagar ka sabse acha khiladi veer is back, they both start fighting and enjoying them when agni also comes there

garvita

May 8, 2008, 11:59 AM

D is standing infront of mirror in his room-Flashbacks Wat Veer did in hawan
V is walking here n der in his room-Flashbacks Wat Dharam said to Veer in hawan Veer Hits the Table near him by shouting n His hand get bruned by candle over the Table He Shouts "Ok Dharam if is tht so So now i'll Show you by Seating on Singhsan of aryanagar" Nirviti heards tht standing in his rooms door
-----
Sakshi tolds bhimu tht DV will face each other face to face for singhasan Bhimu sayz this is Very Good thing i know Veer will Win Sakshi asks him tht she wants to meet Veer But bhimu denies saying if she meet him now thwn all will send her into jail She'll meet him but when he'll come back from rajvidyashram But sakshi sayz in her mind tht she'll meet Veer before he goes to ashram
-----
All at dining table Nirviti serving food to all Agni sayz tdayz so fun eating
Dharam is not eating Maharaj asks for Veer he enter's DV look at each other Veer goes to side of agni n seats Dharam nod his head in intension of saying Fine n Flashback - Once agni seats on Veer's place inside of dharam Veer comes n asks him to get up as it is his seat Agni asks him Why?is u'r name written on it Veer sayz no but u know well tht Veer seats besides Dharam Agni didn't get up so Veer asks him to get up or eles he has to get him up But Agni didn't respond so Veer pick up n bowl n abt to throw Agni runs n DV laughs DV look at each other again...Nirviti asks dharam to serve Kheer to Veer Again both look at each other Dharam puts kheer near Veer But Veer didn't eat it Agni asks to give kheer to himNirviti again asks Veer to serve Sabji to dharam But Veer denies saying his hands r Jhoote
Jv enter's n asks y so much silence n looks at DV n smiles n sayz seems like both r upset cz of going to gurukul if is tht so u both dn't go to gurukul Veer sayz no Jai mama now we have to to gurukul afterall itz mater of Aryanagar's Singhasan and Veer leavesso Dharam also Nirviti asks both of them to stop but they didn't
------
Veer standing near coach in his room Dasi comes n puts plate of food Veer asks wat is this She tolds him as he didn't ate anything since morning so rani maa send his plate in his room Veer sayz ok u can go Flashback-DV race of begining &Veer announce D's name in fighting in Mela Nirviti enter's n asks veer y he didn't eat anything yet Veer sayz he is not hungry Nirviti asks this is not possible u hvn't ate anything since morning Veer sayz he is not hungry Nirviti sayz in minds she knew where did his Hunginess gone She asks Veer to come in mandir as she hold one pooja for him He sayz ok i'll come
------
Dharam in room Flashback-Veer sayz to him tht someone is able to sit on Singhasan is His bro Dharam & Veer sayz to him tht he'll become Poet and runs saying samundar ki pani jaisi Nirviti enter's n looks at plate of food n asks dharam y he didn't ate anything n + asks u r not hungry as usual Dharam sayz Yes Bua Nirviti sayz in mind both brother's ill not eat till this problem doesn't get solved Dharam comes to her n asks is she had some work to him Nirviti asks him to come in mandir to as she hold pooja for him Dharam sayz ok he'll come
------
Shera going back Flashback-Veer saves her from falling down & When he tolds her abt his father n cries [Shera fallen for Veer slighty] She reaches at her place n goes inside Her baba calls her Shera my baby i was scared where wer you Shera tolds him she was with DV baba interupts as he dn't want to listen anything abt them n asks her tht ppl like them r usually not sit with such rajgharana ppl Shera sayz she knws tht tht's y she come back early
Baba tolds her tht she was right abt those stones n asks her to forgive Shera asks y all this tday suddenely He calls one man Kara n told her tht he find out tht those sign on stones r of Kalavidyashram near Nagvati[or wateva] Shera points out tht it means tht khajana is in tht Arshram Baba asks her to go there n get tht khajana for him n make him Rich Shera sayz u leave tht on her she'll get tht khajana
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

May 8, 2008, 12:00 PM

V comes from other side to pooja place & D comes from other side both calling Nirviti saying Maa&Bua Both comes face to face Flashback- Race of begining and many more Song played while flashback Ruth Ke Yaara Both thinks in mind tht if nirviti thinks tht by calling both of us infront of each other n we'll talk to each other then she thinks wrong Both turns back to go Nirviti enter's and asks them to stop Both comes to her nirviti asks them to look at her n does the aarti of them n Gives them lecture saying wat they r doing they r not kids anymore in one day by not talking to each other their condition is this then how cud they think to live far from each other n sayz now both of them not kids anymore now dicision is upto them n leaves
DV looks at each other both try to talk n finally veer asks him did he eat dharam sayz no and asks him same veer sayz how can i without u dharam sayz then letz go i'm very hungry
-----
Siya in garden Flashback-Natrajan tolds her tht dharam is in jail n will be hangged out soon She is worried n sayz plz god nothing shud happen to dharam Natrajan enter's in his funny style saying siya siya asks him y he is so happy natrajan told her tht dharam is safe n back to mehel Siya becomes happy & sayz she'll go tomm to meet him but natrajan sayz no cz DV r leaving for ashram siya upset n sayz she will meet him other day n leaves
-----
Nirviti doing aarti of Veer n sayz learn all things by heart n keep listening of you'r brain n also heart n Truth will alwayz win
-----
Av comes to dharam n gives him Mitti of aryanagar n sayz alwayz whenever u'll take any dicision remember aryanagar's kannon n parampara
-----
Jv giving lecture to agni tht by hook or took u have to sit on the singhasan do anything for tht create MU or Kill anyone
-----
Shera leaving to naggad her baba asks tht he'll go along to with her till ashram as she'll took much time to come back
-----
Nivriti-Jv-Av standing in line n infront of them V-A-D Nirviti did the arti of three n three leaves all saying DV ki jai Jv sayz in mind tht do jai of DV but in last Agni will win
Veer sayz to dharam these ppl have so much expectations from us tht we'll fullfill der wishes I'll make their life easy
Dharam sayz hmmmm...but singhasan is only mine
Veer sayz u forgot this time challenge with veer n no one can beat him so easily Dharam sayz but i can
Agni thinking in mind u both think but i'll took singhasan
Veer sayz u know in our fight agni practises very well yest Dharam sayz yes his sword is also have something Veer sayz i was scared by him Dharam sayz this shud happen tht we'll keep talking n he'll take the singhasan Veer sayz this can happen
Agni thinking do as much as Majjak but after wards i'll Laugh
-----
Sakshi worried she wants to see/meet veer a gal comes n tolds her tht DV will go through our village rout Sakshi becomes happy n goes But Bhimu stops him but she sayz she wants to meet veer see him last before going to ashram Bhimu sayz Ok but he'll come with her n disguise as villager
-----
DVA comes all shouting DV ki jai Sakshi smiles
Bhimu stops them sainik asks him y did he stoped them Bhimu sayz der is one gal in there village who's Mom-Das-Bro died last year in flood from tht time she used to say Veer as her bro
D smiles Bhimu sayz and her wish is she wants to tie rakhi to Veer before going to ashram
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

May 8, 2008, 12:01 PM

http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=937647

garvita

May 9, 2008, 02:05 PM

Dv are at the gurukul and some yagha vedas are being read out in the background, dv look at each other and smile, and buggles are blown. Then dharam says yahan se shuru hoga hamara naya sangharsh, veer smiles and says baar baar yaad dilane ki zaroorat nahin and says apne soch se hum apne aapko tayar karenge but I will be the one who sits on the aryanagar throne. They both go inside and see somes ppl practicing sword fighting, one guy throws a knife towards them, and says rajya vidhya aashram maine tumahara swagat hai, veer tells him phir aisa swagat kiya to maine tumhara mun tood doonga, the guy acts cheeky and throws one more time, veer holds the knife and goes near the guy and says next time never even try to come in mine and my brothers way. The guy comes upto veer and says u can leave after challenging rajkumar karan and pushes veers shoulders and gets a nice punch on his face for his troubles, rajkumar karan gets up and goes to hit veer again when one guruji comes and asks all three to go with him.

Shera is outside the gurukul for girls which looks quite similar to the boys one, here one rajkumari anthra has come with her dasi and one lady comes out who is maya and tells her that she will have to send the dasis back or leave herself. Shera dad tells her that it looks like only rajkumaris come here, so shera says rajkumari ananya ko to kala bhavan mein dakhal mil jayega.

The guruji tells dv that today is ur first day na. dharam says yes but this rajkumar guruji interrupts him and tells that just answer what I ask, and says that all students here are rajkumars and they have to forget there status and just study here and they all have to follow some rules of the rajya vidhya ashram and if they are unable to follow them they can leave. Guruji sasy since its there first day here he forgives them and tells them to come on time for the aarti. After dv leave he stops rajkumar karan and tells him its not ur first day here.

Rajkumari anthra comes to maya and tells her that she has sent her dasis back. Maya tells her that good u learn fas. Shera comes there in her daku dress so all rajkumaris stare at her so she challenges them and says kya hua kya hai. Shera and anthra collide. Anthrax calls shera andhi and says kya dekh kar nahin chal sakti. Shera that time sees maya coming so does not reply to her. She goes to maya and introduces herself as ananya and says she has come for attendance. Maya says that the attendance is full, but shera says requests her so maya says if one of the students go back then I can give u admission in her place, shera is left thinking what to do next.

Senapati charusena comes to maharaj and informs him that where rajkumar agni was kept as a prisoner they have found a ring from that place. Maharaj sees the ring and realizes its jais ring. Maharaj tells charusena to collect all the sabot and this matter should not be leaked. Maharaj wonders how jai went there.

Dv are in there room, veer goes and lies in one bed, another guy tells him that bed was rajkumar karans, veer says but his name is not mentioned, but dharam tells him to not do so, veer says but karan is the one who started it, dharam tells him that he should remember that guruji asked them to follow the rules of the rajya sabha, veer says that yeh kayda yeh asool, arayanagar maine bhi aur yahan bhi, koi aisi jagah nahin jahal asool nahin ho, dharam explains to him that asool and kanoon make us man from animal, ver says that when he becomes the king he will remove all kayda asool from arayanagar, dharam says that if u think like this I will never let u sit on the throne, veer says we will see this at that time but now I will not get from this bed.

Karan comes and veer and karan start fighting, but dharam comes and stops veer and says that guruji will send them back and asks veer to remember there lakshya, so veer lets it go. Agni thinks that dv ka dushman will be his dost.

Sheras father is feeling happy abt shera getting admission to the kala aashram, shera but comes there and tells him that she did not get admission and can only get in if one rajkumari leaves from there. Her father says samjho ek jagah khali hogayi. He calls one guy and tells him that keep an eye on all the rajkumaris coz there will be one rajkumari who wants to go back.

garvita

May 14, 2008, 03:50 PM

Dharam Veer and Vishal leaves towards Aarti place but karan lock the door from outside All try to open the door but no use dharam sayz who did this Veer sayz who eles? Dharam worried n sayz guruji asked to come early Veer sayz there is one way n points towards window
Other hand Aarti is going on n guruji looking for All Three...
Veer cuts the window bars n all three comeout And runs to aarti place n stands on their places Guruji sees them Karan n Veer looks at each other by angry faces
Aarti ends All comes one by one and take Prasad itz Veer's turn Guruji gives him prasad n sayz The Rajkumaar who can't come in time he can't reach to his Goal Veer argues and sayz The Rajkumaar who have Josh if he didn't come on time till he reaches to his Goal and leaves
------
Maya is worried where tht rajkumaari gone Antra sayz he suddenely gone in night One gal comes n sayz she got sandesh outside Itz rajkumaari's sandesh n wrote tht she went back home as she was bored here Maya is happy Antra thinks now she'll be alone in tht room
Maya goes to madir Shera comes n asks for vacancy maya sayz u'r lucky tday only one gal went back to her mehel so u can take he place n Calls antra n tells here tht shera will stay with her in the room Shera smile at antra But she shows attitude n leaves
------
Guruji n all students at Fighting place Guruji asks all the students to show wat they have learn at their palace Guruji call one by one But Not Veer till last n then sayz next thing will do after lunch Veer is angry n + Karan speaks tht Dharam only knows jumping taking sword n Veer even didn't got called by Guruji so Veer sayz I'll show u now wat i know
Both takes sword n fights n Veer wins Guruji asks him tht he have very much Enthusiasum n Anger so he'll put Five round of Ground Veer sayz Only five tht i can do easily Guruji sayz i hvn't finished yet n Calls men with One Wooden Stick n Wait on tht On Both Sides Man Puts it over Veer's Shoulder
Guruji sayz U'll Run till all have lunch Veer leaves Karan laugh on him Guruji sayz Yoo Too To Karan n gives him too the wait
------
Both r running Guruji and Dharam looking at them by standing One boy from Karan's gang comes n asks Dharam y he didn't came to eat Dharam sayz he is not hungry The boy sayz u know wat u r right breaking laws is totaly wrong But i guess Veer shudn't argue with guruji
Guruji listening all this
Dharam sayz yes itz wrong to break laws But Karam alwayz keep argueing with Veer n in tht situation wat Veer did is Right
Guruji asks them y they r here Dharam sayz he is not hungry Boy sayz he is hungry n going n Leaves
Five rounds r finished Both comes infront of Guruji Karan falls down n leaves Veer is still standing with weight Dharam comes down stairs n asks veer to put down tht weight n do the lunch Veer sayz no looking at guruji as his anger n enthusiasum haven't calm yet so He'll do Five Round More Dharam sayz wat kind of Jidd is this Veer sayz u know Dharam Itz not easy atall to calm Veer's Anger n Veer starts Running
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

May 14, 2008, 03:51 PM

Dharam purses his lips seeing Veer so adamant.He proceeds to request Guruji to stop him when Veer faints.The teacher stops Dharam from helping Veer.

In Aryanagar Charusena follows a black figure.It turns out to be Jaivardhan.While hiding he overhears the talk between Jaivardhan and some of Aryanagar's soldiers.They plan to kill the family members of the dead soldiers who posed as rebel Shramiks.

At Raj Kala Bhavan Antara takes Ananya to her room and dictates the do's and dont's list.Ananya hardly listens and when she finally stops she coolly points her dagger and warns her not to go bak bak bak when she is around.

Veer comes around and joins the afternoon upadesh.Guruji asks Veer to show his skills as he didn't get a chance earlier.He smiles and then says there's none in the group who is capable of taking the post of a responsible king. Later during night Veer ponders over Guruji's talks with him.Dharam comes with the food and asks Veer to eat.Veer refuses and tells that he is not hungry.Dharam says he should to get strength and to fight.Veer replies lions fight only when they are hungry.Dharam gives 'uff' kinda look and asks him to eat again.Veer says that he knows Dharam too hasn't eaten anything since morning and feeds him...aww

At Raj Kala Bhavan Maya explains how princesses should be and is giving one jhakaas bashan while Ananya enters part by part with her new girly uniform.She decides to start her khajana search from Maya's room when one of the attenders directs her to Nritya kaksh.She reaches there just as the classes are about to begin and starts to knock off Antara while trying to dance.After some hard glances they continue dancing or rather bashing and glaring.

In Raj Gurkul the following morning Guruji is telling the four points that all the princes should keep in mind.They are

Their strength.
Their weekness.
Thier target
and the impending danger.
Veer the doubtful student asks something and Guruji challenges him to a sword duel.Obviously Veer loses.Then Guruji orders everyone to think about their weaknesses and tell about it in the afternoon(nearly 3-4 hours just for that!! ).They all depart but DV stay there.Veer suddenly starts giggling and tells that he knows Dharam's weakness.Dharam looks at him questioningly and he says Rajkumari Sia.He blushes softly and then chases Veer.After keeping a safe distance from him he tells that Veer's weakness is rajkumari Ananya.Veer remembers his encounters with her and looks up confusingly and adds cutely that he never thought about her in that way.Dharam tells "so what you've started thinking now". Veer now chases Dharam in.

garvita

May 15, 2008, 12:58 PM

the episode starts with guruji asking all the rajkumars if they have their answers ready, he asks vishal first who replies that although he is a shatrya he cant pick up his sword properly that is his weekness, guruji now asks karan who gives a stupid smirk and says that he has no kamzori, next is dharam who says that he does not know wht his kamzori is, now its veers turn who arrogantly replies that his kamzori is that he cant accept any laws and regualtions aankhen baand karke. guruji smiles and says that all of there answers are wrong. He tells them that they are just tellling about there superficiail kamzories and not seen inside themselves for there real kamzoris. he gives them time till night to find there actual kamzories and give him the correct answers otherwise they could go back to there gurukul as it was no use teaching a rajkumar who was not aware of his lakshya. veer very unhappy at being again wrong says pata nahin inhe mujse kya dushmani hai. Guruji hears this but does not reply, he turns around and tells dv karan and vishal to go to the baazar and get food items. veer objects to this as they have to think there answers so guruji tells him ki chalte chalte soch lena.

charusena is going to the home of the villagers whoes sons were involved in the agni conspiracy, before him however jais people come and kill them all off, however one guy is saved. charu brings that villager in front of the arya sabha. the guy tells rajya sabha that jai was behind all this. rajya sabha does not beleive this but charu informs them abt all the sharmiks actually being there sainiks and that they found jais ring there. maharaj orders charu to go and arrest jai.

jai is infront of the mirror and thinking that when agni succeds in seperating dv then his dream will come true. that time only charu comes to arrest him however jai pulls out his sword and escapes from there. while running he collides with maharaj and fights with maharaj and tells him abt his jealousy and how upset he has been coz although he was the elder one he didnt get to sit on the throne. Maharaj replies that till now he also used to think the same but today he has realised that jai was not fit to be the maharaj thats why he was not chosen. maharaj overpowers jai and charu arrest him. maharaj says charu to keep jai in the prison till he is given phasi.

in the nirtya kala bhawan maya is teaching all teh rajkumaris how to play sitar, anthra says that she knows how to play sitar since she was a child, maya replies that she is not a child now so will have to learn again. shera does not even know how to hold the sitar properly, all rajkumaris laugh at her, maya comes forward and teaches her. shera thinks this is a good way to earn mayas trust in her.

dv karan and vishal are outside the gurukul, karan acts smart and calls dv stupid and kids, and decides to go alone to the bazaar. after he leaves veer says its good he left on his own otherwise i would have had to kill him. there are two ways to the bazaar one thru the jungle and one thru the kacha rasta, however the jungle raasta is shorter so veer decides they should go on that rasta but dharam says what happens if they get lost so it would be better they went thru the kacha rasta. veer objects and says coz of the fight for the throne u have now lost ur trust in me. dharam refuses to this and says no, so veer tells then ok follow me.

guruji tells one guy to follow the four of them and tells him that by the time they come back they will all have their answers

garvita

May 23, 2008, 01:12 PM

D-K r arguing..Karan sayz veer is Bhagouda[wats tht now] D sayz dn't say anything abt my bro Karan sayz wat will u do n sayz same thing again..Both starts fighting K abt to hit D V holds his hand from behind n sayz dn't even try to touch my bro again When DV decide something they reach der though for it they hv to remove knot like u from der way K leaves
DV convo- D sayz he thinked tht V will really go back to mehel V sayz he thinked like tht But then he thinked tht wat will happen to aryanagar's singhasan so he Came back D sayz singhasan on tht only D will sit V sayz will see K is listening all this convo...n smiles
------
Shera doing talwarbaji n thinking abt khajana n saying Is this khajana is der in kalabhavan?if yes then wher?n if itz not der then wat?
------
V is sleeping D comes n asks him to get up for three times n all the time V sayz lil bit more let him sleep finally D sayz when he'll become maharaj ARnagar then V will wake up
V wakes up suddenely n sayz tht we'll see..n sayz he is bored n he want to get out from here only for tdayz night D sayz no this is gurukul n not his mehel V smiles D realise n sayz No veer u cn't do this alone V sayz not alone But we both can do it together..n sayz he is going for baath..
------
Maya having lunch S comes n gives her Kheer maya asks her y she did efforts n asks being one rajkumaari u knw cooking[kya rajkumaari khana nahi bana sakati kya] S sayz tht is y she cn't played sitar right tht day..[Wat is connection of Sitar n Cooking here] as she loves to cook n she made Kheer for Maya by her own hands..S sayz she loves to hear stories of dakoo's n khajana's and asks tht she hv heard tht one khajana is der in this kalabhavan is tht true?Maya gets worried n asks who told her this?S sayz tht she didn't remember..Maya sayz this all foolish n abt to leave S asks her to eat tht Kheer made by her..But Maya sayz enought she is not hungry anymore n leaves
S sayz in mind tht khajana is here n now she'll go n search in every corner of this kalabhavan for it
------
Jv in Jail n thinking how he can run from jail n after tht he have to meet agni n hv to hide him somewhere far Sainiks comes n stands infront of his jail Jv thinks someone of them will come in his hand Both sainiks comes to him n sayz get ready u'll be taken till tomm till u'r phasi to some gupt jail Jv creats drama n cut out all things in his jail room saying u'll give me phasi who will give me phasi u'r tht maharaj..
Sainiks leaves..coming towards one of the sainik sayz he forgot to give clothes to Jv n goes to him n sayz took these clothes n get ready After coming near temple we hv done all preparations for u'r escaping Jv smiles
------
All in gurukul infront of Guruji..Veer comes by runninglike a kid n stands next to Dharam...
Guruji gives lecture on Kamzorij n asks them to go n do the talwarbaji..All leaves Guruji stops Veer n sayz he shud be disiplined if he wants to become n Successfull raja n the 1st step of tht he have to follow the rules Veer leaves..
------
All doing talwarbaji in pairs n Veer doing talwarbaji alone Flashbacks-Guruji tells him abt his kamjori n recent one when Guruji tells him abt dicipline Guruji comes again n starts giving him lecture tht when he gets angry he shud close his eyes n think is tht angriness is neccesary for his aim or not If yes then make it his Power n If not then get him out of his way like tht only he can reach to his Aim or Task..
Also guruji sayz tht Veer have such Glow in him tht if he controls his anger then he'll reach from where to where n he leaves..
Veer recalls his words of Glow in him n again continue sword practise..
------
Karan too alone doing sword practise..Agni comes n hits his sword..Karan asks him wat is he doing der..Agni sayz if u wan't to get DV out of ashram then he can help him..karan sayz he also wanted tht but how? Agni sayz if they made veers anger der main hatyaar then they can made both of them seprate n out of ashram Karan sayz yes he neva thinked abt it..n sayz tht agni is very good man n hv nice thinking...Both laughs..
------
Charu taking Jv in bullcart to hidden jail..Jv does the Ishaara to one sainik..Sainik goes forward n do some settings after a while suddenely all sainiks shouts tht Fire Fire Charu comes n asks to put water on it...
Meanwhile sainik makes Jv free n Jv escapes riding on Charu's horse Charu n sainik runs behind Jv but he Escapes
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

May 23, 2008, 01:16 PM

http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=947732

garvita

May 23, 2008, 01:18 PM

http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=948649

garvita

May 23, 2008, 01:18 PM

Veer is roaming restlessly in his room and thinking abt how he had promised the villager that he will come there in the night to help him. Dharam comes and reminds veer that he had decided to not to go then why is he thinking about going again. Veer asks dharam what his lakshya dharam says his lakshya is to sit on the aryanagar throne, veer tells his lakshya is to help the villagers, dharam tells him how can a small village be your lakshya, veer says that he has to go there and find out. Dharam tells that he will also go with veer but veer refuses and says its his lakshya so only he will go. Veer tells dharam that today I will return only after killing shera

Maharaj sends charu to vidya ashram to get agni to aryanagar as jai searching for agni will come there, he also tells charu to warn dv abt jai so that they are careful. Here jai is putting on a disguise and thinks he has to go to the aashram to free agni from there.

Maya and her students are going for aarti, when one daku comes and wants to give shera her daku dress, shera by actions tells him to give it later and goes with maya for aarti, during aarti she goes behind the temple and meets the daku and tells him to keep all the saman next to the pathars and comes back to her place. Shera thinks infront of me no sher can stand.

Its nighttime and everyone is sleeping, veer wakes up to leave, dharam asks him to be careful. After veer leaves dharam places clothes in veers bed to make it look like veer is sleeping there. In her room shera also does the same thing to her bed and leaves from there. Karan wakes up and sees dharam there. Karan asks dharam who opened the window dharam replies that I was feeling suffocated do you have any problem karan replies no and goes off to sleep.

Nivriti comes to maharaj and asks him why he is not asleep. Maharaj tells him that he is worried that jai will go to gurukul and create probs for dv. Nivriti tells him not to worry as together dv can handle any enemies, maharaj says that only his sandesh reaches them so that they are careful. Nivriti tells him to go to sleep and by tomorrow morning they will get the sandesh.

Jai is asking some villager abt the gurukul directions. The villager guides him. In the village the marriage is taking place and shera is coming there in her daku dress. Villagers on seeing her start running here and there. Her daku dress is different, completely covered up. She comes to the guy who had got her daughter married last night and asks him where is your sher. The guy asks sher to forgive him. Shera tells him that only your god can forgive you and for your fault the only saaza is maut. But as she is about to hit him veer comes there.

Shera is shocked to see veer, veer asks shera to leave from there, shera asks him to go but veer says tumhara samna kabhi veer say nahin pada, veer tells panditji to start the marriage proceedings and veer and shera start fighting. Veer asks shera why are u torturing these poor people. Shera says this is there job but veer says that torturing the poor people is a crime. Shera says that this is there pehchan, so veer says what is the use of this pehchan, and when u get time think of this. They both are fighting when jai comes there and sees them. Veer wants to pull her mask and see who she is but shera hits him and runs from there, veer shouts behind her never to look back towards that village again. The villagers are all happy to be free.

Saakshi is looking at the coin veer gave her and is remembering veer. Bhimsen comes there and asks her why she was crying. Saakshi says she is not crying but is happy. Bhimsen says that u are a very luck girl as in your house our messiah has been born, and for us our messiah is like our god. Even ram had to take vanvas for 14 yrs and veer has also gone for vanvas to sit on the aryanagar throne, and we will then do rajya but the diff is that we will treat the aryavarths as our equal.

Shera goes to meet her baba who is happy to see her. Shera hesitatingly informs him that shera has lost the village to prince veer. Baba says that he will not leave veer he will kill him but shera immediately asks him to forget it as they have many other villages too, her father is shocked to hear this from her. Shera asks her father if it was right for them to take the villagers hard earned money from them. Her father tells that since u have met these rajkumars u have lost perspective, he tells her that there livestyle and ways are different from those of the rajkumars, he tells her to forget abt the village and return to the gurukul.

Jai is going towards the gurukul and veer is also coming from that way. Jai suddenly starts screaming bacho from a hole, veer goes to helps him up. Jai sees veer and is shocked.

garvita

June 4, 2008, 03:22 PM

Guruji telling to all Boys tht there will be fight btween them by deviding them into two groups 1st Group will be Veer's he'll be leader and in tht group Karan and Ratan will be with him
2nd Group will be Dharam's he'll be leader and in tht group Vishal and Dev will be with him
Guruji asks them to start their practise as fight will be after 7 dayz
------
DV comes outside Dharam sayz now real fight will start..n he'll win it Veer asks him did he remember's Nivi's words tht both r Brother's n Friends Dharam ignores it Veer sayz or dharam want's to follow maharaj's footsteps by Usool Av has made one mistake so Dharam might also wants to make tht mistake again
Dharam asks him not to talk abt his dad Veer sayz he is talking abt Maharaj n his usools and his Kanoon..Dharam sayz for him these all things r related to his dad n he leaves
------
As usual Karan listens all this
------
Shera and gals r dancing Shera having Flasbacks of Veer and so her Baba's She falls down while dancing One women tells her guruma called her Shera asks y? Antara sayz i think to knw truth Shera asks which truth Antara sayz Your truth Shera ignore's her and goes...
------
DV are doing work in their own groups Dharam sayz to his boys Alwayz remember u'r limitations then only u can win
Veer sayz when there is junoon in you to win no limitations r der..
------
Shera goes to maya n asks y she called shera Maya asks y she went out without her permission Shera asks who tell her this Maya gets angry n sayz she asked first...
Shera lies by saying her brother came to meet her in kalabhavan but she thought how she can alove him inside without Maya's permission so she went out to meet him n asks Maya to forgive her Maya forgives her and sayz this won't happen onwards..
Shera comes out n sees antara n sayz If she again came ib btwn Shera's matter's she'll Kill Anatara n leaves..
------
Maharaj reads letter from guruji Nivi asks Av wat guruji wrote Av sayz DV completed 1st step of their education now their actual education will start From now they will play against of each other Nivi asks Av y he is worried..
Av sayz he has fear abt Veer tht the junoon in him will change relation btwn DV
Nivi sayz tht aryanagar need change n it can be anyone who will change it D or V But aryanagar need it..
------
Dharam sayz in low volume to start practise..
Veer shouts loudly to start practise Both group starts..
Meanwhile DV came out of their places n both starts fight..
D sayz he'll change veer's thinking Veer smiles and sayz thts Good like tht only Dharam will start thinking like veer soon..Dharam sayz when u'll change u'r thinking..Veer sayz if it was in his hands he wud hv changed thinking of Whole aryanagar..
------
In tht fight veer's bresslate falls down n Karan sees it n sayz Itz Good no he need to add some Ghee in this Fire
------
Maya is sleeping Shera comes into her room n start searching after searching long She comes to tht Nishan n Flashback of tht Basuri...Shera looks into tht nishan n Gets one clothe and it is nothing But Map of khajana
------
In kitchen of gurukul both cook sayz dinner is almost ready..So they goes to another room to keep some extra food...
Karan comes their n puts something into Dharam's groups dinner n puts tht Veer's Bresslate near it..which he got while DV fight in morning
------
All r seating outside for dinner Veer asks karan where did he gone while practise Karan sayz he gone to B*******...
Cooks start giving food to all..Veer sayz to him fine fine n in tht cooks hand gets burn so he goes inside..Veer starts giving food to all Karan thinks in mind this is Too Good Now...Veer comes to Dharam But dharam gets up Both having flashbacks of their sweet moments..And Dharam leaves
Karan asks veer to come and eat Veer sayz he is not hungry
------
Itz night Veer seating infront of Fire n Flashbacks of Nivi's words tht DV r brother's n Friends of each other...n all
Other side Dharam also seating infront of fire n having Flashback of Av when he gives Dharam Mud of aryanagar n sayz always remember all Usool of arayanagar while taking any decision
Veer sees Dharam n goes to him n sayz Dn't he think tht he has become very serious in this singhasan's fight..Dharam sayz We can be Friends or Enemies Veer sayz Dharam has changed alot..Dharam sayz from chilhood he is the Only And Only Uttaradhikari Of Aryanagar and Dharam leaves
Veer again had flashback of nirviti's words and Dharam's words of Friends and Enemies
------
Itz morning Dharam sleeping vishal comes and awaks him up n sayz all r very Bimaar Dharam asks for Veer vishal sayz nothing happend to them...
Dharam goes to kitchen n search for a while n then he gets tht bottle and Veer's bresslate n gets Angry
------
Veer practising with his boys Dharam comes btwn
-----End Of Epi-----

garvita

June 4, 2008, 03:25 PM

Dharam blames and scolds Veer for mixing the drug with food.Veer maintains his calm and tries to make Dharam understand that he is wrong.Guruji arrives there and chides them.He punishes them.While DV carry on with their rounds V asks D to trust him but he refuses.

At Kala Bhavan Ananya tries to focus her mind only on finding the treasure and nothing else.She sets out in its search and comes across a room.There she accidentally drops her torch which lights up a circle.she decides to dog that area.Meanwhile Antara reaches Guruma & tells that she can't find Ananya anywhere.Guruma sends her and remembers how Ananya had asked about treasure.On not finding the map hidden behind the statue she panicks and wondres whether Ananya has come there in the quest of treasure.

At night DV are wide awake and are remembering about how they were always there for each other.D realizes he was wrong.He walks out to apologize but sees the destructed Veer's arena which was actually destroyed by Karan.V sees D but doesn't suspect him.D feels ashamed and asks V to forgive him for being rude.

In the morning V beats up Karan who was practising and warns him nothing can create rifts b/w him and his bro.Later they assemble for the contest.Both the teams win equal points after 1st round.For the 2nd round V sends Karan to fight with D.

garvita

June 11, 2008, 10:18 AM

Since no one has written the update for yesterdays episode, I thought to write it. Forgive for any mistakes.
Here is the update:
Veer is successful in killing all the dakus and then shouts for the doctor. Here dharam reaches the pier where he asks the boatman to take him across to dilgad. The boatman refuses at which dharam asks him to lend him his boat that too the boatman refuses and leaves from there. Dharam is wondering what to do when someone hits him on the head.
Here in the adivasi tent a doctor is tending to shyam, but she says its too late and nothing can be done, veer asks the doctor to atleast oncemore to save shyam, shyam wakes up and says to the adivasis present there to take care of his brother and dies.
In the boat dharam is tied and unconscious and the dakus are standing over him and laughing that today shakaal will be happy to see what we have brought. Here on the river edge shera comes running and shouts at the departing boat to stop while ramjaane who is behind shout happily not to stop. Shera turns angrily on ramjaane and shouts at him that if they had stopped to eat then thye could have been on that boat and walks off.
In the adivasi village the last rites of shyam is taking place and veer hears the adivasis saying that now who will take care of sunder, shyam always used to take care of him as he had promised his mother. He even gave up his life for his brother. Hearing this veer remembers his mother telling him that veer is dharam shadow and is his duty to protect dharam, then he remembers dharam telling him that dharam does not need veer anymore and its time that they part ways.
Suddenly veer makes a decision, he promises to himself that though dharam doesn’t need veer anymore, veer will always be dharam’s shadow. From now on he will see to it that dharam is chosen to sit on the throne and no matter what from today, veer will always help dharam to fulfill his dreams. Then veer disguises himself as a commoner and cover his face and leaves to look for his brother.
In the boat dharam wakes up and sees that the dakus are busy joking and laughing, he loosens his bonds and jumps in the river. The dakus sees this and starts shooting arrows, one of the arrows hit dharam but he manages to land on the shore and runs and hide behind a tree. The dakus too lane on the shore and start searching for dharam. But suddenly one by one the dakus are killed, the last two remaining one are almost near the tree where dharam is hiding when veer pulls him away an tells him to be quiet. The dakus thinking that dharam has escaped leave from there. Dharam faints and veer lights up the fire and applies medicine to dharam and is about to leave but dharam is still holding on to his hand and so is forced to sit down.
Next morning dharam wakes to see his masked saviour applying medicine to his shoulder. Dharam thanks him and asks wether he knows any boatman who will take him across to dilgad. Veer replies that he himself is boatman but why does he want to go to dilgad as it’s a dangerous palce. Dharam asks him wether he is scared and veer says to himself no but for you yes but aloud he says that he has heard that a guy called shakaal kills anyone who goes there. Dharam replies that he has to go to dilgad as he has some work there.
Some distance away shera and ramjaane dressed as villagers come to the pier and shera pushes ramjaane forward and tells him to ask the boatman. Ramjaane says that he and his sister wants to cross the river to dilgad and his sister wants to meet her husband. The boatman tells ramjaane that he and is sister will be safe on this side of the shore as shakaal has killed everyone in dilgad village. But ramjaane insists on taking them there at which boatman refuses and leaves from there. Shera wonders how she will reach dilgad if she cant cross the river.

The end…

divya_shweta

June 12, 2008, 04:57 PM

10th june written update

In the forest dharam asks veer who is applying medicine to dharam’s wounds wether he knows any boatman to take him across to dilgard. Veer who is in disguise says that he himself is a boatman but why does he want to go to dilgard. Dharam says he has some work, why is asking, is he afraid? Veer tells him that in dilgard there is a daku named shakaal who kills everyone who comes to dilgard. Dharam tells him that he knows his cure for fright and taking out a bag of gold coins gives it to veer. Veer looks at the bag in his hand and then at dharam and asks wether this work is more important to him than his life. Dharam says yes, and if he doesn’t want to come then say so, he will give him more gold coins but to give him the boat. And getting up dharam starts to walk off. veer gets up too and tells dharam to stop and tells dharam that he will take him to dilgard village but on a condition that he will accompany him till the end of this journey. Dharam nods his head and they both walk off.
Dharam walks toward the boat at the river edge and turns around and is surprised to see his masked helper carrying swords, bow and arrows, knives and bag full of arms. Veer comes near the boat and dumps all the things he is carrying into the boat. Dharam asks veer whats all this? Veer replies we will need this And dharam says but this looks as if you are going to war. Veer says going to dilgard village is not less than war and if we do come across shakaal’s men then these arms also wont be enough. They both get into the boat and as veer starts preparing to depart shera and ramjaane come running and jump into the boat. Veer is surprised to see the villagers entering his boat and comes towards them asking them what they think they are doing and to get out of his boat? Shera looks up and is surprised to see rajkumar dharam sitting there, she pulls her dupatta over head still lower and across her face and says to veer that they have to reach the other side as her husband is waiting for her and no boatman is ready to take them across to dilgard. Veer tells her that there is danger in dilgard and that she will get killed if she goes there. At which shera says then what does he think she has to do, wait on this side of the river and wait for the news of her husbands death? Veer agrees but tells her and ramjaane to sit quietly without making a noise. They both agree and veer start to row.
On the river edge a man dressed in beads comes and looks at the departing boat, its shakaal. His men come and join him. one of them asks what happened and shakaal point towards the boat and says to finish off the people in boat before it reaches dilgard. His men nod and leave.
Here in a cave near aryanagar , all the enemies of aryavardhan have gather and jaivardhan comes there and tells everyone that since dharam veer are not there it’s the right time to attack aryanagar and finish off aryavardhan. Everyone agrees, agni tells that only thing sad is that dharam and veer will not be present to see their king defeated. At which jaivardhan says that dharam veer’s absence is their advantage to destroy aryavardhan as he is fed of hearing aryavardhan saying that dharam and veer are his two hands. Jaivardhan starts shouting death to aryavardhan and everyone joins in.
Here on the river, veer is rowing the boat and shera asks him how much longer to reach dilgard. Veer says that he does not know? Veer looks towards dharam who is staring across the river and remembering the time he had spent with veer, his eyes gets misty. Veer asks dharam if he is remembering someone? Dharam looks up at veer and says no one. Veer says then wipe away your tears.
Another boat with shakaal’s men is coming towards veer’s boat. A man in the boat asks wether they should attack now but another says not now we have to go still near. Veer sees the baot coming towards them and is so shocked that he stops rowing. Dharam looks at him and asks why did he stop rowing. Veer says shakaal’s men we have to turn around. all get tensed. Dharam and veer pick up the oars and start rowing faster in the opposite direction. Shakaal’s men are surprised and start to follow the boat. Dharam tells veer that the boat is nearing and we have to row faster but veer tells him that it will be no use and they have to take the boat near the shore. Shera looks around for a weapon and sees a knife, she picks it up and hides it in her pallu. Dharam and veer land the boat near the shore and as dharam helps shera and ramjaane out of the boat veer picks up his and dharam weapons and they all run towards a cave.
Shakaal’s men too land the boat and follow dharam and gang to the cave. Dharam and all hiding behind a stone in the cave while shakaal’s men look for them. Dharam asks why they are hiding and veer replies coz they are too many and we are two. Dharam replies and we two are enough for them. Shakaal’s men are looking for them when dharam and veer jump down from the rock and start fighting. Shera too comes out of from her hiding and jumps down. She is watching dharam and their masked helper fighting shakaal’s men when one of shakaal’s men pulls off veer’s mask. Shera is surprised to see rajkumar veer and quickly hides her face behind her pallu. veer who is busy fighting doesnot see this, he kills the daku and puts his mask back on.
Dharam is busy killing the dakus, suddenly one daku is about to hit dharam when he gets hit by a knife from behind. Its veer, dharam thanks him and veer says its ok. Shera joins them and says her brother. Dharam and veer look around and veer says maybe shakaal’s men captured her brother and took him away, they should leave from there as shakaal’s men can come there again. They all run towars their boat, but they are surprised to see two more boats with shakaal’s men in it. Veer seeing this says that they have to leave right now. Shera asks wether they are in dilgad. Dharam replies that they don’t know but now they have to leave, they will take her wherever she wants to go later but right now they have to leave from here. They all turn around and run.
In aryanagar nivriti sitting in veer’s room on his bed and remembering veer telling her that he doesnot want the aryanagar throne as it belongs only to dharam, then she remembers her brother saying that he is afraid that this competition will break dharam and veer’s relationship for ever and her servant saying that when veer learns the truth he will go back to the shramiks. Suddenly she gets up and starts to arrange veer’s bed when she accidently dashes the stool and the jug of water kept on it falls down. Nivriti gets scared and look towards her lord shiva.
Here dharam, veer and shera reach a cave and all sit down tired. Dharam asks veer wether he knows where they are and veer replies that he doesn’t know. Dharam looks at him surprised and says what does he mean that he doesn’t know, he is from around here isn’t it and so he should know where they are. Shera looks at veer wondering why he is hiding from dharam. Veer gets up and saying they should rest and he will go find how the road is ahead and walks off. shakaal sees veer walking off and the other two sitting in the cave and smiles to himself.
Veer is walking when he sees a broken board, he straightens it and sees that digard is written on it. He goes straight ahead to village where he sees a fight taking place and everyone shouting shaava. As he nears he sees shakaal’s man called shaava hitting a villager and asking him to fight back, but the weak villager is begging to let him go. Shaava calls his men who bring out the villager’s wife and son on knife point. Seeing veer gets angry and jumps over the fence and is about to go towards shaava when someone from behind holds a knife to his neck. Veer turns around and is surprised to sees shakaal holding the knife.

divya_shweta

June 12, 2008, 04:59 PM

11 th june written update

Veer is walking toward shaava when someone from behind holds a knife to his neck from behind. He turns around to see shakaal. Shakaal says welcome to his territory. Veer replies so you are shakaal, who is terrorizing all the villages, now I will do same thing to you what you did on all these villager. At which shakaal only laughs and moves aside, veer is shocked to see dharam beaten up and almost unconscious and held up at knife point by two of shakaal’s men. Veer shouts to leave dharam alone, but shakaal laughs and says to his men wasn’t this the guy who spoiled your fun, and looking at veer says that now his men will have fun with him. and turning to his men says to take him away and beat him up and walks off.
Veer tries to go towards dharam but shakaal’s men hold him veer asks dharam wether he is alright. Dharam tells veer that he shouldn’t have come here as now his life is too in danger and to try and escape from there. Veer tells him that he will not leave him. shaava comes there and ties up veers hands and starts hitting him. dharam looks on helplessly as veer gets beaten up. As he gets beaten up veer lands up near dharam, veer tries to get up but falls down again, seeing this shaava starts to laugh. dharam tells him to escape but veer refuses and slowly getting kicks the man holding dharam. Dharam falls down unconscious and veer continous to fight and killing all shakaals men. Last he fight s shaava and kills him and shouts loudly wether anyone else want to fight him. then looking at dharam unconscious runs to him and taking his on his lap tries to wake him up. Veer calls the villagers standing there, they come to him and untie veer’s hands. Veer asks the villager to get his weapon and they leave from there.
Here in shakaal’s den two men dragged shera who is shouting to let her go and put her in a cell with other females. Shera sees two men dragging a beaten up ramjaane. One of the men says that tonight they will have loads of fun when they make this fellow run on burning coal. Shera is shocked and ramjaane begs to let him go as he does not want to runon burning coals but the men laugh and drag him away. Shera shouts after the men that if anything happens to ramjaane then she wont leave a single man and when she is finished with them they will wish they were not alive. A lady comes near her and says its no use shouting, shakaal has killed all their husband and trained their children to be dakus.
Here in a cave veer is cleaning dharam’s wound. Dharam wakes up and veer asks dharam how did shakaal’s men catch him. dharam says that shakaal’s men were following them and as soon as he left the cave they attacked and captured us. Veer asks and what to the village girl who was with them. Dharam says that he doesn’t know, they might have captured her too. the villager who is with them says that shakaal’s men might have taken the girl to their den and might have already killed her. Veer asks the villager where is shakaal’s den. At which the villager says that its too dangerous as all his army will be there. Veer says just to tell him where is shakaal’s den as he will go and release all the prisoners there but first we have to take dharam to a safe place.
Dharam looks at him with a puzzled expression and asks why he is doing so much for him. veer says that boatmen don’t leave their clients midway. Dharam asks even if it means to get killed in the process. Veer replies that he has promised to take him safely to dilgard. and getting up offers his hand to dharam. Dharam stares up at veer and slowly takes veer hand. Dharam feels for a moment as if he is holding veers hand and stares up at veer who looks at him questioningly and says shall we leave? Dharam gets up slowly and veer asks him why he is so intent to go to dilgard? dharam says that he is looking for someone who is there. Veer says who? Dharam says a lady named charu. Veer says are you sure she is there? At which dharam says that he not sure. He was actually asked to go to dilkush but as he couldn’t find any village by that name he thought that dilkush might have been renamed to dilgad. Veer says that in that case he is going in the totally wrong direction as dilkush village as been renamed as swastik and not dilgad. Dharam is surprised and says in that case he is wasting his time here. Veer says not to worry as everything will be fine now, but we have to leave from here. And they all leave the cave.
Here in the cell shera is shouting to let her go as she will kill all of them. Shakaal comes there and says a tigress with lots of pride, this one will be fun to play with. And turning to men tells them to bring her out.
One of females there says to shera that now she is dead. The men enter the cell and drag shera out into the ground where fires are burning. The men look around and wonder where shakaal is and shera seeing an opportunity hits the men holding her and runs away. The remaining follow her, shera runs towards a bridge and looks around for a hiding place. The men too reach the bridge and are surprised to see no one there. Shera is hiding under the bridge hanging on to the railings. As the men look around one of men accidently stands on her fingers and shera bits her lip and hangs on for dear life.

divya_shweta

June 14, 2008, 12:43 PM

12 th june written update

The epi starts with the guy following shera stamping on her fingers, after some time they leave, and shera climbs back on the bridge.
The child who is with veer feels thirsty and wants to have some water, veer supporting dharam tells them that he has to first find a safe place to hide dharam and then will get some water for them. They see shakals ppl in front and veer asks the guys to take care of dharam and goes to distract them. Veer then again supporting dharam leaves from there but the shakal ppl have spoted them and say that they don’t know that this is a bhul bhulaiya. Dharam condition is getting worse and then dharam suddenly dharam calls out to veer, and veer replies him that mujhe par bharosa rakho maine tumhe kuch nahin hone doonga.

Shera sees the shakal ppl torturing raamjane. They are blowing arrows on his and he is badly hurt. Shera goes forward to help him.
Dharma keeps calling out to veer and veer tells him that in a little while they will reach there destination. Veer carries dharam and they all move forward. Veer suddenly realizes that they have reached the same place they had gone from, he is wondering how in that possible when they are surrounded by shakaals ppl. He tells the ppl with him to take care of dharam and not move from there. Veer gets up and removes all his weapons and takes out his talwar and charges ahead and kills all the guys. He threatens the two guys left but they run away from there. Veer comes back to where he had left them and finds all the other ppl dead and dharam missing.

Shera is running with ramjaane, but ramjaane cant run coz he is hurt, shera sees on cave and they both hide in it, shera makes a bandage out of her chunri and ties it on ramjaanes feet. Raamjane says that everyone thinks u don’t have a heart but I will go back and tell everyone how kind hearted u are, so shera threatens him that dare u open ur mouth. Shera forces ramjaane to run with her.

Jai is planning something and says that now the chue billi ka khel will start. Agni asks who are the chue, and jai replies the guys who are in the aryanagar army who are ready to die for there maharaj. Agni tells jai not to waste time as its now the right time to attack. Jai says that as ur time to sit on the throne is coming near ur becoming intelligent. Jai calls his senapati and tells him to go and kill off all the main senapaties of arayanagars army and first kill charusena.

Veer is running calling out to dharam, shera is also running with ramjane, who is not able to run anymore so he asks shera to leave as they will both die, suddenly they find them surrounded by shakal ppl, shera fights them all off but they all surrounder her and suddenly veer comes to help her. She quickly hides her face while veer fights them all off.

Veer asks shera for shakaals headquarters address shera tells him where it is, shera tries to stop him. Veer tells him that he is going there to save dharam as to save dharam he can fight death also.

divya_shweta

June 14, 2008, 12:44 PM

13 june

Shakaal comes to dharam and gives him a few more kicks. Shakaal tells dharam how did u even think u cld run away from here. Shaakal takes a hunter and beats him dharam calls out to veer, veer is also running and coming there. Shaakal says that those who dare to run away from here they get special punishment. He tells him men to tie him up and leave him in the jungle where the animals smelling his blood will eat him up. Dharam keeps calling out to veer,.

Maharaj has an intuition abt something being wrong with his sons. So prays to god to keep them safe. Charu comes to maharaj and tells him abt 6 important sainiks missing and that he think that they have been kidnapped. Maharaj is worried and asks him to increase the army at the borders. Veer is killing of one men by one of the shakaal gang. One gang comes and tells him that he is also a baghi

Saakshi is seeing two kids playing and thinks abt veer giving her the coin, that time rudra comes there and is hitting one old guy with the hunter, saakshi cant see this and stops the hunter so rudra says he will punish her but saakshi says that give what punishment u want but once rajkumar veer comes back u wont be able to do anything. Rudra says ok lets see what a aryavarth will do to help u. saakshi then thinks to herself that veer is not an aryavarth but a sharmik

The guy tells veer that they hv been trying from a long time to oust shaakal from that village but it was impossible to defeat shakaal. Veer gives them confidence and says that nothing is impossible and that if they helped him they can defeat shaakal.

Maharaj is thinking who can be responsible for all this and thinks abt beeras bhavishyavani and thinks maybe it’s the messiah who is doing all this and thinks the enemy is unknown how do I prepare to war against an unknown enemy. Maharaj prays to god to help him keep the aryavarth kul safe with veer and dharam.

The guy here tells that they have a very small army they cant win and veer tells them that if u fight with proper planning even a small army can win, so the guys agree to go with veer.

Veer is making some weapons, one guy thinks that no matter how much they prepare they wont be able to fight shakaal. They think that how in one night such a young yodha will be able to help them get free. Veer gets up and asks if what all he had instructed is done. The guy says yes but we are not ready. Veer says that we will attack in groups so that we can surround them from all side.

The shakaals guy have tied dharam to one tree and they hurt dharam so that smelling his blood the vultures can come.

Veer with his gang of a few soldiers comes to the village and sees shakaals ppl torturing the villagers and there kids. Veer goes forward but the guy stops him and says that if he goes there planning will fail and shakal will no everything, but veer says that no shakaals man is going to be alive. The guy who didn’t trust veer before says that ki yeh khud bhi marega aur hume bhi marwayega. Veer kills all the guys off and saves the kids. So the guy comes forward and says that first I doubted u but now I can see that u can free us. Veer says that I alone cant do anything but together we will win. So the guy asks him what they shd do. Veer tells them that first we go and free all the villagers and says that there is two conditions, first that shakaal shd not come to know abt our plan and second that by morning they hv to make all the villagers safe.

Shera is running thru the jungle with ramjane, ramjane wants to stop and hide but there is no place to hide. Shera is coming the way where dharam is tied to the tree she spots dharam. She goes forward to help him. But the guys aim an arrow at her but veer comes forward and stops the arrow, shera immediately hides her face. Veer kills them all off. Veer asks them what they were doing there as he had asked them to hide and scolds them but shera points out dharam to him. So veer screams dharam

prankster47

June 15, 2008, 11:51 AM

:cool: hey thank all u ppl for this fm......................i missed all the imp epies of dv but thankd to u guys.....gr8 job30 jan
Dharam-Agni On horse following tht Shramik who come into the mahal to meet Dharam n to give him info abt the plan of "Krantikaries"
D-Tum udhar dekho hum yahan dekhate hain
Both r searching shramik he's hiding in the Grass type something which normally founds in village
He saws Dharam infront of him He shouts
Rajkumaar Dharam
As dharam saws him Agni throughs Knife to him n he fall down,Dharam opens cloth from his Face
D-sakharam
Sakharam-Rajkumar dharam
D- haan sakharam bolo
Sakaharam-Vo krantikari
D- haan bolo kaunse krantikari sakharam
Sakharam Dead
Dharam stands up angry at Angi
D- angi[he shouts] Apne chaaku ko phaikne se pehele ek baar soch liya karo
A-vo,mujhe laga ki vo ek krantikari hain,to maine
D[to sainiks]-Ise le jaao aur Samman poorvak iske parivar ko saup do
--------
Sainik send by Agni is near Murti he cut the one rope of murti little bit
Sainik-ye murti kal khadi nahi rahegi
----------------
It morning all r der to stand up Murti
B-veer hume murti ko dhire uthaana hoga
Veer nod his head saying yes
Jv-uper uthao
Murti is being bringing up and the rope is slowly in position of cut
Veer saws the rope cutting he shouts
V-dharm
All veer,dharam n bhimsingh run and catch murti n stoped it by falling down
All smiles by seeing dv's performance
DV smiles looking at each other
Jv n Agni realised Bhimsingh staring at him
Veer also realised tht Jv n Agni staring at Bhinsingh he nod his head saying rum to Bhimsingh
Bhimsingh try to run But Dharam n Sainik stops him
Jv-kaha jaa rahe ho bhimsingh
Maharaj-kya baat hain jai bhaiyaa
Jv-abhi batata hoon maharaj
He puts out the cloth from bhimsinghs head
Jv-yahi hain vo maharaj-kaidkhane se bhaaga hua kaidi-Kyun rajkumaar kya abbhi aapko iske baare me kuch nahi pata
DV looks at each other
D-nahi hume iske baare me kuch nahi pata
All shocked Bhimsingh angry
Jv-agar aisi baat hain to phir kaid se bhaagane ki saja sirf ek hi ho sakati hain-Maut
All shcoked
D-lekin jai kaka ise maut ki saja hi kyun
Jv-yahi yaha ka kanoon hain aur hum use kisi ko bhi todne nahi de sakate.Abhi aapko bahot kuch sikhana hain Rjakumaar dharam
D-pitaji
M-jai bhaiya thik keh rahe hai,Hum apni paramapara kisi bhi haalat me aur kisike liye bhi nahi tod sakate,
Kal subah ise sabke saamne suli pe chadhaya jaayega
Jv-Pakado ise-aaj se balki abhi se koi dubaara aisi galti karne ki sochega bhi nahi
Veern Bhimsingh looking at each other
B-to ye hain tumhaari aazaadi,galati tumhaari nahi meri hain maine hi ek aryavrat pe bharosa kiya,afsos ki tumhaare khoon ko pehchaan na saka
Sainik took him
----------
Sia's Mahal All seating [rajkumaar Harshh guess Who?? Hez non other than our Beloved Chand of PRC aka Raja Gulatilolz recycling ki bhi hadd hoti hain yaar]
Sia's father-beti sia jaao rajkumaar harshh ko mehel dikhao,aakhir inhe bhi to pata chale ki ye kis Rajkumaari se magani kar rahe hain
Sia's Mother-haan haan jaao
Sia-aayiye,aayiye naa
Sia's father-hum abhi aate hain
Sia's Mother-Are bhai jaao mehmaanon ke liye khaane pine ka intejam karo
------
In taihkhahan
Harshh-Hum kaha jaa rahe hain
Sia-hum aapko apni sabse manpasand jagah dikhane jaa rahe hain-aao
H-ye hain tumhaari manpasand jagaah
S-haan hum yaha roj aate hain yaha sannataa hota hain naa aur hum yha unse baate bhi karte hain
H-kinse baate karti ho tum
S-bhooton se
H-tum bhooton se baate karti hon
S-haaan-tumhe kisine bataaya nahi
S-lo tum ab aaye ho hum kabse tumhaara intejaar kar rahe the toshaye ye rajkumaar harshh hain humaare mangetar
Suddenly table starts moving and the pot which is on table fall down
S-Tufaan! chup ho jaajo-tumhe baad me milvati hoon
H-maa
and he runs from der and sia's father came out from table box both happy
Father-dekha bhaag gaya naa
S-haan!
------------
Jv n agni in jail Jv laughing HAHA!

A-pitaaji hum jeet gaye pitaaji
Jv-nahi agni-jeet to humaari tab hogi jab kal subah Bhimsingh sabko batayega ki use DV ne kaidkhaane se bhagaya tha
B-main aisa kuch nahi karoonga
Jv-hume pata hain ki tum kaidkhane se khud nahi bhaage the balki tumhe DV ne bhagaya tha-Bas tum kal sabke saamne ye bata do to hum tumse vaada karte hain ki hum tumhe humesha ke liye aazad kar denge
B-jaise tumne surama ko aazad kiya tha
Jv shocked and look at Bhimsingh
B-nahi chaahiye aisi azaadi mujhe-aur nahi mujhe tumhaari khushi me shamil hona hain
Jv-ab tum humaari khushi me shamil ho ya naa ho ye baat to tumhe bataani hi padegi
Jv starts heating bhimsingh shouting "Bataani padegi"
Jv-le jaao ise-marne ka itna hi shauk hain to
--------------
Veer doing talwar baji
Flashback
"to ye hain tumhaari aazaadi","afsos main tumhaare khoon ko pehchaan nahi saka"
--------
Maharaj Praying Infront of murti in mehel Dharam enters
D[in his mind]-he maa hume pitaji ko sach bataane ki shakti dena
D-pitaaji hume aapse jaroori baat karni hain-Pitaji vo Hume lagata hain ki bhimsingh ko maut ki saja dena thik nahi hain
M-beta aryanagar ke kaanon ke mutabik...
D-kya hum aryanagar ke kuch kanoon ko badal nahi sakte
Maharaj shocked he shouts
M-dharamaryanagar ke usulo ke chalte hi hum itne saalon se is singhasan par hain,
Kaid se bhaage hue kaidi ko maut ki hi saja milti hain
D-Agar vo kaid se bhaaga na ho to
M-Jab tum humari jagah par baithoge tab tumhe pata chalega,jab se tumne ye murti banakar apni jimmedari nibhaayi hain tab se tumne humaara sir garv se uncha kar diya hain aur hum chahte hain ki tum ise kabhi jhukane naa do aise hi uncha rakho
--------------
Veer-talwar baji
Flashback-"to ye hain tumhaari azaadi","meri galti thi ke maine ek ryavrat par bharosa kiya"
Dharam enters,veer throughs talwar
D-veer,veer vo pitaji samne aa gaye isliye hume samajh nahi aya hum kya kahe-Bhimsingh ko maut ki saja nahi milni chahiye
V-aur aryanagar ki parmparaano ka kya hoga
D-kash hum unhe ye bata paate ke bhimsinh ko hum dono ne milkar kaidkhane se bhagaya tha-humne koshish bhi ki lekin hum pitaji ki nazaron se girana nahi chahte,Hum humesha unka sir uncha rakhana chahte hain
Dharam-Veer seats down
V-chinta mat karo main humesha tumhaare saath hoon-Maharaj ko ye baat kabhi pata nahi chalegi
---------
Morning
All standing sainiks bring bhimsing infront of rope opens him DV look at him he looks at Veer
Sakshi's BF- inhe koi pharak nahi padata
Veer looks at him
Bf-ye to apne matlab ke liye sab karte hain
Sakshi[shouts]-use pharak padata hain
Veer looks at her
Jv-sabhi gunhegaaron ki yahi saja hoti hain
Veer-Flashback-"to ye hain tumhaari azaadi"
--------End of8th Epi---------

divya_shweta

June 18, 2008, 02:46 PM

Written update of 16 june

Shera points towards Dharam All Runs towards him Ramjane sayz how badly those men beated him FlashBack: Shakal beating dharam badly Veer Cries Loudly saying Dharam Shera asks to get Dharam to some safe place-----
All Vilaagers Hiding behind trees Two of them talking abt Veer one sayz how do u knw tht boy will come other one sayz he have seen truth in veer's eyes first one sayz u'll see he'll not come
After this convo all vilaager's runs forward and Shakal's Men come to knw n goes behind them..-----
Veer gets dharam in some cage (same recycled) And applies him Lape..Dharam saying in btwn Veer Veer ...Shera again sayz we shud move as soon as possible from here as itz not so much safe here..
Veer is confused whether he stay with dharam or go to help Villager's Flashback: Veer promises Villager's he'll come der in morning
Shera sayz she'll take care of dharam...Veer asks y she is doing all this for him? Shera sayz he is also helping her villager's so can't she help him in this..Veer sayz Ok n moves But again Dharam sayz Veer..Veer decides not to leave dharam in this situation..-----
Villager's goes to Jail place where all villager's r kept Shakal's mens comes n arrest them all n Kill some of them
Two mens starts argueing on Veer didn't came And Main one sayz He'll Come Shakal mens get them both to shakal..
-----
Veer comes out in desert and goes to the place where they were going to meet But no one came Veer in doubt tht something is wierd...
Veer goes to tht trees place n Kills One by One all n Rescues all Villager's who were in Jail...-----
Villager's thanking veer for rescueing them Veer sayz now they need to fight for their own Freedomm
Veer asks villager's to hide some place And Veer will Put Fire in some Khamba/Mashal [forgot name] then all will run for their Aazadi n leaves
-----
Both Bagi Villager's r Infront of Shakal..n hanging Above Fire Stones Shakal asking them how they dare to fight against him One of two sayz "Jab pani sar se uper ho jaata hain to haat pair apne aap chalne hi lagate hain"
They all now used to fight against him-----
Veer comes to shakal place Kill two sainiks of him n throws them into water n goes inside-----
Shera asks Ramjane to go outside carefully n get some Liefs of Kadha..Ramjane goes outside
-----
Veer comes n Kill one men on shakal..Shakal asking both bagi's One of them sayz One boy is der and They will neva tell him abt Veer after dieing also..Shakal sayz if he killed them then no fun will remain He'll do something different with them n laughs..
One boy is standing in Red outfit of Sainik of Shakal n Itz VEER [Don't u think Rajjy was looking Too Much Highted]-----
Ramjane goes outside while taking lievs shakal men sees him n starts following him..
-----
Ramjane reaches to Cage n gives lies to shera Shera asks him to stay there she'll go n make some kadha...
After a while shera comes saying after applying this kadha Dharam will feel better..Shera gets irrited on no response n asks ramjane is he sleeping?n goes towards him Ramjane is Behoh n blood is coming from his head..
All shakal mens comes out from all Sides..Shera shocked..

divya_shweta

June 18, 2008, 02:56 PM

written update 17 june

Shakaal is laughing evilly as he tortures the VillagerFreedomFighters (He won't be laughing for long) Villager No1 says to Villager No2 "Mein nay kahan tah kay voh nahin aye gah"
(Arre yaar itni jaldi himmat har gaye? Veer ata hain nah! Tora intazar karo!)
Villager No2 tells Villager No1 that Veer will come! (Haan! Ab yeh hoey nah baat!!!)
Shakaal still laughing like a psychotic nutcase and then he gets up and basically proves to me that this episode is based on a horror movie. He starts slicing the VillagerFreedomFighters and poking them with his knife! (I thought this was a programme that is targeted for young kids?!)
And just when I can't take watching all that blood and gore anymore (I get squeamish) Veer comes!!! and he kills some of the bad guys!!! (I'm not gonna say anything about Veer's costume. Let's just say that I really like it and leave it at that.
Back to Shakaal who is still torturing the VillagerFreedomFighters for info on Veer but they won't say anything and Shakaal just keeps poking and stabbing them
Back to Veer (!!!) who kills another badguy
And then Shakaal tells the VillagerFreedomFighters that this is there last chance to tell him who the Hell this guy is who has given them so much courage otherwise he will kill them but the VillagerFreedomFighter says: No we will never tell! Even if we have to lose our life! (I like this guy himmat wala hain)
Shakaal loses it and raises his knife to kill the himmatwala guy but VEER stops him!!!! (Can I just say that Rajat really knows how to play Angry-And-Hot REEEALLLY well)
Veers hand is bleeding as he locks eyes with Shakaal and the villagerFreedomFighters look so shocked but pleased that Veer has come back! (Arre yaaro! Yeh Rajkumar Veer ki himmat hi kuch aur hain!)Shakaal says: "So its you who has given these men the courage to defy me?" And then Veer takes his turban off, the guitar music starts up and Veer hits Shakaal sets the VillagerFreedomFighters free and everyone starts fighting!!!
(Veer looks mindblowingly GORGEOUS *Ahem Ahem* and that supercool guitar soundtrack made it even better! Kya scene tha yaaro! Kya action!!!)
The VillagerFreedomFighters are fighting with Shakaals men and Veer is fighting with Shakaal and OH. MY. GOD. Veer is sooooo HOT!!!
Ahem. Yeah. Sorry.
Veer is killing and fighting and looking so mindblowing and sooo angry!!! And then Shakaal ruins it by bringing out Dharam (Still unconscious) and Shera and RamJaane
Veer looks shocked and he drops his sword (NOOOOO!!!!) and Shakaals men come and surround them. Then Shakaal starts shouting about how he wants maafi blah blah blah and whoever raises his voice against Shakaal he will do suicide (Yeah this Shakaal is a nutcase. Well done Sagars) Veer looks so torn! (And Hot.)
Shakaal tells Veer to bow his head before him otherwise he will slit Dharams throat!(Oh God! Maat Karna Veer!!! Saar maat jhokana!!!)
Veer goes down on his knees (NAHIIIN!!!!!) and Shakaal laughs triumphantly (Yeah laugh all you want fatty! Veer is gonna KILL YOU!!!)And then Veer reaches his hand out grabs a spear and throws it at Shakaal!!! Shakaal falls down dead! (HAHAHAHA!!!!) Dharam falls down too (But hes not dead dont worry guys!) and Veer runs over to him The villagers all come running in and Veer stands up And teels them that they are all free!!! AZADI!!!!
Back to Maharaj who is standing with that crazy nutter Beera and asks him about the MessiahBeera goes all nutty and starts shouting about how the Messiah is alive! And Getting STRONGER!!! AND WILL TAKE OVER!!! Etc etc Blah Blah Blah (Yeh Beera kitna pagal hain...)
Maharaj looks shocked and then leaves. Short visit. Leaving Beera to talk crazily to himself.
Back to Veer and Co (Girls Veer is all covered up again) and they are all at some Vaidjis with Dharam still acting like a ragdoll (Itna sara kuch ho gaya aur Dharam ko phir bhi hosh nahin aya)
Dharam is put on a bed and the vaidji asks : Who beat the crap out of him? (Swear to God Someone is DYING and the vaidji can only ask stupid irrelevant questions. *Shakes head in disgust*)
Veer tells him to make him better quickly and the Vaidji asks: Is he your rishtadar? (Arre yeh tumhara kya business hain?*rolls eyes*)
Veer says: Yeh saab kuch hain merah (Aww!!! Veer!!!)
The vaidji tells Veer that Dharam will be okay and offers to treat him but Veer tells him to treat Shera first.
Shera is about to refuse but then remembers when Veer told her off for arguing the last time they were all getting treated and she keeps her mouth shut and does as she is told

Sheras sad music starts and (I swear to God I didnt imagine this!) Veer is looking at Shera and Shera is getting all shy! AWWWW!!!! (Agar Veer mujhe bhi aisay dekhtah toh mein bhi sharm say saar jhoka latee!)
Shera tells Veer that I should go now (NOOO!!!! Veer ossey rokh lo!!! Agar nahin rokha tho tumharee PREM KAHANI KATAM!!!!)
Veer tells Shera to stay the night (YAY!!!!) and then to go in the morning and Shera is just looking at him so longingly!!! *Squeals* Ahem Sorry.
Oh God. Back to Sakshi. Who is praying to God to send Veer back to her as soon as possible Sakshi tum kitnee selfish ho! Let Shera have him for a while!!
Somebody knocks at the door (Who could it be???) Its.... KRANTI!!! Oh. No. Sorry. Its just Bhimsen. Sakshi tells Bhimsen her problem (You know the fact that Rudra is trying to kill her *rolls eyes*) and Bhimsen says that He will be her Hero! Oh God.

Back to Shera who is totally checking out Veer while he's sleeping beside Dharam Becharee Shera! Shera toh paas gayee! Pyar mein!!! AWWW!!!! Shera looks so beautiful in this scene! And shes remembering all of their moments together! And she's smiling!!!
And then she remembers her Baba and how she has to stay away from them
RamJanne interuppts by asking Shera that These two guys are Rajkumar Dharam and Veer and that they are your friends right? Shera tells him to keep his mouth shut otherwise she will kill him
RamJaane asks why she is always threatening to kill everyone?
And Shera tells him that her Baba told her to stay away from them two. And then Shera says that Destiny keeps bringing them all together.
Ram jaane is watching Shera and he says that when Shera is with Rajkumar Veer she changes completely and turns into someone else Ram Jaane sahin kahan tum nay!!! Shera looks at Veer again (AWWW!!!!) I think she's missing him
Dharam wakes up (FINALLY) and hes wondering where he is when Veer tells him that he brought him there
Dharam is surprised to find that he is still with him and thanks him Then Dharam tells him Thankyou for telling him that Dilkush is Swastik and not Dilghar and Shera wakes up and hears them. So now Shera knows that everyone is going on a treasure hunt and all to the same place

divya_shweta

June 19, 2008, 05:06 PM

written update -- 18 june

Veer asks Dharam "Yeh Veer Kaun Hain?" Dharam is surprised and asks him How do you know who Veer is? Veer says I don't know who he is thats why Im asking you were calling him thats why Im asking Who is this Veer?
Dharam is smiling Dharam says that He is my little brother and my best friend Aww! Our friendship is soo deep that in Aryanagar everyone calls us together as DharamVeer and then Dharam smiled!!!
Veer asks why he is not with Dharam then? and Dharam says that actually I told him not to come with me and bechara Dharam he looked so guilty when he said it! Veer says that Even though he is not with you he is still here by your side and Dharam looks at him all shocked and asks What do you mean? Veer says I mean that you are remembering him so much that its like hes here with you Veer tells Dharam that if hes feeling better then they should leave for Swastik village and that he cant complete Veers khami but he can promise to stay with him in this journey Dharam starts coughing and says Thankyou but I will go myself from here

Back to Jai Mama! Hes in some underground jail place and this guy comes with some Aryanagar sainiks Jai mama asks why he brought the sainiks here and the guy says that I thought that you would want to kill them yourself
Jai mama says Shabaash! You have made me happy! and then he threatens the sainiks and sayng to them Now you will know what the crime is for going against me! And then he kills them. Oh for the llove of God... *sighs* He asks where Charusena is? the guy tells him that its hard to get a hold of him cause hes always with the Maharaj and then Jai mama loses it and starts shouting about how he wants to kill Charusena blah blah blah...

Moving On... Dharam is leavingwithout Veer damn it! Veer comes and says that I should go with you Dharam says hes fine he can go himselfVeer says that Dharam is still not well! Dharam says he can take care of himself he tells Veer to take care of himself and Veer says likewise Dharam leaves Veer watches him go and thinks to himself that I will stay with you Dharam whether you know that I am there or not! WHOOOHOOO!!!! GO VEER!!! Ahem. Yeah anyway.
Dharam is wanderingabout in Swastik village (That was quick) and Veer is following him and Shera is following Veer but then she thinks to herself That this treasure is Sheras and only Shera will get it! Go GIRL POWER!!!
AND THEN THE SHOCKER: Karan is following Dharam! How the Hell did he get there??? Bloody Karan and he looks so creepy in a close up... and he says that The khazana is Karans only Karans blah blah blah Oh shut up stupid Karan... The Khazana is Sheras!!! GIRL POWER!!!!
Dharam and Veer are wandering around so is Shera and RamJaane and so is Karan and Co Dharam meets some hooded guy and asks if he knows who Charu is and he shakes his head...Hmm...okay... creepy guy... Dharam goes into like a bar type place where there are some guys arm wrestling *rolls eyes* and Dharam asks about Charu and the guy tells him he has no idea and to leave Enter Veer!!! who goes and hides in a corner the guy talking to Dharam tells him that if he doesnt leave before those guys see him then he'll have to fight them and if he loses they'll beat the crap out of him Veer looks like "Oh God ek nahin moosebat..." and then he notices some weird star-sun type symbol on the wall....Interesting... He goes to check it out but- "ROKHO!" Arre yeh ab kaun ah gaya hain? Ah crap. Those guys have seen Dharam. Damn it. The ToughGuy tells Dharam he has to fight him and Dharam says No Thanks Dharam tries to leave but ToughGuy stops him Veer is watching waiting to step in! Dharam tells the ToughGuy that he doesnt have time for his crap and tells him to go find someone else The ToughGuy laughs and Veer is like "Oh Crap!"
The ToughGuy says "Lagta hain daar gaya bechara!" and laughs again Dharam says Okay then! Come on Dude! I'll beat the crap outta you! BRING IT!!!
Veer is like "Ah damn it!" and then Dharam and the ToughGuy start arm wrestling and everyone is cheering them on GO DHARAM!!! DHARAM IS WINNING!!!
And then the ToughGuys Brother goes and gets a sword and is about to attack Dharam! And Veer comes and stops him! WHOOO!!! Then Dharam Veer are both fighting and Veer beats the crap out of his guy and takes his turban off! He picks up the symbol sunstar thing that fell off the wall and runs out with it before Dharam sees him. Dharam fights the ToughGuy beats him up and then looks around but No Veer! Veer bumps into Karan outside and he's like "Oh God yeh kahan say ah gaya???" Veer is now gonna fix Karan good!

Bck to Shera and RamJaane who are both stuck and RamJaane wants to go home Shera gives him an evil look and he says we should have followed Dharam RamJaane asks Shera where the Hell Charu is? Shera is wondering if they are in the right village and then says wherever Dharam is Veer will be too!
BACK TO VEER! Who is checking out the symbol sunstar thing and wondering what it is... (I think its a map....) Veer realises that Charu isnt a person but a city So smart nah? and then Veer is all happy because Rajkumar Dharam is gonna get his khazana! Veer leaves and then... theres a creepy guy WATCHING him.... ewww... Veer looks around and smiles (So Hot!) Back to Dharam who is still wandering here and there and Karan and Co is still following him Karan thinks that Dharam doesnt know anything and then ENTER VEER! In disguise You can so tell its him! Check out his walk!
Karan asks who he is? and Veer says: SHUMBOO!!!
Karan asks what he wants? Veer says That what i want I will get but what you want I can help you get Veer tells him I know you want Charu and I will tell you for Payment!!! Karan says Ask what you want? Veer wants his wrist bangle and Karan smirks and gives it to him and Veer is sooo funny acting all greedy!!! Karan says tell me now all about Charu and Veer says okay but dont tell anyone I told you otherwise I'll get stuck! Karan says dont worry I wont tell anyone and Veer tells Karan that Charu is some old woman that lives somewhere over there! Karan says Thank you and goes to leave Veer stops him and says that the way there is difficult but Karan says he'll get there! No... He won't! and then Karan leaves and Veer takes that hood off and OH. MY. GOD. He looks sooooo HOT! He should keep that mustache! Anyway back to Veer who says that while hes around noone can come between the Treasure and Dharam .....(Except maybe Shera Veer!)

Speaking of Shera!
Shera and Ramjanne are at The FortuneTellers and Shera doesnt want to go see her because she believes that fortune tellers just talk a lot of crap and take people for a ride RamJaane tells Shera that this fortune teller is really amazing and if they go talk to her then she will be able to tell them about Charu and they won't be wasting time looking for Charu Shera is still disbelieving and asks RamJaane if he thinks that she knows everything? Haan! Mujhe saab kuch pata hain!!! The Fortune Teller says to Shera that I know why you are here! Shera just looks at her like "O...kay.... This buddhi is nuts..." and says "Oh really? Then why havewe come here?" the Fortune Teller replies "CHARU KEY TAALASH MEIN!" and Shera looks shocked Shera asks her if she knows Charu and the Fortune Teller says "Yes I know Charu!" RamJaane looks surprised But then the Fortune Teller tells them "Tum yahan say laut jao!" and RamJaane gives this really funny look like "Huh?" The Fortune Teller tells Shera that from this journey she will not return ALIVE! and Shera is like "Oh please Buddhi what do you know?" and says to the Fortune Teller to mind her own business and tell Shera where Charu is and then the creepy part... A weirdo is watching them... The weird guy watching them was watching Veer before... and thats the end!

divya_shweta

June 20, 2008, 05:30 PM

written update -- 19 june

Shera and ramjaane are at the astrologer. Shera tells ramjaane that she knows that they are wasting time here but the astrologer tells shera that charu is not a person but a city which is buried under the dessert and says that jahan din main na raat main sooraj ki pehli kiran jahan pe parti hai to dig there. Shera thanks them and leaves, but outside those adivasi ppl come and kidnap both shera and raamjane.
Dharam is asking some ppl abt charu when he spots someone getting beaten up, its veer, dharam goes there and asks what is going on the other guys say that they are trying to know the raaz of the pic from the guy. Veer tells him to save him. Dharam beats off the other ppl and asks veer what was the raaz of the pic. Veer sasy the pic has charu ka raaz. Veer tells him that the khazana is here inside charu. The adivasi tries to kill them by blowing arrows at them. Veer tells dharam that charu is a city and khazana is here, dharam is suspicious that why is the traveler looking for khazana then veer says that everyone knows abt the khazana but don’t go looking for it as its rumoured that who ever goes to find the khazana does not remain alive. The adivasi blows one arrow and veer is hurt, dharam tells him to come with him and he wont let anything harm him.
Ramjane thinks they are going to die and he is feeling hungry, shera tells him to throw one matka towards her, ramjane says there is nothing inside, but pushes the matka towards her, she takes one piece of the broken matka and uses it to free her hands, as she gets up to free ramjane she hears someone coming and goes to sit in her place. The adivasi comes to take them to punish them when shera tells ramjane to pretend and ramjane sits down complaining stomach pain, as the adivasi looks towards him shera hits both of them. Shera and ramjane escape
Dharam asks shambu (veer) where is the city buried, veer tells him that in the naksha there is no river or anything next to the city so the city is buried under the dessert. Veer stumbles and dharam takes care of him, veer is very touched and says the way u take care of me my bro also used to do the same. Dharam asks him where his bro is now, veer says I don’t know but wherever he is he isn’t far from me. Dharam goes to get some water from him when one adivasi comes and hits veer on the head, and veer becomes unconscious.
Maharaj is looking very disturbed. Nivriti tells him not to worry. Charu comes there and maharaj asks him where all the major senapatis have gone. Maharaj tells charu to stay in the palace as he cant loose charu as well. Maharaj fears that the messiah is doing all this. Charu tells him that from tomorrow morning they will start searching for this messiah and will kill him off. Maharaj but wants to meet the messiah before he is killed. Charu leaves from there and maharaj tells nivriti that he fears a big storm is headed towards aryanagar and asks nivriti to go away somewhere till everything settles down. Nivriti thinks that once this storm starts then it wont stop so easily.
Dharam comes there and wakes shambu up. Dharam asks him what happened. Shambu tells him that someone hit him on the head and then realizes that the pic is missing. Dharam now thinks how are they going to go forward now. Veer tells we have to go towards the dessert, and we only will get the khazana. As they go forward one old weird guy comes and tells them that who ever goes in this maut ka ragistan he will die like charu. Dharam tells him not to take care of what he is saying and they should move forward.
Shera and ramjane have also reached the dessert. Ramjane thinks why they have to do so in the night why cant they wait for morning. Shera thinks to herself that when the sun comes the rays are going to fall everywhere where should she start from. Ramjane asks if they can rest for some time so shera agrees. Ramjane collects some sticks and makes a fire and sits next to it. Shera hears the baba screaming job hi ragistan mein jayega charu ki tarah mar jayega. So shera runs behind the voice.
Dv are walking and dharam asks veer do u know where we have to go, veer replies that without the pic he is not sure but together they will find some way. He suddenly spots two ppl sitting near a fire and realizes that they are not the only ones for the khazane ki khoj and is going towards them, its shera.

divya_shweta

June 21, 2008, 05:58 PM

written update 20 june

As dv try to go near shera one toofan comes, shera wakes up ramjaane and they leave from there, dv also leave but dharam and veer become separate, here ramjaane and shera also separate. Shera hits one stone and falls down, veer also cant see anything coz of his hood and falls down, veer screams to dharam and dharam to shambu. Suddenly veer spots shera lying there and tries to help here but he also gets hit by a tree branch and they both fall and veer holds sheras hand. There is a river flowing nearby. Shera wakes up and finds veer lying next to her and holding her hand she removes her hand wipes at his hurt with a piece of her dupatta and blows. She remembers her fathers warning and as veer is about to wake up she leaves from there. Veer wakes up and sees the piece of dupata, shera is hiding nearby and watching him. Dharam comes there and calls out to shambu, veer quickly hides behind the hood, he tells dharam that he got hurt and fainted. Dharam tells shambu that now its so dark so lets rest for sometime and we will start our search in the morning.
Shera is walking searching for ramjane, she finds him and wakes him up. Shera tells ramjane that we have to find the place where sun light comes first, they but have to wait till morning so they spot one cave and go there to rest till morning.

All the sharmiks have been collected outside and charu tells them that all there houses will be searched and till that time they have to wait outside, he asks all the sharmiks about the messiah, but no one answers. All his sainiks come and say they didn’t find anything. Charu now goes into saakshis house and sends the sainiks inside to search her house. Saakshi asks why and charu says that his maharaj feels that the messiah must have grown up and so they want to find him and kill him. Charu leaves and saakshi looks shocked

Dharam asks shambu if he knows how many stars are there in the sky, shabu says about 100-200, dharam tells him how do u know, veer replies that he did it when he was a kid, dharam tells him how can u be sure so veer tells him ok then u count it for ur self, and dharam goes to hit him and they both run, and dharam calls out veer and then becomes lost in veers thought. Veer asks him why dharam is looking for the khazana he doesn’t seems to need it, dharam replies that he just wants to show someone that sometime its good to go alone. Veer thinks yes dharam u are right coz a raja always goes forward alone only behind him his shadow goes. The weird baba comes into the cave and again seeing the sleeping dv says jo bhi is ragistan mein aayega charu ki tarah mara jayega.
Shera is sitting in the cave thinking abt veer. Shera thinks why am I so attracted to veer when I know that nothing can come about this relationship. Shera thinks that she will remove veer from her life and forget all abt him.

Saakshi is thinking abt charus words to kill the messiah and then remembers her mothers warning that if maharaj comes to know abt veer he will kill him. She wakes up and starts crying that veer ko kuch nahin hoga.
While dv are sleeping the weird baba goes above them and tries to drop a stone on dharam. Veer is dreaming abt dharam and himself. Suddenly veer wakes up and spotting the baba screams to dharam.

divya_shweta

June 24, 2008, 11:19 AM

written update 23 june

Veer Sees Tht man and runs towards dharam and saves him And then runs behind tht man outside Dharam aslo goes behind him..
-----
Nirviti Asks Womens in mehel to get flower's ready for tommorows pooja..
Av comes Nirviti asks Av why is he tensed Av asks her how does she know? Nivi sayz tht she knew her brother very well...n asks to tell..
Av asks nivi not to come into tomm pooja...nivi asks the reason on tht he sayz he have fear tht Peera's bhavishyavani will become true this year..Nivi gets shocked...Av asks to her tht she shud go out of aryanagar for some dayz Nivi sayz no she'll not go anywhere keeping Av alone in aryangar..What ever will happen they both will face it...
Av sayz just once tht masiha come infront of me i'll color my sword with him blood And leaves...Nivi is shocked & Tensed
-----
Veer is running behind tht man Veer shouts where r u running come and face me...Man suddenely gets disappiar Veer shouts i knw tht u r hiding here only Itz better u come infront of me by u'r own If i catch u then it'll be very bad for u...Man comes from behind and hits on veer's head...Veer turns back Man catch veer and sayz I told u no one can reach till khajana Both starts fighting Veer asks him who is he...Dharam comes der And shouts Shambhu...Veer looks at him...Man sayz he'll not let Veer reach till khajana Veer sayz mind it khajana will His brother will get and no one eles Man starts running and gets disappers...
Dharam reaches to veer and asks him who was he...Veer sayz he was the one who was stopping us to reach till khajana...dharam asks he was the one who throws pattar on him Veer sayz yes..Both leaves as dharam sayz itz late night..
-----
Man comes back in desert...And gets out his beard n moustch...And leaves...
-----
In some tabela man comes inside shouting i'll allow anyone in the desert i told u no one shud come here But now Four ppl r here besides One...
One lady comes out and sayz those r kids..Man is angry n shouting so wat they r kids i'll neva land tht khajana in any wrong hands And sayz to the lady who is Dayi Maa..tht if tht khajana reaches to wrong hands then what will happen...Dayi maa sayz tht kids can be good also But man again disagrees..
-----
DV comes back to cage...Dharam sits down and asks Veer to sleep..Veer sayz no he'll do Pehera dharam can sleep...Dharam laughs and sayz Oh!so u mean i'll sleepwhole night and u'll not...Veer sayz ok Then in midnight i'll wake u up then u do pehera and i'll sleep Dharam sayz Ok....
Veer sayz in mind "Tumhaari raksha karna mera sabse bada kartavya hain dharam...Tumpe main koi ancha nahi aane dunga"..
Itz dawn...Veer stands up as he gets some clue tht dharam is waking up...Dharam wakes up...And sees Veer doing pehera...Dharam asks is it midnight ..Veer sayz morning is going to come...Dharam sayz then y didn't u wake me up...Veer sayz i tried many times but u'r sleep was so Geheri tht u didn't waked up And smiles..Dharam sayz i'm sorry..i think my sleep was really Geheri...Veer sayz itz Ok now we shud move morning is near...Both leaves...
-----
Shera wakes up..And asks ramjaane to wake up...Ramjaane didn't wakes up..Shera shouts on him...Ramjaane wakes up and sleeps down again Shera shouts on him again and sayz if he didn't wake up she'll throw stones on him..Ramjaane wakesup in shock of stone...Shera asks him to leaves as morning is near..Again ramjaane trying to sleep but shera shouts and runs outside...Ramjaane sayz wat is this i was sleeping so nicely...
Shera shouts from outside taking his name..Ramjaane sayz i'm coming dn't took stone in u'r hand...
-----
Shera and Ramjaane r outside on some high place..And searching for sun..Shera sees Sun n shows ramjaane he searchs it down...Shera shows him...And sees first ray of sun...Something in shining at tht place...Meanwhile shera sees DV der infront of them other side and hides behind...Shera sayz "inko bhi ab bhi aana tha..ye dono bhi khajana dhundhane aaye hain"..
Veer saying as per tht image we r on right place..Dharam sayz tht means it is Charu nagari...Veer sayz yes...Dharam sayz then lets start our search..But this place is very Big from where we'll start...Veer sayz we shud go on other high place and as per image there is Sun sign in tht place...Both starts Leaving
Shera sees them leaving and Both comes out...
Now Both Shera-Ramjaane & DV going in same direction from opposite sides
-----End Of Epi----

divya_shweta

June 27, 2008, 04:15 PM

written update 24 june

Shera and RamJaane are wandering around
DharamVeer are also wandering around
Shera and RamJaane hide as DharamVeer come their way and pass them then Shera tells RamJaane to move it as DharamVeer are discussing where to look and which way to go Then Dharam suggests a reeeally stupid ideaHe says that he will go one way and Veer will go the other. Is Dharam an idiot? Everyone knows that you NEVER split up! EVER. God its like the worst mistake anyone can make in a movie! *shakes head in disgust* Veer asks Dharam why he is always talking about going seperate ways "Akele kaam karna maaza ata hain kya?" Dharam however gets his way and they split up. Bad feeling guys.... Dharam is going to get himself into some new moosebat Im sure of it....
Meanwhile Shera and RamJaane are sticking together and Shera has realised that Charus entrance is somewhere nearby and shes looking for it frantically and RamJaane is asking her What the Hell shes doing? Arre RamJaane soonah nahin kya? You guys are looking for the KHAZANA!!! And then Shera tells RamJaane to help her dig and bechara RamJaane oss ko toh kuch bhi nahin samaj ah raha! Shera calm down BP high ho jaye gah! Shera gives RamJaane a. Anyway bechara RamJaane falls over and cries out "AIII!!!! MEH MAAR GAYA!!!" No RamJaane you're not dead.... Yet. Shera goes into the hole and tells RamJaane to follow. Eventually after a lot of "Nahin! Mujhe nahin jana! Nahin!" RamJaane folllows her with a loud "BACHAAAAOOOOO!!!!!"
VEER COMES OVER THE HILL!
Back to Shera and RamJaane who have slid down the hole into a cave type place and RamJaane is so scared and has fallen down and becharee Shera is so annoyed with him! Shera helps him up and somehow manages to light a torch
Shera says: Yahan to kuch nahin hain and RamJaane replies: That apart from darkness what the Hell is Shera going to find here? He asks Shera if they can go home and Shera tells him to Shut Up and quietly follow Shera RamJaane reluctantly follows her but he keeps falling over and Shera annoyed with him just walks over him Bechara RamJaane! Kahan paas gaya?
Meanwhile SOMEONE *wink wink nudge nudge* comes down the hole too. Guess who it is? Someone with a STICK and BLACK CLOTHES and REALLY NICE HAIR.... Veer lights another torch Veer who looks around the cave curiously and-

"MAHARAJ JAIVARDHAN KEY! JAI!!!! MAHARAJ JAIVARDHAN KEY! JAI!!!"
Uh what?
Maharaj who?
Jai mama is a Maharaj? Since when?
Jai mama and Agni are somewhere outside getting cheered and applauded by a crowd of obviously stupid people. I mean everyone knows that ARYAVARDHAN is Maharaj. ARYAVARDHAN.
Anyway Jai mama holds up a nice looking sword cuts his thumb on it and puts a red tika on his forehead. Ah get whats happening! Jai mama is preparing for WAR!!! RWAWR!!!! Ah. Yeah. He starts giving a speech. A looooong speech about how this Fight is the most important fight of his life,about how the singhasan was always his, about how Aryavardhan is his greatest enemy, about how he's so great, about how he's gonna win, about how hes gonna kill his enemies blah blah blah about how this is a mahayudh... A MAHAYUDH GODDAMIT!!! Whoa. Calm down jai mama.... Blood pressure! Remember you blood pressure! And then theres lightning and flashing lights and camers swirling... God this is annoying where the Hell is Veer? I WANNA SEE VEER!!! Ahem sorry. Anyway everyone starts cheering again for Maharaj Jaivardhan and Agni and Jai share a look.
Back to SHERA! who is wandering through the cave with her torch and bechara RamJaane and then they go through a tunnel and they find a gold sun symbol thing on the wall (Oooooh....) and then we see what we all really watch this drama for... VEER! WHOOHOO!!! Hes following them! Through the cave! Through the tunnel! YEAH!!!! Socho yaaro! Agay kya ho gah? Veer Shera! Ek cave mein bandh hain!!!
Shera then sees something on the ground. What could it be?....Its some writing that says: "Na chaal kar aow, Na dor kar aow, Charu nagari kay devda kay samnay Hamesha saar jhokah kar aow."
Uh. What?
Dont come walking Dont come running Come with your head bowed? What?
Why does this suddenly remind me of Indiana Jones? Shera looks confused. and she wonders what the heck that means? It means you cant walk or run Shera. It measn you have to crawl. Right? Thats what it means doesnt it? I dunno Im crap at riddles.
Shera gets up and starts walking again and then she stops because there is something that looks like arrows or something there Huh?

Shera suddenly gets hit in the arm and drops her torch! RamJaane picks up the torch and they both run back through the tunnel! I would have run home. Actually I wouldnt have gone in in the first place. Sheras arm is bleeding! RamJaane looks shocked Yeah just like the emoticon
Back to VEER!!!! Who has found that gold sunsymbol thing on the wall! Veer is like Hmm....I wonder what that is... and then Shera hears SOMEONE coming!!!! and she tells RamJaane to put the torch out (Theres no point Shera! Veer is gonna bump into you anyway! WHOOOOHOOOO!!!!! And they go and hide! AND VEER COMES IN!!! AND SHERA SEES HIM!!!! WHOOOOOOOO!!!!! And then she realises that hes going the same way that they went!!! and shes all worried and she screams out "VEER! VAHAN MAAT JANA! VAHAN KATARA HAIN!!!!" AND VEER SEES HER!!!!
... Ah. Sorry. I think Ive been drinking too much Pepsi. That didnt happen. Sorry. Shera was just thinking it.
Veer finds the Riddle and he thinks What the Hell does that mean? and Shera is thinking Veer! Dont go there! And then Veer goes through that bloody tunnel and Shera and RamJaane light up their torch again and comeout of hiding

And then we go to Maharaj who is getting all dressed up with Nivriti and Charu comes (The Guy Charu not the city) and he starts talking about how he never found the Messiah and how they searched EVERYWHERE and Maharaj looks worried and then we go to Bhimsen. Oh God. Yeh ab kahan say ah gaya? And hes acting like a hero and he puts eyeliner on and Sakshi looks impressed with him Oh God. and then back to Maharaj who is convinced that the messiah is here. HES HERE DAMMIT! HE IS HERE! Jeez okay. Calm down. God, what a nutcase. and Charu promises the Maharaj that everything will be okay. (....No....It wont) and then Bhimsen tells Sakshi that he will take care of everything and then they share their motto JAI BHAVANI! Yeah. Okay. Whatever.

Whatever back to more INTERESTING things! Like VEER!!! who has somehow found his way into a big room and hes looking all around for clues and stuff and then he sees a- wait what is that? What the Hell is that? Aw God! its a skeleton A FREAKING SKELETON Original. Sagars very Original. And theres a key in the hand. Yeah there would be. Veer picks the key up and grins *OH MY GOD!!! SQUEALS* and then he hears SOMEONE coming!!! YAY!!!! He blows out his torch and hides and SHERA COMES IN!!!! WHOOOOOHOOOOO!!!!! And they come infront of VEER!!! WHO GETS A KNIFE OUT! NOOOO VEER!!! ITS YOUR PREM KAHANI! DONT KILL IT! And then Shera asks RamJaane where did Veer go? And I grab my Pepsi! And Veer looks SURPRISED! AND IM JUMPING UP AND DOWN! AND then RamJaane says "Hai Ram! Yahan toh katara hee katara hain!" Agar yahan koi bhooth ah gaya toh hum kya karein ghay? And Shera tells him to shut up AND VEER PUTS HIS KNIFE AWAY!!!
And then RamJaane says "Yeh tumhare Rajkumar Veer na jane kahan gayab ho gaye?" AND VEER IS LIKE WHAT???? HOW THE HELL DO THEY KNOW THAT???
And RamJaane then says: Ees say pehle hum gayb ho jaye hum yeh khazana dhond ley yeh hee acha hain!"
AND VEER IS LIKE WHAT THE HELL????
And Veer thinks: They came here for the Khazana??? Who ARE they???
And then SHERA SAYS: Yeh Veer achanak kahan gayb ho gaya?"
And VEER Thinks:YEH MUJHE KAISEY JAANTEY HAIN???

divya_shweta

June 27, 2008, 04:28 PM

written update 25 june
Part 1
Shera says: Yeh Veer achanak say kahan gayb ho gaya?
VEER (!!!) thinks Yeh mujhe kasiey jaantey hain? Akar yeh hain kaun? and then he moves around the pillar with his knife as Shera goes to check out the grave but its kinda obvious thats shes looking for VEER! As shes looking around Veer comes up behind her and brings his knife up and Shera stops! RamJaane is hiding so Veer doesnt see him!
Veer asks Shera Kaun ho tum? AND SHERA TURNS AROUND!!! WHOOOOOOHOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! AB MAAZA AYE GAH!!!!
Veer is like HOLY CRAP!!! And says Rajkumaree Ananya??? And Shera is like "Well obviously who else would it be?"
Ram Jaane hides! and Veer asks Shera What are you doing here? Shera looks so CALM! HOW CAN SHE BE CALM???? THIS IS VEER!!!! YAY!!!! Ahem Sorry I need Pepsi! And Shera says Why? Can only you go lookng for the Khazana? WHOOO!!! GO SHERA!!! GIRL POWER!!!
Veer is surprised! RamJaane is still hiding! And then Veer puts his knife away and says: Toh tum khazanay key khoj par nikalee ho? And his expression is like Oh-God-Here-We-Go-Again
Shera: Haan! Aur dekhna! Khazana sirf Ananya ko he miley gah! Veer looks at her like Oh-Really? and asks her How she knows about the Khazana? and How did she get here?
Shera says: Bilkool vaisey jaisey tum yahan tak paunchey aur jaisey tumhey pata chala! Veer looks stunned RamJaane looks HAPPY! And Shera is like Yeah-Thats-Right-Sweetheart-I-AM-This Cool Veer then asks How the Hell did you know that I was Veer? RamJaane looks worried! But Shera she gives him a reply looking so calm! "Ananya Key aankhen tumhey kahin bhi pechan saktee hain."
And Veer! Veer just looks at her! Aww!!!! Then Shera seems to realise what she just said and says You get out of my way! Ananaya got here first!
Veer says: So you got here first Big deal! I got the first clue! Shea is like What?! and RamJaane is like Thats-Not-Fair! and Shera says: Pehla surak?
AND VEER SMILES AT HER!!! HOLY CRAP!!! HE IS SO FREAKING HOT! DROP-DEAD-GORGEOUS! I dont care what you guys say! That moustache makes him look SOOO HOT!!! Chocolate Fix!!! Whers my chocolate???
Shera says: Clue? To get to the Khazana? And Veer STILL SMILING nods his head and then Shera says Look this is completely wrong! Ananya got to Charu first! So she should get the first clue! Otherwise-!
Nahin to kya? Veer asks.
RamJaane is waiting for the answer too Veer looks at Shera and says: Kitna Garoor... and Shera replies: Garoor nahin, barosa! Ananya ko apnay aap par poora barosa hain!
And Veer looks admiringly at her! Veer then says: Ok fine. Heres the clue. And he shows Shera the key! And says Whoever gets it first its theirs.
Shera looks at the Key and then asks: How do you know that that is the next clue? What if its wrong? And Veer says: Veer par barosa nahin? Veer tells Shera that he found the Gold key in the Golden grave and then says So shall we begin?
Shera says: Ananya ko jeetnee key adaat WHOOOOO!!!!
Veer says: Aur Veer nay khabhi harna nahin seekah WHOOOOOHOOOOO!!!!
Kya challenge!!!
Then Veer drops the Key! And both Veer and Shera start circling each other to get it! WOW! SO COOL! Just as Veer is about to get the key Dharam yells out for SHAMBO!!!!! Yeh Dharam bhi nah? Yeh khood he ek moosebat hain.... And Shera grabs the key and runs! YAY!!!
Veer yells to Dharam to be careful! and then starts yelling after Shera to give the key back! ITS MY KEY!!! GIVE IT BACK!!! I WANT IT BACK!!!
And then Dharam comes. And Veer covers up his nice hair again. Stupid Dharam... And then Dharam asks Veer who he was shouting after? And what happened?
And Veer says Voh Rajkumare Anan- and then he realises that he cant tell Dharam that he knows Rajkumaree Ananya! And instead says: She was saying that shes a Rajkumaree Kahin key dakoo lagtee hain! And then Dharam asks How she got here? and Veer says That she is looking for the Treasure too just like us and then Dharam says She ran away with our clue? Veer says Dont worry Mere hotay hoey Noon can steal the Khazana from you! And then Dharam ruins the moment by getting angry at Veer and saying But you were just yelling at her! Shes gone! Veer explains that the Key she took was not the real key. I have the real key.
NOT THE REAL KEY?

And then Dharam does this really creepy thing. He grins. Greedily and tries to get the key. God its like he became Scrooge or something I am disappointed. Very disappointed. Veer doesnt give him the key cause hes just playing with him but Dharam gets angry so Veer opens his hand to give him the key but Dharam just stares angrily at him so Veer closes his hand and goes to walk away but Dharam grabs Veers wrist and makes Veer open his hand and then guys you won't believe it Hell I didnt believe it HE TAKES THE KEY.
Veer was GIVING it to you before wasnt he?! What a FREAK.
And then he praises Shambo and says lets go see where this takes us. Im sorry guys I am just SO ANGRY right now. God!
The scene changes. Thats good otherwise I would have killed Dharam there and then if I could! Okay theres a pooja going onIts the Maharaj. and Bhimsen is dressed up and says that it doesnt matter how many Poojas you do the Aryavarths will end blah blah blah And he calls Veer "Mera Veer" and then Bhimsen goes and kills Rudra The soldiers just stand and stareAnd Maharaj comes and finds a letter from Bhimsen saying that He has come! And if Maharaj can save his Aryanagar then he should try! JAI BHAVANI!!! Maharaj looks shocked And says VOH AH GAYA! And I just get up and go and get another can of Pepsi. Cause I need SOMETHING to sustain me through such a stupid scene.

Back to DharamVeer who are both checking out the Key for another clue and then we switch to a bunch of crazy guys in the desert. The leader is screaming about how NOONE CAN GET THE KHAZANA! WHOEVER LOOKS FOR THE KHAZANA WILL DIE! LIKE CHARU!!! HE WILL DIE!!! DIIIIIIEEEEEE!!!!!!!!!!!!! I WILL KILL HIM!!!! ME!!!!!!! Oh Shut Up.
Shera and RamJaane are hiding behind the rocks listening to them and they realsie that they are moving the rocks or something and then the LeaderGuy starts screaming again: THOSE TWO BOYS WILL NOW DIE!!!! THEY WILL BE BURIED ALIVE
Veer is still looking at the Key and realises that something is on the Key! Dharam isnt helping Back to the Nutcases that are trying to bury DharamVeer alive and Shera hears them and she looks worried! and when RamJaane says that What are you waiting for? Lets go! Shera tells him to be quiet!
Back to DharamVeer who have found something on the Key. Yeah thats right! DIRECTIONS TO DISNEYLAND!!! ITS THE KEY TO OPEN THE DISNEY CASTLE!!! Ahem. Sorry. Anyway Veer then notices the strange noise and looks anxiously around
Shera meanwhile is looking at the (Fake)Key and RamJaane asks What shes thinking about?
Shera is remembering what her baba said about staying away from those two Rajkumars and then she remembers Veer giving her his hand and heloing her up and then she remembers the LeaderNutcase screaming about how DharamVeer will now be killed and she says to herself: Nahin Shera osse kuch nahin honey daey ghee! And she gets up! RamJaane asks Where shes going? and Shera says! MERAY VEER KO BACHANAY!!! YAY!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! GO SHERA!!!!!

divya_shweta

June 27, 2008, 04:30 PM

written update 25 june
PART 2

And she runs to the hole and slides back down it!
DharamVeer are still there GET OUT GUYS!!! ARE YOU DEAF??? Veer says We should leave! And Dharam asks Why? And then he asks Hey whats that noise? And then we hear Shera calling for VEER!!!! YAY!!!! and DharamVeer are like What? And then they see Shera and shes Calling VEER!!! And both DharamVeer are like Huh? And Dharam recognises Ananya and hes stunned and Veer is like Oh-Crap and then Dharam says: OH! She thinks you're my little brother Veer! And Veer is like Yeah! That must be it! and then Dharam says What is she doing here? and Veer explains that this is that Rajkumaree that was after the clue and Dharam for some reason looks.... I dunno Angry? Annoyed? Oh whatever shut up Dharam Kabab-Mein-Haddi! And then Shera is telling them to come out NOW! And they are just STANDING there So Shera runs to them and says LETS GET THE OUT OF HERE NOW! And Dharam asks Why?
And Shera says THIS CAVE IS COLLAPSING!!! And then the cave starts shaking and stuff starts falling and they all start running (FINALLY) and they go through the tunnel and then they realsie that Ananya isnt with them. Oh God. Wait this is GOOD! VEER CAN GO SAVE HER!!! YAY!!!!!!! So Veer tells Dharam to get out and he'll go get Ananya So Dharam goes And VEER RUNS BACK!!! And he finds Ananya on the ground with a pillar on her!!! And he gets it off!!! AND HE HELPS HER UP!!! AND GETS HER OUT!!!
Veer helps Ananya out of the hole! And then HE PUTS HER ARM AROUND HIM! AND THEY LOOK AT EACH OTHER There is an eyelock session!!!! And he helps her walk away with Dharam and RamJaane following! Arre yaaro mera chocolate katam ho gaya! Wait I need some more!
Cut to Maharaj. Oh yeah. Him. Hes talking with Nivriti about How to make the Best ApplePie Ever. No. Hes talking about the Messiah. But it would have been cooler if he was talking about Apple Pie right? So Nivriti tells him that hes mistaken and he says that No He SAW HIM!!! Yeah. Sure you did. And then we go to Bhimsen and Sakshi who are looking disgustingly pleased and happy that their plan worked. And now Maharaj thinks hes alive and Rudra is dead. And Nivriti doesnt believe it and knows that that isnt the Messiah! And Maharaj asks her how she knows that? And Maharaj is like Its Him!!! Hes HERE!!! Yeah yeah. Whatever. And Bhimsen and Sakshi are hoping that Veer comes home soon. God I hope not.

Moving on we come to Jai mama and Agni who are on their horses and on their way to Fight the MahaYudh! MAHAYADH!!!! Ahem. Yeah. Jai mama is planning an attack. With Twelve men. Thats right guys. TWELVE. Jai mama says that until nightfall they will stay there and then attack at Night!And everybody goes and hides in the trees and with branches and leaves.It really looks stupid. So stupid.
Jai mama tells Agni that he isnt to hide and he is going to finish DharamVeer while Jai mama kills Aryavardhan and Bechara Agni he is worried for his fathers safety and then he gets slapped. For caring. And sent away to kill DharamVeer. Bechara Agni. I kinda feel sorry for him. But not that much.

divya_shweta

June 27, 2008, 04:32 PM

written update 26 june

Jai come with just one more soldier and showing him a small group of soldiers who are at the border they decide to surprise them and kill them all off. Jai goes forward with his soldiers and kills them all off. Jai then thinks that today lakshya is over and I am going to keep attacking small groups of soldiers and till maharaj understands everything the whole game will be up. And then says that aryanagars end will come by his hands and not the messiahs hand. Charu comes and informs maharaj abt one guy in black with red tikka on his forhead who has killed of some of there soldiers, maharaj remembers the messiah having the same get up. Maharaj tells charu to go to the sharmiks village and search for the messiah. Niviriti tells maharaj that some one else is doing all this in the name of messiah. Maharaj however does not believe her and niviriti thinks that even if veer is the messiah he wont do all this against his family. Maharaj tells charu to go and search. After charu leaves maharaj thinks that if needed he himself will go and search for the messiah.

Shera is lying and veer is sprinkling water on her face she wakes up and veer and ramjane help her sit. Veer then offers to tie a bandage for her. She says thank u. dharam says that they should be the one to say thank u as she saved there life. Dharam calls veer shambu so ananya says shambu. Veer tells ananya that she should not have come behind them as he does not need any help from her, so ananya also gets angry and removes the bandage he tied for her and tells him that she is also does not need anybodys help. Veer wants to drop her back to her mahal but ananya refuses saying that she is not going back unless she gets the khazana, so veer angrily tells her that ok when he finds the khazana he will give her half of it. Ananya refuses saying she does not want anyones help so veer angrily calls out bas and tells her that don’t u know how dangerous kkk is. So ananya replies whats it got to do with u. veer tells ananya that he is telling her for the last time that she cant come with them and tomorrow he will go to leave her in the mahal tomorrow morning. So ananya tries to change the topic by talking abt the surak on the key. She then asks shambu that isn’t dharam suspicious abt u. That time dharam comes and ask why shd he be suspicious so shera tells him that shambu is looking for the khazana for his brother, dharam tells shambu that this is a good thing. Dharam then tells shambu to go and have a bath with him. Shambu refuses so dharam tells him that he is looking like a beggar but still shambu refuses saying he likes it like this and is used to it. After dharam leaves shera taunts him with the truth and then says that yeh badhbu kahan se aa rahi hai and mischievously tells shambu to have a bath after wards other wise she wont be able to sleep.

Agni is planning with his soldiers to kill of dv

Shera is sitting outside where ramjane comes and asks her why they were waiting for the two rajkumars, so shera ans that if they go with these two they will save time but ramjaane sees thru her

Dharam tells veer to go and call shera to sleep also. Veer goes to shera and calls her. Shera tells him that she is going to go with them on kkk so veer tells we will talk abt this in the morning. And as shera gets up she slips so veer tells that u cant walk properly how will u go on the kkk with us.

Veer is sitting and thinking that there is no harm in taking a bath so he removes his get up and goes to take the bath. That time dharam comes there and asks him to turn around and not to be shy like a girl, but veer keeps asking dharam to leave from there. Then veer spots some one trying to attack dharam so turns around and goes to save him and gets hurt but dharam sees his face.

Dharam holds veer and asks shera to bring some water. He then asks veer why he did all this. Veer explains that he always was taught to look after dharam and that the khazana and the throne was and will always be dharams. He only wants his friend and brother.

divya_shweta

June 28, 2008, 11:25 AM

written update 27 june

Its morning time and dv are sleeping, and shera madam is sitting above veer she wakes up and straigtens veers blanket but when he wakes up and asks her if she didn’t sleep the whole night, but she said she just woke up and is trying to solve the clue of the key. Veer tells her that its of no use as it’s the wrong key. She gets angry at veer says that why should I have given u the right key. Both start fighting and then dharam wakes up and starts complaining abt them fighting early in the morning. Veer asks ananya to leave for her mahal but she refuses and says that either she will go with them or on her own but she will go on this kkk. Veer tells dharam there is no need for this and when they find the khazana they will give him a part of it. But ananaya refuses so dharam agrees to take her.

Agni acts rudely to the guys he had hired for failing to kill dv, but the guy doesnot take kindly to agnis rude behaviour and tries to strangle him and warns agni not to act smart with him again, agni leaves from there in a huff

Dv have got new clothes and are going towards a kabila. Hearing the name of the kabila ananya acts like she knows abt them so veer asks her if she knows them too as she doesnot look like a rajkumari but is a bade se daku ki beti and knows all the bade bade gundas. Ananya replies that yes she knows abt them and that their kabila ka nishan is a sun, veer asks her how she knows so she replies that she is a bade se daku ki beti and knows all the bade bade gundas.

At that time one raka comes and forcefully is taking one boy from his father and when his father opposes to it so raka kills him off. After he leaves from there veer comes forward and angrily asks them why they didn’t help the guy. One of the villagers says that raka has taken one boy from each house and spares the others if they don’t object. Veer is very angry to know that to save themselves they are sacrificing there childrens.

Dharam asks all the villagers if they had any information abt where raka took there childrens. The villager replied that he uses them to dig gold, but where they have no idea and are reluctant to talk abt it. Dharam turns around and sees that veer is very hurt and emotional watching the dead guys wife crying over him.

Veer very emotionally tells all the villagers that what cowards they were that they just stood and saw that daku taking there children away and even killing one of them, he asks is not even one of them had any courage in them. And tells them if they kept quite like this then the next day raka was going to take there children away too. He tells them that at least u shd hv tried. If even two of u come forward then the others will also get courage to fight. One of the villager tells him that its not his problem. Veer says yes its not my prob and I am not one of u but ur children are yours so for him come forward. But all the villagers go away from there. Dharam consoles him and both dv help the widow do the last rites for her husband. The dead guys young daughter comes to veer and tells him that she has lot of courage and will fight raka to avenge her father and bring her bro back home.

Maharaj is looking very worried so nivi comes forward and tells him that she is worried abt him. Maharaj says that he is worried coz the messiah means a threat to dv. Nivi tells him that dv are not in danger as there is no messiah. Maharaj tells her that do u know something that I don’t know abt. Nivi tells her that I trust my god completely and tells him that even if some danger comes then veer will not only save dharam but the whole aryanagar she trusts veer completely. Maharaj also agrees to this.

Dv are sitting under a tree in the village and ananya is talking to the little girl. Dharam tells veer that raka is to be blamed for all this and we shd just go and kill him. Veer tells him that wont help him as if they killed one raka another will rise and torture them.

Bhimsen tells saakshi that fear makes us weak. Bhimsen tells saakshi they have successfully not only gotten rid of rudra but also mislead the maharaj who is now busy searching for the messiah.

Veer tells dharam that I can kill the raka but he has to first make them aware as unless they overcome there fear they will never succeed. Dharam objects to this and says but they are common villagers so veer replies that all wars are not won by soldiers only. Veer tells dharam that he will teach the villagers to fight and although they don’t believe him today they will agree with him tomorrow. Veer tells dharam to fight for your independence even if u have to die its worth it.

Bhimsen tells saakshi that veer will come back fully prepared and he will help them all get there freedom

divya_shweta

July 4, 2008, 12:55 PM

written update 30 june

DV and shera inspire the villagers to fight against Raka but no one listens to them except the village kids.All 3 of them decide to teach the kids to fight against raka and his men.

Then the 3 of them start teaching the kids how to fight.One of the men of raka is watching all these.In btw there r some romantic scenes btw veer and shera.

The villagers assemble there and tell them to leave the village b'coz if raka comes to know,he will kill all the villagers b'coz of them.They also take back their children.Veer goes away frm there in anger.

Shera was abt to follow veer when her antar aatma tells her to steal the key and go in search of the khazana.Shera tells her aatma that how can she betray veer by doing this?Then her antar aatma asks her why is she s concerned abt veer?What has happened to her?Why is she changed after veer came into her life?Shera couldn't answer anything.

Nivriti sees a bad dream abt veer.Sunanda comes there and asks her what happened.Nivriti tells her that if AV comes to know abt veer,he will kill him.She then orders sunanda to search for pari and sakshi.

Veer is very upset.Dharam tells him we shld stop fighting for these ppl and leave frm here.These ppl r happy with their conditions and do not want freedom.Veer asks him who do not wants freedom?He will fight for these ppl and save them frm raka,if dharam wants to go in search of khazana he can.Dharam tells him he will be with him and will support him.

Raka's man tells raka that 2 young boys r inspiring the villagers to fight against him.Raka kills the man and orders his other men to kill the 2 boys.

DV ans shera are safeguarding the village,one of raka's man first shoots an arrow on dharam's hand then another man shoots another arrow on veer's hand.DV slowly were losing their conscienceness when all of them attacked dv.DV and shera fought with the men and then fell unconscious.Shera then asked for help but noone helped her.Everybody said let them die,we will leave this village.

Episode ends with unconscious dv and helpless shera.

divya_shweta

July 8, 2008, 01:49 PM

Written update 1 july

The Villagers all gather around DharamVeer who are unconscious and they decide to help them. No they dont. You know what they decide? They decide to pack their bags and leave. Who DOES THAT? So they leave leaving becharee Shera to shout back at them for help Shera is like What The Hell Do I Do? and she looks around and then gets up and runs to a house but the door is locked She bangs on te door calling for help and then we get a look at a Villager woman who is INSIDE A HOUSE PACKING HER BAGS She says I wonder what state those two boys are in? Her husband starts shouting at her and tells her to keep quiet and pack her bags
Shera is screaming for help and banging on the door Shera runs to another door and starts banging on that one and the door opens! But while Shera is asking for help the freaking guy just shuts it in her face! Shera runs to this Guy who is JUST STANDING THERE and asks him for help Oh God. Shera even folds her hands in front of him And the Freaking guy just says that It would be good if they died! Because of them we have to leave our Village?Shera just looks at him slightly shocked and upset Shera!
DharamVeer are still unconscious and then we switch to Bhimsen.

Bhimsen is being all HeroLike and encouraging his Crew to FIGHT!.....
He gives a big speech on how the Shramiks have to BELIEVE! they have to FIGHT! They have to have FAITH! They have to put FEAR into their ENEMIES! WE WILL WIN Bhimsen shows his Crew that hes going to send Maharaj a Letter from THE MESSIAH! and once Maharaj reads the Letter he will realise that The MESSIAH HAS COME! Sakshi smirks.and then Maharaj will get scared and try to find the Messiah quicker. Then one guy asks Who is the Messiah? Bhimsen says that they will find out at the right time! And then he gets a little girl to do his dirty work for him

Back to DHARAMVEER who are still unconscious and the Villagers are all leaving Shera is looking helpless and then she sees a girl praying and she looks at Veer Shera runs to temple and gets down on her knees and looks at the girl and she starts praying too

Rakas People are coming and the Villagers are about to leave when the Women and Children refuse to leave! They want to FIGHT! Raka is coming in his palki Back to Shera who is still praying and then she sees the villagers still there and then she sees the sword lying in fron of her so she gets up!!! SHE GETS THE SWORD!!! AND SHE TURNS AROUND!!!!

Shera goes to stand with the villagers who are ready to FIGHT! All of them are women and kids And then RAKA COMES making a lot of noise. Freak. He gets out of his palki and walks forward and SHERA COMES FORWARD TOO! The Villagers then TURN AND RUN. BUT THEN VEER COMES! AND STOPS THEM! And tells them to fight together and they will WIN! Raka is smirking AND VEER SENDS THE VILLAGERS TO WAR!Everyone starts fighting and SHERA IS FIGHTING RAKA Veer is totally beating the crap out of everyone!!! Shera calls Veer! RAKA THROWS SHERA TO THE GROUND! VEER SAVES SHERA!!!! VEER AND RAKA FIGHT!!!! Veer hits him a couple of times but then he falls down!!! Raka grabs his sword!!! BUT THE VILLAGERS COME WITH HUGE STICKS!

Shera runs to an unconscious Dharam and then the villagers BEAT THE CRAP OUTTA RAKA!Shera helps Veer up and they both watch as Raka gets battered

Over to Maharaj and Nivriti who get the Letter and Maharaj goes to fight THE MESSIAH! Nivriti decides to find out who this Freak is and get rd of him

DharamVeer and Shera are standing together and a Villager comes to chat with them. He tells them that Rakas lair is called -Wait for it!- UTRAJEE BEEL!!!! DharamVeer and Shera are completely surprised and Dharam tells the Villager that they were actually looking for Utrajee Beel because the Surya Dev mourt is there somewhere. The little girl runs into her house and brings out a golden Sun and shows it to them and asks if they are talking about this? DharamVeer and Shera are like WHOOHOO! and Veer smiles at the little girl Dharam looks reeeally happy and says that Them helping the villagers out has lead them towards their own goal! Shera smiles and says Guys! We are getting that Treasure! and Veer smiles back at her and then Shera says that Soon Dharam will be King of Aryanagar!
And then theres silence.
Shera asks What? Did I say smething wrong?
And Veer answers that Meray Bhai Dharam key baat he kuch aisi hain kay hur koi osse Aryanagr kay singhasan par betay hoey dekhnah chahta hain DharamVeer music starts up as DharamVeer smile at each other and then hug!

And then we switch to Agni who is.... playing with crown Agni puts the PlantpotCrown on his head and then checks himself out in the waters reflection and says to himself that this is hwo the Aryanagar Taj will look on his head While hes admiring himself the FatGuy is laying with his sword and hits a rock into the water destroying Agnis reflection
Agni gets all angry and gets up and starts ranting about how Hes surrounded by idiots and that such idiots cant do their job properly and cant find DharamVeer Then one of the BadGuys comes running up and says that Hes found DharamVeer! They are looking for a Khazana and have gone to Rajvid village to find it!
The FatGuy gets up and says that The treasure and DharamVeer will not escape from their hands and marches off with his brothers.
His exit is ruined by Agni who says HEY! Kabardaar! If you come back empty handed! I want evidence of DharamVeers Death and the Treasure!!! SAMJAY???! FatGuy looks angry but stomps off without saying anything

Back to VEER! Who is sitting by himself and thinking about the time he was acting like a Hero for the Shakaal Villagers Hes remembering how he promised to give the Villagers their FREEDOM! And then he remembers Dharam telling him that these people dont want Freedom and how he told Dharam that What man will not want Freedom? and how he told the Villagers that This fight is for their Tomorrow! And then the BIG ONE guys! He remembers BHIMSEN telling him that he wants AZADI! WHOOOO!!! And then he remembers Bhimsen tellinh him that the Aryavarths have stolen their Freedom Theres some lightning flashes and Veer looks stricken by the realisation that what he wants for the Villagers Bhimsen also wants for himself and the Shramik.......

divya_shweta

July 8, 2008, 01:51 PM

written update 2 july

Shera somes to the temple where Veer is sitting quietly thinking and calls him She asks him what wrong? And Veer replies Nothing He gets up and stands before Shera and then we see in the background a bunch of Dakoos hiding Shera steps forward and Veer asks Tum kuch kehnay aye thi?
Shera says No! Yes! I mean... Ananya wanted to say that Today you did something really good! and like Dharam you should also rest so that your wounds heal quicker
Shera then says: Aur....
Veer: ... Aur?
Shera: And so that we can all leave here quickly to find the Khazana!

Veer SMILES!!!! And says It looks like you cant see anything except the Treasure! Shera looks annoyed and asks Oh Yeah? then why am I telling you to rest? Veer says So that we get better quick and can take you to theKhazan Shera looks upset and says Ananya ka voh matlaab nahin tah! Veer COMES UP RIGHT BEHIND HER!!! AND ASKS : Toh kya matlaab tah tumhara? And Shera is like Oh. My. God What the HELL did I just say??? and then she slowly looks at Veer and then she just looks sooooo nervous!!! and Veer is right behind her!!! And then they dont say anything FOR AGES!!! AND THEN VEER SMILES!!

and then one kid cumes & say Veer bhaiya Veer bhaiya!!!

Veer looks down and Shera looks so relieved and the little kid says come on we have to get ready for the jashnae and then they drag them both away

Nivriti meanwhile is doing a pooja for Veer and Sakshi is there. and she asks whats going on? The girl says that Nivriti is doing a Pooja for Veer. Sakshi wonders Why there is a Pooja going on for Veer? Sakshi then thinks If a pooja is going on for Veer then i will go too and maybe find some news about Veer.
And then she does something She hits a poor girl with a stick in the head and grabs her and then dresses up in her clothes so that she can go undercover to the Pooja. Sakshi then covers her face and sneaks into the pooja Nivriti says: Oh God wherever my Veer is look after him then she turns to Sunanda and asks about Pari and Sakshi Sunanda says they have no news of them yet Sakshi looks shocked Sunanda says that Pari is not well and Sakshi is wandering around the Shramik basti Nivriti says Go find them! I WANT THEM HERE! I will destroy ever name joined with Veer!!! Sakshi looks scared Sunanda leaves.

Back to the Villagers who are all PARTYING!!! Dharam is standing beside a cooking pot and Veer Shera are having a moment They are making decorations and Veer looks at Shera and Shera looks at Veer! and then Veer reaches forward and their hands touch and Shera is nervous! And Veer ijust keeps looking at her!!! and then he smiles and gets up and leaves and Shera watched him go!

And then we see the dakoos again Oh no. Shera meanwhile is checking out Veer as he climbs apillar and when he turns to look at her Shera shakes her head in annoyance at him and Veer just smiles and looks at her again and Shera laughs YAY!!! And then Veer jumps down! And he falls and Shera laughs and Veer grins AND SHERA GOES TO HIM!-And the Bloody Dakoos steal some womens clothing. and DharamVeer and Shera are all enjoying themselves and the Dakoos DRESSED AS WOMEN join the party too and then they start surrounding Veer GET AWAY FROM HIM!!! AND THEN THEY GRAB HIM AND THEY STAB HIM! AND THEY LEAVE HIM HURT AND BLEEDING!!!!
AND SHERA NOTICES AND SCREAMS VEER!!! AND SHE RUNS TO HIM AND VEER COLLAPSES IN HER LAP and Dharam notices and he screams VEER!!! AND HE RUNS TO VEER AND GETS ATTACKED BY A BLOODY DAKOO NOOOO! AND SHERA IS CRYING OVER VEER WHO IS SO HURT And VEER CALLS FOR DHARAM! AND DHARAM INSTEAD OF RUNNING TO HIS BLEEDING BROTHER RUNS AFTER THE BLOODY DAKOOS Shera is crying over Veer and telling him to open his eyes! and then Veer faints

Dharam meanwhile runs after the dakoos EMPTYHANDED and acts all cool and gets beaten up.
Shera meanwhile is doing what Dharm should have done and has taken care of Veer who wakes up and immediately wants to go find Dharam so Shera goes with him and Dharam has been carried off like a ragdoll to Agni
Nivriti however is getting all ready to go out and look for the FakeMessiah.

Nivriti is going to find the Messiah all by herself. Alone. In one night. With no help whatsoever. She is going to do what the whole freaking army couldnt do she s gonna do herself.

VeerShera come running together and find a couple of people just sitting there so Veer asks them if theyve seen his brother Dharam but they both say No Veer keeps moving but hes really hurt Shera follows him and Veer asks another woman the same thing but she says No too But then the little girl with the woman says IVE SEEN HIM Finally! Veer asks Where??? and the girl says Over there beside the Jungle so VeerShera run in that direction calling for Dharam Veer stumbles and Shera helps him and then they notice on the ground ... something.... like stick? makes Veer scream desperately DHARAAAAM!!!!

Switch to Agni who is sitting in a cave acting like a King and the Dakoos throw a sack at his feet. its just Dharam beaten up and unconscious The dakoo says Here is your enemy and the Khazana clue Agni looks all happy and pleased and stands up to slowly clap and says So you arent as useless as I thought The dakoo agrees with me cause he grabs Agni by the throat and says Sambhal kay! Varna hum tumharee zubaan kaath dein ghay! Hum say koi nahin bachtah! Agni doesnt look impressed and smacks his hand away Agni asks where is Veer? Agni says that He wants to kill BOTH Dharam and Veer You have only completed half of your job! the dakoo says that Soon enough Veer will be brought too As the dakoos go to leave Agni stops them and says that You dont need to go looking for Veer Veer will come looking for Dharam Bad feeling guys... Very bad feeling...
Switch back to VeerShera who are still looking for Dharam and find his golden bangle!
Back to Agni who is talking to an unconscious Dharam Agni says God knows how many failures Ive had to suffer at your hands! How many times Ive been brought down by you! Youve always made fun of me!

Agni then says But in the end I will win! Aryavardhan kay uttarkardhi! Meray pearoh par ghiray! Dharam wakes up and Agni raises Dharams chin with his foot.

Agni says: Look at me Dharam! Look at Aryanagars King To Be!!!

And then he kicks ragdoll Dharam away and Laughs and Laughs :mad: :(

divya_shweta

July 8, 2008, 01:54 PM

written update 3 july

The epi starts with veer ananya in the jungle looking for dharam and calling out his name. veer suddenly finds dharams braclet and decide that they must have gone in that direction. The dakus in the vulgar clothes are searching for veer. Ananya makes a tired veer sit with the support of the veer and takes care of him. Ananya sees one cart fellow coming and stops him. She takes some water from him and sprinkles on veers face. Ananya tells the cart fellow to take them to a vaidjis place. Veer says no I have to first search for dharam. Ananya argues that no we will go to a vaidji house first. Ananya and the cart fellow help veer to the cart, when veer spots blood on it and threatens the cart fellow what did u do with my bro. the cart fellow says that he didn’t do anything and says that he gave lift to some ppl before and by his description veer understands that they are the same ppl who had attacked him. Veer threatens the cart fellow to take him to the same place where he had dropped those attackers.

Dharam gains conscious and seeing agni asks him but we all thought that u had died, agni replies that we did die but seeing how u all were so unhappy and were mourning us I came back. He tells dharam how cld u believe that I and my dad cld die so easily, we have to first kill you and your dad, and I have to sit on the throne of aryanagar. Dharam tells him to free his hand than he will show him. Agni says that he will kill dv and jai will kill maharaj. Dharam says that maharaj is a veer yodha who cant be killed by someone like u and ur dad. Dharam tells him to take care coz veer will be coming now soon. Agni says he will come only if my men let him live. Dharam calls out veer.

Veer ananya have come to the cave where the cart fellow had dropped the dakus, inside they see some women doing aarti. Veer ananya goe inside and the dakus attacke them, veer does very good stunts and fights them all off. Ananya also fights well. Ananya tells them to leave as veer wont be able to fight them all in his condition and if something happened to him how will they search for dharam. Veer does not agree but still ananya pulls him and they run from there and hide behind one wall. Veer then wants to follow the dakus to where dharam is being kept, but ananya disagrees then veer falls down in pain and ananya rushes to him.

Agni tells dharam that its useless to think abt running away, dharam tells him just open my hands than I will show u. agni says I am not stupid. The dakus come there and tell agni that veer has escaped. Agni gets angry at the dakus but the head threatens agni to keep his voice down. The daku tells him that lets play one game with dharam till then. Agni wants to know what khel. The dakus say tum dekho ge to khust ho jaoge. Agni smiles.

Veer wakes up and ananya is happy to see him conscious. Veer wants to know where the dakus went, ananya replies that u become unconscious and I was with u and the dakus went away. Veer gets up and starts using his sword on nearby plants in frustration and says that its all my fault. Ananya tells him its not ur fault. Veer remembers nivi telling him to always take care of dharam. Veer says he was not able to look after his bro, god knows where he is and how.

One guy is coming and everyone saying malik malik. He comes and stands over dharam. Agni comes and frees dharams hand. Dharam gets up and agni tells him that see I have fulfilled ur wish I have freed ur hand and I am giving u an opportunity to fight me, only thing in my place malik will fight u. agni says that whoever wins will get the mohar. Malik taunts dharam that lets see how much power is there in the royal blood. Agni tells dharam that arayanagar ke rules will not be applicable in this fight. Dharam is confident. Agni signals for the fight to begin. Malik beats dharam and ver in the jungle is searching for dharam and calling out his name. dharam gets up and beats malik. All the ppl are cheering for malik. Dharam tells malik to get up and show his strength. That time malik gets up and throws a hand full of chilli pwd in dharams eyes. Malik now is successful in beating dharam. Veer is searching for dharam and ananya comes and supports him and she is also calling out dharams name. the malik fellow hurts dharam.

divya_shweta

July 8, 2008, 01:57 PM

written update 4 july

The epi starts with malik beating dharam and veer still searching for dharam. Malik hits dharam badly and dharam becomes unconscious. Two of the dakus come and carry him away.

Veer also falls down and shera comes to help him.

Agni is very happy and tells malik that he wants veer also to meet the same fate. Malik replies that for half share of the khazana malik can do anything.

The dakus have left dharam in the jungle, veer and shera are coming that way calling out to him. Shera advises veer to rest for sometime but veer gets angry at her and tells her if u don’t want to come with me u can leave. He is also angry with her for not following the dakus earlier. He holds her tightly and tells her that if I had become unconscious at least u shd have followed them. Veer then calms down and tells shera sorry for reacting so rudely with her, but shera assures him that nothing will happen to dharam and shows him a village nearby and tells veer that we will go there and ask someone.

In the mahal nivi asks sunanda if maharaj has left, when sunanda replies yes, she dresses up to leave and search for the naqli messiah. Maharaj is making some preparations to capture the messiah, here bhim has also come there and says that they have to carry on increasing this fear in maharaj. Nivi standing behind has heard all this and says she will bring out the truth even if she has to kill them to do so.

Veer and shera have reached up to the village, veer is concerned where dharam is and how is he faring. Dharam is at a vaidjis place who is treating him. Shera tells veer that lets go forward to the village and ask abt dharam. Here dharam has gained consiousness and the vaidji is happy saying that he had lost all hope for dharam to become conscious. Here veer and shera have reached outside a krishan temple and veer prays to god to take him to dharam. Here dharam is also in the same temple being treated. Veer spots dharam and comes crawling in his haste to dharam and hugs him. Veer asks dharam if he is ok. Seeing dharams condition veer asks him who did all this to him. Veer then asks vaidiji if dharam will be alright. Vaidji replies that yes but ur bro will now never be able to walk. Veer is very shocked and tells vaidji what u are telling. Hare raam hare raam govinda govinda. Veer refuses to believe and tells dharam that don’t listen to vaidji and nothing will happen and u will be able to walk and lifts him up and says dharam walk and show them. He asks dharam to lift his legs but dharam just shakes his head negatively and falls down. Veer helps him and says that this cant happen.

Agni is very happy to know from his men that dharam is alive and that veer is coming there. Looking at malik he says uski maut yahan uska intezar kar rahi hai. Agni thinks that for so many days I hv been insulted by them now I get the opportunity to score. He sends his men to tell jai that both dv are dead.

Maharaj is instructing his soldiers to be alert and that not even a bird should come there, bhim replies that no bird but naqli messiah will definitely come. One soldier comes to maharaj and tells him that he has seen the messiah in the opp direction, as soon as maharaj leaves from there the soldier turns around he is bhim. After maharaj leaves bhim goes to open the door. But nivi comes there and stops bhim. Bhim tells him that till there asli messiah comes they have to save him. So nivi tells him that veer will never go against his family and dharam to fight with u all. Bhim however disagrees and says that they were veers family and his ppl and he will definitely help them. Bhim says that veer is our blood. Nivi threatens him that she will tell his truth to maharaj so bhim tells her to go ahead and do so and maybe she will succeed.

divya_shweta

July 8, 2008, 02:24 PM

written update 7 july

Veer is running faster and remembering the fight btw dharam and malik
Agni tells that dharam is dead,(Another blooper,he came to know dharam is alive in the last episode) now veer will also die and then the aryanagar's singhasan will be his.Veer shouts frm behind that the singhasan always belongs to dharam.Agni tells veer that he was waiting for him.Veer then tells him,"Pehli baar kisi ko apni maut ka besabri se intezaar karte dekh raha hoon."(Kya dialogue tha! )He then tells him in fact reminds him that dharam is alive.He screams,"who had attacked my bro?"Malik gets up and tells him he has done that.Agni challenges veer to fight with malik in the akhada.Veer agrees but one villager tells veer to ask for 2 days time to fight with veer.Veer agrees,asks for 2 days time and goes away.

In aryanagar,nivriti is remembering bhimu's words.She asks herself,"kya paida karnewala hi bada hota hai,kya palnewale ka koi haq nahi?"Good dialogue.She then remembers how she got veer in the river.Nivriti tells herself that she will never let veer know his truth.Sunanda comes and tells her she couldn't find pari and sakshi.Nivriti tells her that she has a way to solve this problem.

Aryavardhan is worried as he didn't find the messiah in the godown.Charusinha tells him may be that messiah didn't come there.Nivriti comes there and tells him that there is no messiah,it's bhimsen who is doing all this,he is not alone in this,some baagi shramiks are helping him,specially pari and sakshi.AV then orders charusinha to find pari,sakshi and bhimu and hang them.

DV,shera and the villager are in the temple.Veer tells dharam he has to learn a spl.art of fighting frm a man called keshav 2 defeat malik.Dharam tells him to go back to aryanagar but veer refuses saying they will go back when dharam walks,veer kills malik and gets the khazana for dharam.

AV asks charusinha who are pari and sakshi?Charusinha tells him pari is wife of soma.AV tells him to arrest them immediately.

DV reach keshav's house.Veer tells him he wants to learn that art of fighting but keshav refuses to teach him.Suddenly,his daughter comes there and tells him that some dakoos are behind her.Keshav kills those dakoos.Veer tells him just like u killed them to save ur daughter,i want to kill malik for my bro.Keshav decides to teach him.

Shera's father comes to know shera is with dv.He then tells himself he has to do something.

divya_shweta

July 9, 2008, 03:11 PM

written upadate 8 july

Epi start in a cave with VEER and Keshav and Keshav is giving Veer a lecture while Dharam and Shera look on
Keshav says: Whatever I say you will have to do.
Keshav: You will have to forget everything and move forward Can you do it?
Veer nods his head and Keshav tells him to come with him. They go forward like two steps and then Keshav removes the rug on the ground and underneath it is.... What is that? Its all sparkly and... Ah crap. Its glass. Cut into pieces.
Keshav says: You have to take control of your pain You have to walk over this glass barefoot!
Dharam says: Nahin Veer Nahin! and Shera looks upset and anxious
and Keshav says: Fine then If you cant do this then step back from this fight! Veer looks torn between Dharams advice and Keshavs order.
But this IS Veer So he takes his shoes off and stands in front of the glass and says I wont back down and Dharam again tells Veer Dont Do It!!! But Veer steps forward and Dharam tells him TO STOP!!! and Veer doesnt listen! and he looks like hes in so much pain
And then Keshav tells Veer that If you cant overcome this fear then you will never win! Go forward!!!
Veer steps forward again and he screams out in pain and Dharam screams out VEER!!! VEER!!! and Shera runs to Veer as he falls down! and she cradles him in her arms!!! But then Keshav ruins the moment Shera tells him Stop this! Thats enough!
but Keshav says: No this Rajkumar cant handle a little bit of pain! So he cant even fight to the death!
Veer tries to get up and Shera tries to stop him but Veer cant be stopped and then
Keshav says: When he cant handle this much pain how will he understand the pain his brother is in?
He then says: I told you before to learn this fight you must forget yourself.
Keshav: The ma who cannot forget himself How will he fight for others?
Veer looks determined to prove this guy wrong and he gets up while Dharam and Shera look like theyre going to cry
Veer starts walking again and Dharam can hardly watch as he tells Veer to Stop Veer Veer starts walking looking like hes in a HELL of a lot of pain and he gets flashbacks of Dharam getting beaten up and Hare Ram Hare Krishna soundtrack starts up and Veers feet are all bloody and it REALLY LOOKS PAINFUL and Veer cries out in pain and Dharam looks away in AGONY and Veer Determined-Stubborn-Ziddi Veer keeps going and Dharam asks in ANGUISH: Veer why are you doing this??? Please Stop!and Keshav turns to look at Veer and Shera is in the background looking just as anguished as Dharam and Veer is about to fall but he keeps going! and makes it to the other side. Then falls down.
and Veer calls out MAA and then this is the weird bit PARI SITS UP IN HER BED AND CALLS OUT VEER!

THEY REPLACED PARI!

is in some place with a Vaidji who asks her whats wrong? And Pari basically explains that She feels that something is wrong My son is in danger! and the Vaidji SAYS YOU HAVE NO SON and Pari doesnt answer him instead she says I have to back to Aryanagar! and Vaidji tells her That she shouldnt go there because the Maharaj is looking for the Messiah Pari looks shocked Pari insists that she go back to Aryanagar and then the vaidji tries to stop her and she just runs out the door to go to Aryanagar to Veer
Back to Keshav and Veer who is standing again and Keshav is giving another lecture and saying that Malik when he fights will also fight dirty and cheat and Veer has to be aware of this and then he tells Veer to close his eyes and pick up his sword. Keshav tells Veer TO LISTEN LISTEN TO THE SOUND OF THE SWORDFIGHTS OF WARRIORS THAT ONCE FOUGHT HERE. Veer tells Keshav he cant hear anything and Keshav tells him to listen harder! So Veer closes his eyes again and now I think Veer has become psychic or telepathic because all of a sudden he can hear the sound of a war that happened God knows how long ago and he starst fighting like theres no tomorrow and Dharam and Shera still look confused and no wonder Veer looks like hes gone nuts. But he still fights pretty damn good And then Dharam looks pleased and proud and and Shera looks proud too and so does Keshav.
Back to Veer Shera who are sitting in a room together and Veer is pulling bits of glass out of his feet while Shera makes some medicine in a bowl and she looks upset about Veer being hurt . Dharam IS there. and Veer is cleaning his feet and Dharam is watching and
Shera says: Ananya will help you and she puts some lape on his foot and Veer cries out and Dharam asks: Why do you do this?
Veer: Do what?
Dharam: There is no need to fight We do not need any badlah! Why are you doing this? If something happens to you then what?
Shera is binding Veers foot and Dharam then says: At least there is one from the two of us who can look after Aryanagars singhasan and Veer replies: Dharam only one man will sit on the Throne and that will be you Dharam and you will walk as soon as as your wounds heal I will help you walk
Dharam: How?
Veer just looks at him a little annoyed and frustrated and then Shera says: There must be someone in this village who can help Dharam and then she gets up and says: Ananya will come back soon and she TOUCHES VEERS SHOULDER and leaves.
Shera walks out of the house and is GRABBED BY SOMEONE so she gets her knife out But then she realises that its her Baba He looks really angry.
And then he asks her What shes doing wandering around with DharamVeer?
Ananya asks: Who told her that shes with DharamVeer?
And then we see RamJaane.
Ananya shows him her knife and threatens him but her Baba asks her to answer the question and Ananya brings out this really dumb story about how shes only with DharamVeer to get the Khazana
Baba sees through her lie too but he gives her this big speech about how Shera is his daughter and she will use DharamVeer to get the khazana and as soon as she gets it she'll bring it back to him as soon as possible
Shera looks uncomfortable and leaves and RamJanne looks guilty and Baba tells himt o watch over Shera and DharamVeer and once they get the Khazana DharamVeer are going to be taken care of.

Over to Agni. Who is playing with the khazana sun clue and wondering what it and Malik is acting all KungFu and then the FatDakoos come in saying that Veer is learning to fight with Maliks old guru and Agni gets worried and says lets finish him today and Malik says He will win anyway
Moving on. To Dharam who is thinking of Veer Hugging Veer, Dancing with Veer, Riding horses with Veer Ah..... and then VEER himself comes in he sits down beside Dharam with some food and tells him to eat but Dharam says hes not hungry.
Veer tries to get him to eat and Dharam snaps at him
Veer has been rejected so he leaves.
He goes outside and theres a sad soundtrack playing and its dark outside and Veer hobbles over to the Fire and Shera comes out
Shera walks over to him (!!!) she has food and she reaches out to Veer but then stops * and then she says: Veer Dharam will get better.
Veer: I cant see him like that.
Ananya: Today Ananya met a big vaidji and he said that he can heal Dharam
Veer looks sooo happy! and he grabs Shera in his excitementand Shera looks happy too and then Veer says: Shukriya and Ananya says: Theres no need for that Ananya cant see Dharam like that either!
And then they both look teary eyed

divya_shweta

July 10, 2008, 05:21 PM

written update 9 july

The episode starts with keshavji training veer. Keshav says that today you will learn the last lesson and ties a cloth to veer’s eyes and they start fighting and veer wins the fight. Keshav tells veer that in two days he taught him as much as he can and when fighting mallik to be always attentive as mallik has become a very dangerous fighter and he uses all sorts of tricks to win. Veer touches keshav’s feet and says that he will kill mallik and take his brother’s revenge.
In vaidya’s ashram charusena comes and searches the vaidya’s house but vaidya says that pari left for aryanagar yesterday and charusena leaves for aryanagar. Here in the forest pari is running bare feet and sakshi too comes to vaidya who tells her same he told charusena. Sakshi runs out into the forest thinking that she has to reach her mother first otherwise if her mother reach aryanagar then ranima will capture her. Here pari is in temple ringing the bell and tiredly falls down and prays to protect veer from all dangers.
Veer is getting ready and veer tells dharam to stay in the house till he returns, veer tells dahram that he is going with keshav. Dharam tells him not to go as he doesn’t want mallik to do something similar as he has done to him. and he has only veer. But veer comforts him that he will never leave dharam’s side. Ananya is watching with tears in her eyes. Dharam pleads with veer but veer gets up and turns to see ananya crying and asks now why are you crying. Ananya replies that she is not crying and veer says yes why should you cry, infact you should be happy that I am leaving. Ananya glares at him and veer relents and says I am leaving my brother in your care, take care of him and hesistantly adds and you too. And looking at dharam one last time leaves. And dharam yells after him for veer not to leave.
Here in temple as the aarti is going on sakshi find her mother and charusena also comes there looking for them. Pari asks sakshi what she is doing there. And sakshi replies that aryanagar isn’t safe for them anymore as the soldiers are looking for them. Pari replies so whats new, as always they want to show their strength, neway we have to leave from here quickly. And as they turn they are captured by charusena and his men. Charusena asks where is their other comrade. At which pari replies long time ago you tried to kill him and failed but now he will return and finish you all off. charusena shouts that their messiah will never come and orders his men to take them away. As the men take pari and sakshi away pari keeps on shouting that he will come and finish you off, he will come.
Here in ring everyone is shouting mallik and agni comes forward and looks at veer and keshav and says so finally you have come. And veer says that I am not a coward but where is your mallik has he run away. Mallik comes and gloats so have you learnt whatever you wanted to and veer says that he has learnt to finish him off. then mallik says then lets fight and veer touches his master feet and keshav blesses him. mallik asks his men wether they found veer’s brother and his men says that he is home and mallik smiles and then comes into the ring and says that this fight has no rules, this fight is fight unto death.
In aryanagar, nivriti is pacing in her room and saying to herself that once she find pari and sakshi she will finish them off and veer will never come to know the truth. At that time aryavardhan comes and says that charusena has found pari and sakhshi and is bringing them here. Nivriti tells her brother to hang pari and sakshi as soon as they are brought. Aryavardhan is surprised and says that is not possible coz to give such a big punishment there has to be court proceedings first. Nivriti replies that if they delay then pari and sakshi will escape just like bhimsen and they will destroy aryanagar. Aryavardhan gets angry and agrees with nivriti saying that he will hang sakshi and pari as soon as they reach aryanagar. And leaves. Nivriti is happy that now veer will always remain with her. But her selfconscious comes in front of her and says that are you sure, will you be able to live happily after taking two innocent lives. But nivriti says that pari and sakshi are not innocent as they tried to take her son away from him. at which her self conscious laughs and says that veer is not your son and when he comes to know that you not only kept him away from his real mother but also got her killed then his heart will be broken and he will hate you for it. Nivriti falls down on her bed crying that now what will she do.
The end.

divya_shweta

July 11, 2008, 04:52 PM

Written update 10 july

The epi starts with veer taking aashirwad from keshavji. Malik comes to veer and tells him that this fight has no rules and regulations, now u win this fight and show. Agni throws the clue to kkk on the ground and says that who ever will win this fight will get the next clue. A very nice fight between malik and veer follows, lovely stunts. Suddenly malik finds himself being beaten up by veer so throws some sand into veers eyes. But veer still by hearing is able to fight, but suddenly malik starts hitting veer without making too much noise and veer falls down, keshavji comes to veer and tells him to concentrate on the sound of the strike and he will win, veer does that and again some really awesome fight between veer and malik takes place. Veer know is winning. When suddenly agni comes and calls for a break. Veer goes to keshaviji and there is blood coming out of his mouth. Keshav explains to veer that till now u r doing nicely but malik is very intelligent and he will definitely try to cheat. Here they show agni giving some instructions to his ppl but we cant hear anything.

Pari and saakshi are being taken by charu to palace thru the village when bhimsen comes there and fights with charu and frees them both. Jai bahwani.

The last part of the fight begins and veer is again winning, when malik comes near his ears and whispers in it for veer to turn around and see once, when veer turns he is shocked to see dharam and shera have been captured by agnis ppl. Malik whispers into veers ears that if he wants to save his bro he will have to loose the fight. Malik drags veer to a pillar and bangs his head with it and hits veer very badly, veer just pretends to be fighting. Malik keeps asking veer to fight back. Veer falls down. Dharam and shera are trying to free themselves. Suddenly keshav spots dharam and shera being held hostage. He goes behind agnis ppl and frees dharam and shera, dharam drags himself forward and calls out to veer to kill malik and then suddenly veer gets up, maliks hitting are just having no effect on him he just lands some solid punches on malik and breaks maliks legs. Agni seeing the change in veer runs from there without waiting for the fight to finish.

Charu comes to maharaj and says that he was not able to bring pari and saakshi in coz bhimsen and the other baghis attacked them and freed them. Charu tells maharaj abt what pari told him abt there messiah being alive. Nivi hearing this remembers adopting veer. Charu also tells maharaj abt the warning pari giving that messiah is going to finish them with the aag. Maharaj feels that pari knows all abt the messiah so sends charu to find her. Maharaj feels that the messiah will be a threat to dharam so dv shdnt come back for some more time.

Dharam is remembering all dv moments, and then veers promise to him that he will definitely walk again. Dharam tries to get up but is not able to, then he remembers that veer told him that if he wont be able to walk then veer will also give his legs, that time only veer comes in a new red outfit and veer helps him back to bed, dharam is very frustrtated with his helplessness and argues with veer. Dharam says that even vaidji said I wont be able to walk, veer tells him why will a vaidji decide ur future, veer tells dharam that u have never accepted defeat before so why is he doing so now. Veer again gives confidence to dharam and tells him that u will walk towards ur throne. Dharam asks veer if he really will be able to walk so veer says that u don’t trust ur veer and dharam gives his usual reply khud se bhi zyada.

Malik is with a vaidji who tells him that he has been paralysed. Agni comes there and malik is angry with him for leaving him and running away. Agni says that he had to save himself and makes fun of maliks helplessness. Malik asks agni to stop it and malik now wants his revenge. Malik says that he will fight again and dv will have to pay for each of his wound.

Shera comes there with a vaidji who can treat dharam. Keshav says that ppl say that the vaidji has magic in his hands. Vaidji asks them to go out but veer refuses so vaidji checks him infront of them. When vaidji is checking dharams legs dharam cries out and veer goes to him. Veer then asks vaidji if his bro will become alright.

divya_shweta

July 12, 2008, 02:25 PM

Written update 11 july

The epi starts with veer asking the vaidji again if dharam will be able to walk, vaidji says that the veins in dharams legs have been hurt badly, but when veer insisted to know how long it will take for dharam to be completely alright, vaidji gave him an oil to rub on dharams legs and back and dharam may become alright either in few days, few months or never, veer gets angry at this answer and says what kind of treatment is this when he also does not know how long its going to take. Veer then says but he knows how long it will take it will just take a few days and he will make dharam ok in a few days

Bhim is congratulating saakshi on being able to save pari but pari says that for how long will they keep hiding from maharaj. Bhim then says there is one place where they will be safe it’s the mahal. Saakshi renounces this idea. Bhim says that the soldiers are searching for them everywhere but they will not search in the mahal itself. Pari also objects to this so bhim says that he will never do anything to harm them and asks pari if she does not trust him. Pari says that yes we trust u but how will we go into the mahal. Bhim then tells pari that the day veer comes back to mahal u tell him his reality.

Veer comes to vaidji and tells him that u have magic in ur hands so why cant u treat my bro, vaidji says that depends on ur bro, I can assist him but dharams own confidence and will help him recover fast, he gives the bottle of oil to veer and leaves. Veer does malish to dharam with that oil. Shera comes and offers veer some food but he refuses saying I am not hungry, shera leaves from there.

Shera comes out and ramjane explains that sheras baba had give him the instruction to inform him if anything happens so he had to go back and tell him everything. Ramjaane also cautions and tells shera that u are a daku and the day veer comes to know ur reality he will hate u and ur baba is right theat tumhara aur veer ka kabhi mel nahin ho sakta, that time only veer crosses her and goes and shera also follows him.

Veer remembers giving confidence to dharam that he will be able to walk and dharams trust in veer and then remembers what the vaidji said. Shera comes there and tells veer that if u ask the rising sun something ur wish comes true. Veer asked her if she has ever asked for anything, shera says no I have not, but lets ask today togethere, she asks veer to close his eyes and ask for his wish. They both close there eyes and pray. Veer asks shera what she asked for. Shera said she asked that dharam becomes alright soon and walks towards his throne. Veer is happy and says that I am happy that u came with us. Shera is very happy to hear veer say that but that time ramjaane comes and she becomes sad.

Charu comes to maharaj and says that he has to tell him something imp. Charu says that the night beera had given bahvishyavani that day pari also had given birth to one son and the way pari was talking maybe the messiah is paris son only. Maharaj says that night all the kids were killed so if pari also gave birth to one son then where he is, he sends charu to search. Nivi looks angrily.

Vaidji is treating dharam and tells him to concentrate on his legs and think as if nothing is wrong and that he can use them as before. Veer also encourages dharam to get up. Vaidji tells him to concentrate on his right leg and feel the energy flowing and try to move his lef. Veer again encourages dharam. Dharam also tries hard and his fingers move but he is unable to get up and screams in frustration and says that he cant do this he cant bear this pain. Veer tells him that he had promised him to try. Dharam tells veer that don’t give me this false hope I will never be able to walk. Vaidji saying that u cant treat someone who does not want to get alright and so goes from there. Veer comes to dharam and says that nothing will happen to u and u will walk even if I hv to give my life for it. Veer leaves from there and dharam calls out to him to stop.

Nivi is going to the temple and pari and saakshi are cleaning there, nivi goes to the mata and prays for veer and tells that if maharaj comes to know that veer is not my son he will kill him. Nivi prays to mata to keep pari and saakshi away from veer as she will not be able to live without him. Someone is coming to kill nivi but saakshi and pari save her. Pari is hurt and nivi is concerned abt it. Nivi asks where they have come from, pari says that they have no home so nivi takes them with her to the mahal and will get the vaidji to treat them. Nivi says that they will both live with her in the mahal and work there. The guy who had tried to kill nivi was bhim and both pari and saakshi turn around and smile at him

garvita

July 15, 2008, 02:32 PM

Here's a short update on monday's episode.

Veer was going to somewhere.Shera follows him and asks him where he is going.He tells her that he will make dharam walk by doing anything.He tells some villagers to attack him so that dharam will get up to save him.He tells them to do this in such a way that dharam doesn't feel they r pretending to kill him.Agni listens veer's words and decides to take advantage of this.
Nivriti takes pari and sakshi to her mahal.She tells pari to clean all rooms and sakshi to cook food.
Agni tells malik abt veer's plan and tells him they will kill veer.Malik tells veer has crippled his leg,he will take revenge by killing veer.
Veer tells dharam there is a maha aarti in some temple and all of them shd go to the temple to pray.Dharam at first refuses but later decides to go.
Nivriti is crying and tells to God she doesn't want to lose veer.AV comes there and tells her not to worry as he will kill he messiah asap.
DV and shera are in the temple.Both DV pray for each other and shera prays that dv's wishes come true.
Veer and shera go away frm there.Dharam tries to get up using the trishul of Goddess Durga but falls down.Then he listens veer's conversation with shera.Veer is telling shera to tell those men to attack him so much that dharam will get up and start walking to save him.Dharam hears all this and is shocked.
In the maha aarti,agni,malik and his men disguise themselves as the villagers and start beating veer.Dharam looks at this,remembers veer's words and then looks a the trishul.
Episode ends here.

thanx goes to shubha

garvita

July 21, 2008, 02:11 PM

15 july wriiten update

Dharam is lying on the floor remembering how Veer was talking to Shera about THE PLAN. God knows what hes thinking. Veer and Shera are standing behind him looking VERY cute together! Kya jodi banaye hain! Veer looks SO HOT in that colour! And Shera in BLACK! Vah! Kya mast cheez lagti hain! Oh God here we go... Veer is being beaten up by the greengoondah who is actually AGNI in disguise and it looks so BAD And Dharam is remembering how Veer said that they wont stop until Dharam doesnt stand and save him OH GOD! VEER!Veer is on the ground being KICKED! Dharam turns around with the Trident and thinks I never want to be a burden to you Veer! Never! I know that until I dont get better you will not care about your own life! And after today I wont let that happen.
And then Veer gets kicked down as he gets up! And Dharam grabs the Trident and- Wait WHAT THE HELL IS HE DOING??? HES TRYING TO STAB HIMSELF??? WHAT???Veer yells out DHARAM!!! And he looks shocked and Dharam looks back at him and Im just like What The Hell Is Going On????
Veer asks Dharam What the HELL are you doing?And Dharam replies Im trying to stop you Veer! And this is the only way I can do it! (What? Thats stupid Dharam What a stupid excuse!) I know that you wont stop hurting yourself! and I know that the pretence you made up to get me to stand is not going to work and Im stopping it now! ( God damn it Dharam! Youre supposed to STAND!!!) And after today youwont ever do something like this again something that will get you hurt or make you bleed! Veer is just astonished by Dharams attitude and Agni is... Well I dont know what hes like I can only see his eyes Veer stands up and starts to explain when BLOODY AGNI HITS VEER IN THE HEAD And Veer pushes him away and falls down! OH GOD... BAD FEELING GUYS.... Dharam meanwhile is still sitting there about to stab himself *smacks head against wall in annoyance* thinking that After today Veer you will never be hurt by me again! (Oh for the Love of God Dharam! Stop being so melodramatic!) And then another goondah comes to Veer with a CHAKOO!!! OH PLEASE GOD NO! THIS DRAMA IS TURNING INTO HUM APKE DIL MEIN REHTE HAIN!!! NOOO!!!! Except Shera isnt around.... Wheres Shera??? Oh there she is! She runs forward and hits the guy and helps Veer up and tells him These people arent faking it!!!! The people you called they didnt come!!! These people are really dangerous and want to kill you!!! and then SOMEONE GRABS SHERA AND PULLS HER AWAY FROM VEER!!! HEY!!! GET YOUR HANDS OFF HER!!! Veer and Dharam look like What-The-Hell??? and another guy comes to attack Veer! AND AGNI BLOODY CRAPPY AGNI HITS VEER AGAIN IN THE HEAD WITH A STICK!!! AND THEN HE DOES SOMETHING THAT IS SO SHOCKING I JUST HAVE NO WORDS TO DESCRIBE MY SHOCK HE HITS SHERA IN THE HEAD TOO!!!Dharam looks and is watching all this! GET UP DHARAM!!! NOW!!! SHERA FALLS DOWN BESIDE VEER AND CALLS OUT FOR HIM AND VEER CALLS HER TOO (Why does this remind me of Laila Majnun????) and Dharam FINALLY realises whats going on and calls out for Veer who gets up and GETS BEATEN SO BADLY They throw Veer about and whack him so many times with that bloody stick and he falls down and Dharam just keeps calling out for hima and its so HEARTBREAKING BLOODU HELL DHARAM GET UP!!! PLEASE FOR THE LOVE OF GOD GET UP!!!
And then Maharaj and Nivriti and Charusena. WHAT???? WHAT ABOUT VEER!!!???? GO BACK TO VEER DAMNIT!!! Ok anyway Charu is telling Maharaj the same old story that Pari ran away with her kid and the soldiers went after her but she escaped with the kid blah blah blah Nivriti is like Oh-Crap and having flashbacks of that night when she found Veer and Charu says that What Pari did with her kid we dont know and Maharaj says So this means that Pari and Somas son is ALIVE! *rolls eyes* Well done Sherlock Good guess *shakes head annoyed* and that he must be with someone else! Oh great. And that that person must have looked after him and now hes grown up hes ready to go back to Pari blah blah blah God this is such an annoying scene... and wait... what happening to Nivriti? Is she... fainting? My God she is... and Maharaj catches her and tells Charu to go get the Vaid! and Nivriti Oh crap..... She starts muttering: Plaese dont take Veer away from me! I wont live! I'll die!!! and Maharaj is like Oh-Hell-No! *Aisha smacks head on wall* I dont believe it! Maharaj knows about Veer now! GOD DAMN IT!!!
Oh thank God the scene changed! Otherwise I would have bashed the Sagars in if I could!!! Back to MORE IMPORTANT things like VEER who is lying on the ground while AGNI LAUGHS And then he shows Dharam who he is and Dharam looks shocked and I just want to smack that smirk off of Agnis face Wheres Jai mama when you need him??? agni says to Dharam You felt bad seeinf Veers pretence huh? Weel dont be sad it wont be pretence anymore I had heard a lot that Dharam talwar hain aur Veer oss key daal! Veer looks up
Agni says that the daal has broken and fallen (YOU FREAK AGNI!!!) and the sword is ruined NO IT ISNT!!! GET UP DHARAM GET UP!!! Agni laughs and says to Dharam you know what I'll do first? He looks at Veer and says: Tumharey daal ko chaknaychoor kar do gah Dharam yells at Agni who laughs and pretends that hes scared of Dharams anger (...Yeah youre faking it now Agni but you wont be faking it when Dharam gets up!) Dharam tries to get up and falls and Agni laughs and taunts him to get up and save his brother and kill Agni Dharam looks helplessly at Veer who is still lying there and then Malik starts talkingHe says that Even if he is to go to war he needs a shoulder to lean on! and Agni replied Only If the shoulder remains! Agni goes ovet to Veer AND HITS VEER WITH THAT STICK AND DHARAM CALLS OUT TO VEER AND TRIES TO GET UP AND VEER REACHES OUT FOR HIM!!! AND THEN FAINTS AS AGNI HITS HIM AGAIN!!! OH GOD!!! THIS IS SO HORRIBLE!!! And the sad DharamVeer music is playing and Dharam remembers Veer telling Shera that Dharam will Stand! And Veer tries to get up and MALIK HOBBLES OVER TO HIM WITH A KNIFE! AND DHARAM FINALLY STARTS LOOKING ANGRY!!! WHOOOOO!!! AND HES STANDING UP!!! YES!!! HES DOING IT!!! GOOOO DHARAAAM!!! WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! AND VEER SEES HIM STANDING!!! AND DHARAM LOOKS SO COOL!!!! AND HE THROWS THE TRIDENT AND IT HITS MALIKS HAND!!!! AND MALIK LOOKS SHOCKED!!! AND THEN HE BEATS THE CRAP OUT OF AGNI AND MALIK WHEN THEY TRY TO ATTACK HIM!!!AND AGNI TRIES TO ATTACK DHARAM WITH THE TRIDENT AND VEER REACHED UP AND GRABS IT!!!! AND HE STANDS IN FRONT OF DHARAM!!! WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!! AB MAZA AYE GAH!!!! AND SHERA COMES TO STAND BEHIND VEER!!! YES!!!! AND VEER KICKS AGNI AWAY!!! AND THEN HE STOPS ANOTHER GUY WHO SHERA THEN BEATS THE CRAP OUT OF!!! GO GIRL POWER!!!!!!!!!!!!!! AND THEN DHARAM SHERA AND VEER ALL START FIGHTING!!! AND ITS SUCH A BRILLIANT FIGHT SCENE!!! KYA ACTION KYA MASTI!!! Wheres my chocolate??? AND THEN THE COWARDS RUN AWAYAnd Veer helps Dharam up and says: Where are you running? Come and face DharamVeer if you haveany himmat!!! WHOOOO!!! AND THEN Veer looks at Dharam standing YAY!!! and the both hug AWW!!!!bACK TO The palace where Nivriti is lying on her bed being seen to by Sunanda and Paru and Maharaj is telling her not to worry he'll take care of everything *rolls eyes* and the messiah wont touch them etc etc and Pari looks shocked *shakes head*
Back to VEERSHERA!!! Shera is tendiing to Veers wounds
Shera: You have so much garroor on yourself?
Veer: What do you mean?
Shera: You have difficulty in thanking Ananya?
Veer: For what? (Oh Veer! *shakes head*)
SheraAnnoyed: If Ananya hadnt come on time and saved you do you know what would have happened?
Veer: Dharam saved my life! (hits head on wall)
Shera: wraps the bandage around Veers hand and Veer winces in pain and looks at her
Shera is annoyed and gets up to leave and then this is the MOMENT guys!
VEER GRABS HER HAND TO STOP HER! Veer is smiling slightly * and Ananya looks at him and he says: SHUKRIYA AND Ananya says I dont need it anymore! and drops his handand she goes to leave when Dharam comes calling for Veer and says that there is someyjing written on the clue for the Khazana and Dharam jokes with Veer saying You are so interested in the Khazana huh? when Veer asks him to read it! and Veer replies No I just want to see you on the Throne and Ananya cuts in and says Hurry up and READ IT! AND Veer and Dharam both look at her and Veer says that Looks like she more in a hurry to get to the Khazana than we are!And Ananya says: Yeah i am! Why? I only came with you to get the Khazana remeber? and Veer says: You havent let us forget that! and Dharam cuts them off before they can argueThe clue says: The khazana is where the sun sets and where a flower opens at Night time onlyAnanya tells them in detail where the flower is
Veer asks Ananya How she knows that?Ananya looks at Ramjaane and then says Ananya heard about this from her father during childhood Ananya has always wanted to see itVeer asks: Acha? well then we will fulfill this wish of yours!Dharam tells Veer to stop teasing Ananya and they are all leaving in the morning and then Dharam looks at Veer and says Youve done this all Veer says No we did and he looks at Ananya and says The three of us!
Veer is sleeping And he looks so HOT and Dreamy and Gorgeous and-. Hes having a nightmare Hes dreaming about that night when all the kids were killed in the shramik village and he dreams about Beera telling Maharj about the messiaj and aboout Pari and Sakshi running from the soldiers and about Soma telling Paro how One guy will unite them all and then he wakes up.Sherra is sleeping so is Dharam and Ramjaane and Veer looks worried and slightly scared

garvita

July 21, 2008, 02:13 PM

16 july written update-#1

RECAP:
Veer got beaten up
Shera got beaten up
Dharam STOOD ON HIS FEET!!!!
Dharam Veer Shera beat AGNI up
Nivriti fainted
Veer Shera Moment (That had Kajal theme tune playing in it!)
Next clue for KHAZANA
Veer dreamt about Messiah and shramiks

AND NOW:

We start of again with a sleeping Veer (God hes so lucky...I wont be sleeping tonight I guarantee it) and hes dreaming about Soma and Beera and the Shramiks and the Fire and the Messiah etc etc How random is that? And he wakes up looking shaken and worried and slightly scared Bechara Veer! Shera and Dharam and RamJaane are all sleeping (Lucky...SOOOO LUCKY) While Veer sits there remembering his dream/nightmare and then he lies back down and tries to sleep again God I know he feels.... Can I just mention that Veer looks soooo HOT in this scene? That colour suits him Unfortunately I have no chocolate or Pepsi My family finished BOTH
Anyway then the surprising bit... RAMJAANE WAKES UP. I dont think I like RamJaane anymore.... He remembers Sheras Baba telling him to keep an eye on DharamVeer and Shera and that when they find the Khazana to tell him. And then he'll kill Dharamveer Oh God.... So RamJaane looks at Shera who is sleeping and then he gets up puts his flashy turban on and does a dance.
No sorry he just leaves. God knows where hes going. Probably to tell Baba all the Gossip Veer is sleeping again. Peacefully. Awwww!!!!

Moving on to Pari. *shakes head in despair* Who looks good in green but honestly I just keep seeing DANYOGITAS GRANDMOTHER. *sigh* anyway shes standing there looking all worried when Sakshi comes up to her all dressed in red. Wow. She looks good.
Pari tells Sakshi That the day is coming when Veer will save us all. *smacks head in annoyance* Veer will come home to us! He will fulfill his fathers dreams!!! WE WILL BE FREE!!!! God. These people only care about themselves! What happened to how Veer will feel??? I like Nivriti more than Pari... She seems like the only person who ACTUALLY cares about Veer and how he'll take it! Sakshi looks like shes in a trance. Pari asks her whats wrong? Sakshi says What will happen when Veer finds out? Will he be able to handle the Truth?
Wait... What? Since when did Sakshi and Pari change their thinking??? Pari is thinking like Sakshi and Sakshi like Pari Bloody Sagars....
Pari says Veer will handle it I HATE PARI. I do.
Sakshi says that Maharaj has loved Veer and Veer loves the Aryavarths this is his home this is his life etc etc FINALLY SOMEONE UNDERSTANDS *rolls eyes* Sakshi goes off on a rant about How will Veer turn his back on those he has grown up loving for a samily he doesnt know How can we hope that he will free us? etc etc blah blah blah. I always get bored with these scenes wheres DharamVeer? and Shera? *Peers around for them desperately*
Pari starts talking. Oh God. She says that Blood relations are stronger than any others. Yeah o....kay.... Not if he DOESNT KNOW YOU THEY'RE NOT! *Hits head in despair*
He will come back to us! Veer is OURS!!! (OH FOR THE LOVE OF GOD!!! VEER IS SHERAS!!! AND DHARAMS!!! NOONE ELSES!!! BESIDES HES A PERSON! NOT AN OBJECT!) Pari is nuttier than Nivriti. Heck shes nuttier than Beera *shakes head in despair*
Lets move on before I go nuts

Back to DharamVeer Veer is helping Dharam put on his gold cuffs and his sash AWW!!! ITS A DV MOMENT! And they are both smiling at each other! And happy! *sighs contented* Keshav comes over and Dharam touches his feet and he blesses them both and VEER thanks him for all his help Keshav says Its not because of me its becasue of your himmat and your determination Keshav tells them to take care and that his blessings are always with them and leaves I like Keshav.
DharamVeer start to leave when Dharam says What would I do without you Veer? (Nothing Dharam. You NEED veer) Veer tells Dharam to not be afraid To throw his fear out the door cause Veer will always be with him AWWW!!!! GROUP HUG!!!! But then Dharam has to ruin the Moment by asking If Veer had to go on alone to accomplish something would he? Yeh Dharam ko akaylah karnay ka shauk kya hain???
Shera comes THANK GOD And says that shes been ready for ages but she cant find RamJaane... Oh no... That cant be good. Dharam and Veer say that they havent seen him and Veer asks Did you maybe send him ahead to look for the Khazana? Veer! That was... mean! Shera looks annoyed Yeah I would be too *annoyed* and says if that was the case then she would have gone with him! Good for you Girl! Tell him off!
Veer then says: You stay here and wait for him Me and Dharam will go ahead *Hits head in frustration* Shera: Who said I want to wait for him?
Veer: Yeah Yeah! You re in such a hurry to get the Khazana!
........................
OHHHHHHHHHHHH....... I GET IT....... VEER IS ANNOYED! ABOUT SHERA ONLY BEING WITH THEM FOR THE TREASURE! HOW CUTE!
Dharam steps in and breaks up the arguement

Oh Crap. Its RamJaane and hes with Baba. Damn it. What a RAT! RamJaane tells him where theyre going and that theyve left for the Khazana Baba laughs and tells him Let them go Ah damn it. Theyre gonna follow them And then Baba will kiill DharamVeer And then he'll have his Shera back,,,, WHAT A STUPID IDEA....

Move on. To Agni. Sitting in a cave remembering what his dad said about killing DharamVeer. Agni is gonna die. Jai mama is gonna slap him to death HE EVEN REMEMBERS THE SLAP! Agni: If dad finds out I failed HE'LL KILL ME Malik hears him Oh. Hes still here huh?
next post.............

garvita

July 21, 2008, 02:14 PM

16 july written update-#2

Ah. Sos the FatDakoo. God. What a Trio.
Malik says we'll see who gets to the Khazana first! Agni: YOURE WORRIED ABOUT THE BLOODY TREASURE?!?! HERE MERI JAAN NIKAL RAHEE HAIN!!! AND YOURE WANTING THE DAMN TREASURE!!! KILL DHARAMVEER FIRST THEN THINK ABOUT THE TEASURE!!! Agni is funny when hes panicking!!! *laughs hysterically* Ahem sorry.
Malik sits up and walks away and Agni follows and then.... Malik puts on.... a wig??? Oh God another disguise idea? *shakes head* Agni asks what hes doing? What do you think Agni? Hes going to a costume party. No hes planning to follow dharamveer and steal the clue and then get to the treasure first. Bloody hell. Malik tells Agni that they will find the treasure first and then KILL DHARAMVEER Yeah like HELL you will

VEERSHERADHARAM!!! YAY!!!
DharamVeer are walking with Shera Veer is helping Dharam. He tells shera to walk faster Shera says This is how I walk
Veer: Voh toh shakaal say dekh kar he lagtah hain
shera: Ghamand
Veer: what did you say?
Shera: Im not interested in talking to you (Like hell youre not!)
Veer:Im not interested in hearing you talk!walk faster or we'll leave you here!
Shera: gets cut off by someone yeling for help
Oh God.
a baba jumps OUT OF NOWHERE INTO DHARAMS ARMS
EWWWW!!!! GET AWAY FROM HIM!
OH CRAP. ITS BLOODY MALIK He tells dharamveer some stupid story and then GET THIS VEER LEAVES SHERA WITH THE BABA AND FOES TO INVESTIGATE WITH DHARAM NOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!!!!!! DONT LEAVE HER WITH HIM!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Nivriti meanwhile is still in bed and pari is taking care of her and Nivriti is having nightmares of her own shes drwaming about Veer saving dharamVeer hugging her and then theres fire all around him and she wakes up
Poor Nivriti.... She confides to pari that she wont live without veer and pari actually.... looks like she understands...Hmm.....

Anyway
DharamVeer are wandering together. They both stop and Dharam says Theres noone here Veer: Maybe they ran away
Shera: And that baba as well
DharamVeer look surprised to see her (Why? This IS Shera Shes just as ziddi as Veer) Veer goes over to her and starts telling her off *rolls eyes* when Dharam realises that he doesn't have the Clue anymore He tells Veer and Shera who are also shocked But then Veer realises that the baba looked a lot like MALIK FINALLY! *Shakes head* Veer tells Shera and Dharam who are like What-The-Hell? and then Shera speaks up: I KNOW A SHORTCUT! (Wow its great having a dakoo on your side nah?) DharamVeer just look at her Shera says Are you coming or not? so they follow her and then You wont believ this guys. Well you might. Sheras Baba is following them with RamJaane OH GOD....

BAD FEELING! BAD FEELING!

garvita

July 21, 2008, 02:17 PM

17 july#1

We start with Pari who is in Veers room and imagining him everywhere Veer is dressed in BLUE and hes lying on the bed and Pari reaches out to him but he disappears
Meanwhile Nivriti is also remembering Veer and remembering when Veer covered her eyes with his hands and asked her if he could go to the Shramiks place to catch Bhimsen for Dharams Birthday (Wow Veer looks good in green/blue too! What colour does he not look good in?)
Nivriti is sobbing her heart out and so is Pari God this is depressing...

Family member1: Hey what are you watching?
Aisha: Um excuse me Im kinda busy can you leave?
Mum: Aisha! We have parohnay!
Familymember2: Hey thats DharamVeer!
Aisha: For Gods sake! Im trying to do something! Do you mind?!
Family member3: Why are they crying?
Aisha: *Feels like bashing her head on the wall* Look! I have something important to do! Either be quiet or leave!
Mum: AISHA!
Aisha: Muuuum.....
Familymember4: Hey those two women are remembering the same baby? Whose the real mother?
Aisha: Bravely ignores Annoyingfamily and keeps typing

Right where am I... Ah yes! Nivriti and Pari are both remembering Veer as a baby, Nivriti is remembering when she found him in the basket and Pari has gone nuts and is imagining Veer sitting at the window He smiles at her and reaches out to her but when Pari reaches out to him he disappears.... Wow this is such a sad scene.... And now both Pari and Nivriti are praying for him.... *sighs sadly*

Over to Shera and DharamVeer!!!!
Shera runs forward with DharamVeer following her!

Familymember2: Woah... she's HOT!
Aisha: God! Will you shut up?!
Mum: AISHA!
Familymember2: Well she IS
Familymember1: If anyones hot its that guy in orange.... He looks nice.....
Aisha: HEY! He's mine! Go get someone else!

Sorry guys. Anyway Shera points somewhere and says: Look over there! We've reaches the Graveyard!
DharamVeer follow Shera as she moves forward Veer has his sword out

Familymember1: Wow that Purple guy is HOT too! What programme is this?
Aisha: None of your business Get lost!

Veer smiles at Shera *swooning* Pepsi! Oh I dont have any... Anyway Veer says: So you get scared huh?
Dharam: Thats enough Veer stop joking Before Agni and Malik get here first! We have to get the treasure and get out too!
Shera: Dont worry! Only Ananya and her father know about the shortcut! It'll take Agni at least a day to get here lets go!
Veer goes in first and Dharam smiles at Ananya Veer then lights a torch-

Familymember5: What are you watching?
Familymember2: Be quiet yaar I cant hear if youre talking
Familymember1: What there was a torch just lying around there in that cave?
Aisha *imagines bashing them all in*

ANYWAY Veer lights two torches and gives one to Ananya and then watches her as she goes ahead of him-

Familymember2: He likes her does he? No wonder... look at how Hot she is...That guys lucky...
Aisha *glares at him*

Veer lights another torch and gives it to Dharam and they both follow Ananya into the cave. I wouldnt go in. I watch horror movies people I know what can happen in a situation like this...
Oh great theres RamJaane and Baba behind them and RamJaane already has a torch

Familymember5: If anyones hot its that guy!
.........................
Everyone stares at Familymember5
Aisha: Youthink RamJaane is Hot??!!
Familymember5: No! But hes cute too No I mean that pirate guy!
Aisha: Ewwwww!!!! Baba????

Ew. Moving on. Agni and Malik are wandering around. Malik no longer dressed up. thank God.

Familymember5: *whistles* Whoooo.... THOSE GUYS ARE HOT!!!
Aisha: I will pretend that I didnt hear that...
Agni is getting fed up wandering and starts complaining to Malik
Agni: If you walk this slow DharamVeer will get ahead of us and leave with the Treasure!
Malik swipes at Agnis feet with his crutches
Agni What the hell are you doing?!
Malik Trying to see how fast you walk with broken legs
Agni shuts up

DharamVeer and Shera are in the cave looking around and Dharam says He doesnt see how a flower could grow down here....
Shera: The special thing about this flower is that it opens only at night! Dont know what it looks like but its probably really beautiful!
Veer looks at her!!!

Dharam: Ok look we'll all search for it seperately ok?
Shera: okay...
Veer looks worried as they all seperate....
Bad feeling Alert!!!

Dharam Veer and Shera are all searching in seperate places and theyfind nothing but vines and dust and stones
Veer then goes into a place where there are some creepy statues and goes forward.... What is that?

garvita

July 21, 2008, 02:19 PM

17 july#2

Veer calls for Dharam Dharam hears him and goes to him Then Veer remembers Ananya saying that she always wanted to see this flower so he goes looking for her!!! AWWW!!!! He finds her searching in another room and calls her!
She goes to him!!!!
HE TAKES THE TORCH OFF HER! OHMYGODOHMYGODOHMYGOD!
Ananya is surprised
Veer tells her to close her eyes (OHMYGOD!!!! *SQUEALS*) and come with him
Ananya starts to argue but Veer tells her to close her eyes
Ananya is like What-The-Hell?
AND THEN VEER REACHES OUT AND CLOSES HER EYES FOR HER!!!
Oooooooooooh Veer is so dreamy and DropDeadGorgeous in this scene!!! He takes Ananyas hand and they both leave! AWWWW!!!!
AND THEN VEER LEAVES HER BETWEEN THE TWO STATUES -oops sorry caps lock- and he stands in front of her and says: Heres your flower
And he moves aside and Ananya opens her eyes and sees the Flower and then shes all happy and Veer is just watching her and then Ananya looks at him they both smile at each other!!! and ITS SO CUTE! AND SWEET! AND ROMANTIC! AND-
Ananya looks longingly at Veer *sighs dreamily* and they just look at each other and-
Dharam comes Way to ruin a great MomentVeerShera look at Dharam as he points out the flower and says This means the Khazana is here! Veer Shera smile!!!!
Anyway over to RamJaane and Baba who are entering the cave- RamJaane and Baba are entering the cave and DharamVeer and Shera are looking at the flower.
Dharam: Veer! This flower is only on one cave!
Veer: The way to the Khazana must be thriough this grave!
Shera looks worried ........
They all go forward to check out the grave and Shera finds the SunSymbol on the grave! They all try to open the grave but they cant and Veer gets annoyed and hits his fist against the Sunsymbol and a door opens up behind them!!!
Shera tells Veer to turn the Sunsymbol and whne Veer turns it the door opens wider!!! So Indiana Jones!!! YAY!!!!
Veer looks inside then he looks at Shera and then he says: What if theres a ghost inside?
Shera looks a little annoyed and says Ananya isnt scared of anything!
Veer Yeah! Youre just like them! Oh God! I just got scared!
Dharam: Ho gaya? Ab chaley?
Ah Dharam Youre so funny!
Dharam goes in and Veer asks Ananya if shes coming or not and Ananya looks away annoyed so Veer just goes in and Ananya looks offended and follows!
RamJaane and Baba watch as the door closes behind them and RamJaane says: Theyve gone into someones grave!
Baba: soon it will become their grave as soon as they come out we will steal the Khazana and kill DharamVeer
Ah damn it....

Meanwhile Malik and Agni are still wandering aimlessly and stop to rest Agni starts complaining and moaning to Malik and they bothe start arguing about whats more important Killing DharamVeer or the Khazana Agni gets threatened by Malik and Agni gets angry and starts ripping the tree up and curses Maliks Khazana

While theyre fighting DharamVeer and Shera are going through a dark tunnel-They are going through a dark ROOM not a tunnel *sniffs haughtily*
Shera: ITS SO dark here... I cant see anything...
Veer: Even in daylight you can see nothing clearly
Veer lights another torch goes past Ananya and gives it to Dharam
They all go forward into another room
and Shera says: This place is so beautiful!
Veer: If you want you can stay here! Me and Dharam will come and visit you huh Dharam?
Dharam: Yeah and all night you can sit and see your Flowers too
Aw theyre so bad teasing her like that!
Veer laughs and Ananya looks at him a little upset (Aww becharee Shera! Shes so sensitive!)
Dharam notices and says: Uh I mean-
Ananya cuts him off and says: The work weve come for we should complete no?
Veer: haan haan mein toh bool he gaya tah you only care about the Khazana
Ooooh...
So they all go forward and were back to RamJaane and Baba
RamJaane is making funny faces and is all scared but when he tells Baba Baba gives him the evil eye

Shera Dharam and Veer are searching the room

mext post............................

garvita

July 21, 2008, 02:20 PM

17 july#3

Theyre searching searching searching...
Shera says Theres nothing here
Veer says There must be some path forward
So they do some more searching....
That set is really lovely.....
And while searching Veer Shera bump into each other and they stare at each other and then Shera stalks away and Veer says: Ziddi!

Look whose talking!!!!
So they search more and then Ananya stumbles
Veer calls out to her
And grabs her hand!!!

Yeah the torch falls and sets fire to the oil anyway Veer grabs Shera!!!!
And he pulls her towards him!!!
and they have an eyelock session!!!
YAY!!!!
SO CUTE AND SWEET AND ROMANTIC!!! AND -

Yeah so the oil is on fire and Veer and Shera are lost in each other and dont notice but Dharam notices and calls Veer and then they realise that the place is on fire!!!!
And-

Thats it!
Episode ends!!!!

garvita

July 21, 2008, 02:22 PM

http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=997311

18 julyyyyyy

garvita

July 30, 2008, 02:42 PM

21st July
Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=999175

(Thanks to Thornewood)

22 july
Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=999717

(Thanks to Subha)

24th July
Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1001664&PID=17551608�

(Thanks to Subha)

25th July
Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1002347

(Thanks to Thornewood)

garvita

July 30, 2008, 02:44 PM

28th July

Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1004108

(Thanks to Thornewood)

garvita

August 4, 2008, 10:47 PM

Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1005671

(Thanks to Thornewood)-29 july

30th July

Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1005693

(Thanks to Thornewood

31st July

Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1006402

(Thanks to Subha)

garvita

August 15, 2008, 08:51 PM

5th August

Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1009569

6th August
Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1010524

(Thanks to Thornewood)
7th August
Written: http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1011646

garvita

August 15, 2008, 08:53 PM

11 august

Episode begins with veer entering the mahal as shramik.Everybody is shocked.The soldiers tell veer called himself as messiah of shramiks.Everyone get even a bigger shock.The head of the rajya sabha says,"so rajkumar veer is the messiah."Nivriti then tells AV that it's not veer's fault.She only brought him frm d river.She also requested av to leave veer.Dharam is shocked.The head of rs orders d soldiers to arrest veer.Dharam then stops him.He just can't believe anything.He feels it's a joke.He tells veer to stop this drama and get ready for the coronation but veer doesn't listen to him. The head of rs again tells veer shd be arrested.But dharam tells so what if veer is a shramik,he is chosen as the king b'coz of his capabilities. But the head of rs doesn't listen and veer is arrested.Nivriti pleads to AV to leave veer but he is silent. Veer then goes to jail.
In the jail,dharam comes to meet veer and tells him to come with him but veer again doesn't listen.Dharam tells him he did all this drama so that dharam becomes the king,he knows it.Then veer tells I am a shramik,I hv accepted this truth and u too shd accept it.Dharam tells him u r born in a shramik family that doesn't mean u r not nivriti's son and my bro.Relationships r not built by birth. Dharam then hugs veer,veer too wanted to hug him but controls himself. AV and head of rs comes and calls dharam for the coronation.Dharam looks at AV angrily and goes away.
Dharam is in his room and is thinking abt the promise he made to veer that he will never si on the throne.AV comes and pleads dharam to become the king.Dharam finally agrees.
Dharam is coronated as the king of aryanagar.Then he asks for veer to come to the darbar.Veer comes there and dharam asks him what does he want.Veer tells he wants shramik's azaadi and a piece of land.Head of rs again intervenes and tells dharam that veer shd be hanged.Dharam tells he wants to talk to veer alone.
After everyone leaves,dharam tells why r u doing this for the shramiks,they r so weak,even if i give them land and azaadi,tomorrow someone will come and snatch everything frm them.Veer tells pehle azaadi to mile.Dharam then challenges veer that let's hv a fight.If dharam wns then the shramiks won't get anything and if veer wins,they will get their independence.Veer agrees.
Episode ends here.

garvita

August 15, 2008, 08:53 PM

http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1014647

garvita

August 15, 2008, 08:54 PM

Veer tells dharam till next morning,he wants the anaaj.Dharam tells him if the shramiks won't come to work the next morning then they won't get the anaaj.Veer challenges dharam that he will get the anaaj b4 morning.Dharam says he won't let veer do this.Veer then tells his fav.dialogue,"tum ek behtar bhai ho par ek behtar khiladi to veer hi hai."
Dharam gets a little emotional and tells,"iss baat ka faisla bhi ho jayega"and leaves.
Sakshi is sck.Vaidji tells veer if she doesn't eat then her condition will become worse.Veer then tells he will get the anaaj.Sakshi then gives him the coin which he gave her when she tied rakhi on his wrist and told this time her bro has come back,now she can tie the rakhi without any fear.Veer remembers the scene when she tied rakhi to him b4 they were leaving for rajvidyaashram.
In the granary,dharam is telling the guards to remain alert as veer can arrive there anytime.Veer arrives there,he has applied white paint or something on his body.He fools the soldiers and goes inside.He notices dharam in the entrance of the granary and goes thru another way.He then starts looting the granary.
The sun has risen,dharam thinks how come veer hasn't yet come.Then he goes inside,finds some sacks missing and veer's letter.In the letter,he has written his fav.words,"tum ek behtar bhai ho par ek behtar khiladi to veer hi hai."Dharam smiles reading the letter.There's no disappointment nor anger in his face.
The rajya sabha head says how can veer steal the sacks,he shd be punished for it but dharam takes veer's side.He tells veer hasn't done anything wrong,it's their right to get the anaaj.He also admitted his mistake of stopping the food supply to the shramiks and added that fm now onwards,they shdn't do anything which will be injustice to the shramiks.
All the shramik gals are preparng for raksha bandhan.Pari tells sakshi that it's her first rakhi and she has nothing to give to veer.Sakshi tells she is happy that her bro and messiah veer has come back.Veer and other shramiks enter with sacks of anaaj.Sakshi then ties rakhi on veer's wrist and both of them hug each other.Veer promises her that this year he will get freedom for the shramiks.

(Thanks to Subha)

garvita

August 19, 2008, 06:52 PM

Veer realizes that fulfilling the dream of freedom for the shramiks will be a hard task as they will need to fight against the might of the Aryanagar armies without anything but their courage. Prior to starting his mission Veer goes to pray to the temple of the Kul Devi. Veer finds out that shramiks are not allowed inside the temple. Veer protests against the same and ensures that the shramiks too can pray to the Kul Devi. This is Veer�s first step towards getting the shramiks their rights.

the source is ndtv website

garvita

August 20, 2008, 08:15 PM

. First the recaps

Veer in complete body paint

Veer takes the hissa of food that rightly belongs to the Shramiks back to them.
Dharam admits that veer won fair and square.

These darn recaps takes so long to get over

Anyways, the first scene is in the mahal where the rajyasabha is arguing with aryavardhan that dharam shouldn't let go of veer so easily. Dharam enters and asked what is going on. Rajyasabha express their so called grief to dharam. Dharam said that veer took only the hissa which the shramiks deserved. Veer won the challenge and it was not stealing. ( You go dharam. Wo Wo!!! ) Rajyasabha asked dharam whether he thinks that he playing some game with veer. Dharam told him he is reacting as though not food but the royal treasure was stolen. Rajyasabha said that they made the biggest mistake by making dharam the king of aryanagar. ( God damn it! What is this guys problem. I feel like stuffing his turban inside his mouth ) Dharam said that there is no use for them to repent now. He is the king now and he knows exactly what he is doing. ( Well said. )

Later aryavardhan is talking to dharam alone and telling dharam to listen to his mind. Dharam told him to take a chill pill. Veer only took the hissa that belongs to the Shramiks and he didn't steal. He has given veer an oppurtunity to fight with aryanagars sena and has given him time till agla poornima to do so. Dharam told him that even if the Shramiks do get freedom maintaining it will be very difficult for them. Dharam is very confident that veer will never be able to wim against aryanagars sena. And then maybe veer will even come back to him. But i didn't like one thing that dharam said, " Hum aryanagar ko jhukne nahn denge pitaaji, balki hum veer ko giraayenge. " ( Dharam is forgetting that our veer is a one man army and impossible is not in his dictionary. )

Veer is showing doing suryanamaskaaram again. ( How dreamy!!!!! ). Then many of the Shramik kids are playing in the water and many adults are going back to work. Then a group of people started saying that they have finally got their aazaadi. Veer told them that they are really mistaken that they have already gotten their aazaadi. It will take time. Then one guy said that whether veer is scared of the army. Veer said that he isn't scared, but knows what they are capable of. ( Wow!!!! Right words at the right time. ) That guy asked whether veer will be able to fight against his brother to which veer had no answer.

All the Shramiks are taking their farming utilities and going towards the aryavardhans leaded by the same guy. Obviously veer intercepted. He told them that no one is going anywhere and they are not ready to fight the army. The guy again said that they will fight and win against them. Suddenly, Veer grabs the hatyar from his hand and makes him fall down by punching him in his stomach. Veer said that he has to defeat veer if he wants to compete against the sena and gave the hatyar back to the guy. ( Can't expect anything less from our veer...... ). The guy said that veer is part aryavrath. How will he know the meaning of freedom. They will fight just like soma fought. ( Vaah!!!!!! Each and very person is a critic. No sense of gratitude or appreciation. Arrey!! You fool!!! Veer has left his entire family for you Shramiks and now you say that he doesn't care. If he didn't care then he wouldn't have come in the first place. )

Veer is in his Shramik home when pari tells him to eat something. He says that he is not feeling hungry and asked whether pari had eaten anything. She said if the son is hungry then how can the mother eat. She said that they will eat together. Veer said that both of them will eat now. When pari was giving him food then veer started remembering nivriti. Ohhhhhh!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Veer was weraing that hot white costume. Nivi was looking very cute with her hair open. She was giving him lots of food and giving him lots and lots of kheer. Suddenly veer said, "Bas karo Maa?" (That is so sweet. Ankh mein ansu aa gaye) Veer then came back to reality. Another Shramik girl came and said that Ranima has become very ill.

The vaid told maharaj that nivi is very weak and she is not even eating anything. Nivi was continuously chanting veer's name. Dharam came and sat beside her. They had such a cute conversation. Both of them were remembering veer.

D:- Aap kuch khati kyun nahin bua?
N:- Hume veer ke bina khane ki aadat nahin hain dharam.
D:- Aap ko yaad hain bua? Veer ko aapka kheer bahut pasand tha aur vo hamesha mera hissa bhi kha jaata tha.
N:- Haan aur tum use tumhara kaam karvaane ke liye kheer ki rishvat dete the.
D:- Aap ko yaad hain, ek baar veer banjaaram ke besh mein hamare kamare mein aaya tha. Hum kitne daar gaye the.
N :- Haan aur tumne gusse mein sipaahiyon ko kahakar veer ko khaid khane mein band kiya tha. Uske baad veer itna gussa hua tha ki vo bahar aane ka naam he nahin le raha that. Anth mein tum use lene gaya.
Both of them had tears in their eyes. ( What an emotional and marvellous scene. )
D :- Ab aap aaraam ki jiye.

Veer is seen wearing a black costume and also covering his face with a cloth. He is climbing over the wall and enters the palace. (Uffffhhhh!!!!!!!!!!!! Kys adaa hain. Kya style hain. Kya chaal hain. Veer ki style ka kya kehna.) ( Thud!!!!!! Hey whats that noise? Oops. Sorry. Fell off the couch when i was watching him enter the mahal)

He goes into nivi's room where she is still calling out to veer. Veer sits besides her and puts his hand on top of her forehead. Nivi opens her eyes and her joy knew no bounds when she saw veer sitting next to her. She called to him rather loudly and said, "VEER!!!!!!" It was loud enough for dharam to hear who was no where near her room. ( Dekha!!!!!!!!!! Veer ke naam mein he kitna vazan hain..... Thats our veer)

simplycheenu

August 21, 2008, 07:35 PM

shramikon ne kul devi ke darshan ke baadkhana khane baithe aur maharaj dharam bhi
uska tasty food dekh kar ek shramik ladki became adamant to have sweets (mithaii) rite now......she went 2 d place where dharam ws sittin &picked up d sweets 4m his plate &1 of d sainik came 2 hit her but our veer came faster &asked him not 2 hit her wid "usko haath bhi mat lagana" vo kehti veer bhaiya muje mithai khani hai......
then wat our veer promised her that he will bring sweets for her
he goes 2 d shop &askd 4 price it was 8 anna den he found a person who needed help 4 pikin d boris &he asked how much will he pay 4 it the same price
this all drishya been watched by DHARAM &he became upset
taking d sweets 2 her and other shramik children he was so happy&DHARAM came &said :"tumne mujse kaha hota veer"
VEER:"is mithai ki mithas hi kuch aur hai tum bhi khakar dekho...."
phir kya dharam bhi le leta hai

on d other side"A BIG SHOCK" A NEW SIA is brought into d show shwz very excited 2 meet dharam &is expectin dat he must have 4given her 4 her mistakes but her dasi said "ho sakta hai vo aapko hi bhul gaya ho"
vo bhi nikal padti hai apne raaste
ab raat mein VEER achanak uth jata hai aur us ladko bhi jagata hai jo usse har kadam par shak karta hai
vo use kehta hai ki humein yahaan av se ladayi ke liye hathyar(weapons) bhi milenge he said hw can he trust himas he is on both sides
then veer said if hez wid him to vo jaate samah hathyar chupane mein uski madad kare
odervise he 'll think dta he was never d part of d war
phir kya dharam bhi veer ko dhundtedhundte nikal padta hai
aur achanak uski takkar ho jati hai sia se

1 thin dat i got 2 know dat mugs is cumin on 21 aug episode

sweety981

August 21, 2008, 11:39 PM

Rajkumari asks help to Dharam to save her against the three guys who were trying to kill her. Dharams says are u again trying to fool me? She says no am not its really serious please help me??? Veer returns to the camp after a chat with one of the masiha and finds out that Dharam was looking for him. So, he goes to trace where Dharam was? One of the sharmik tries to stop him and says Why are u so worried about Dharam and why u have to go and fetch him for?? Veer insist he is my brother and sharmik still tell him so how would be fight against him then for our freedom?
On the other hand Dharam is fighting with those three guys and wins it and those three dakos runs away.
Dharam asks rajumari sia what r u doing here? She says we came for the matadevi yatra!! Dharam says like this without any guards no transport??? rajkumari says all the guards ran away!! Dharam says you can join me then be my guest!! She is really happy to hear that.
As they were walking towards their camp rajkumari meets Veer and greets him.
Rani ma(Nevridi) is really tensed and Pari comes to fed her and asks her to have her dinner! Ranima is suprised to see pari and asks her how come you are here? Pari replies 'Veer asked me to look after you in his absence'.Ranima is full of tears. Pari tells ranima that she is leaving now but ranima insist no u please dont go U stay here with me and we ll have a chat with veer all the way through until he comes back.
Both of them gets really emotional and fulls of tears. and pari agrees to stay with her.
On the other hand Rajkumari sia is asking dharam where is Veer? but Dharam says he is there where he belongs to and just by the camp next to where Dharam and sia is talking Veer is telling his sharmiks that it is time to leave for the yatra and Rajkumari hears what veer said and asks dharam what is Veer doing with the sharmiks and is really suprised. Dharam says Veer is a sharmik and its his people. But Rajkumari still cant believe it and says how but Dharam says if you want to come with me then no question at all please!!!
The three guys (dakos) who had been beaten by Dharam goes to their leader and tell him what happened and the leader kills them all in anger.
Dharam and veer are contiuning with their Yatra.
and suddenly the daku try to attack dharam and sia
and they will ask who is dharam
but no one will give answer
then they says that if dharram did not come front then they will kill sia
then veer tries to come forst and the daku try to kill him
but shera comes and save veerrrrr

garvita

August 27, 2008, 11:46 PM

25 august

Shera jumps on top of the guy who was pointing the dart towards Veer. (Bechara bemaut maara gaya.) Veer is so shocked to see Shera.( I think that he was partly shocked to see Shera looking so gorgeous). The dakoo took sia away (Thank goodness.) and said that if dharam doesn't reveal himself then they will kill her. (No thank you. You can go straight away and kill her). Dharam, Veer and Shera followed the dakoo. While doing do dharam go injured and fell down. Due to this even Veer didn't go ahead and Shera had to stop because Veer did. Then the shramik people also showed up (Where the hell were they till now? Stealing food again huhhhhhhh ). Veer told Dharam to rest since he is injured and he will go in place of dharam as maharaj dharam. Dharam said that Veer didn't have to be his dhaal anymore and that sia was his responsibility. Even the shramiks said that veer was one of them now and no longer a rajkumar. (ohhh Just shut the crap. )

Veer insisted that he will go and Shera said that even she will go along with Veer.

There was also jaivardhan scheming a new plan. He was in talks with the bloody rajyasabha to find out some mean to send aryavardhan out of aryanagar. (Well that won't be a tough job. That guy will beleive anything.)

Veer wore dharam's clothes and was going towards the dakoo's. Shera was following him and telling him how he can defeat this bheed. Suddenly Veer turned and asked Shera why did she come here. "Tumhara saath dene ke liye Veer", she said. "Mujhe tumhari madat ki koi zaroorat nahin". (Come on Veer don't say that. You know that you don't mean it. ) Veer left from there.

Finally he reached the destination and a net rope was thrown over him. He tried removing it but in vain. The main dakoo brought sia in front of Veer and said' "Toh tum hi ho maharaj dharam." Veer said yes. Sia in her confused self that they don't know who is dharam and this is........... But Veer stopped her form saying anything and said that he was dharam.Veer told him to let go of sia. (Why, why are you saying that. No dakoo people. Don't listen to him. You can keep sia for free ) But that dakoo said that he first wants to take revenge. They started hitting Veer. Suddenly, Shera attacked a few of them and threw a khanjar towards Veer. While doing so sia was dropped to the ground. (You go Shera, do whatever you can to injure her) Veer, being his stubborn self was very adamant of not taking Shera'a help. He took out his sword and cut open the rope. They fought the dakoo people. Veer saw sia lying on the ground and said "You deserve it" (Oops. That was just my inner voice) Veer went to help her and held out his hand. But sia thought that she didn't need his help and got up herself saying that she was alright. (That )

When they returned, sia immediately went and hugged dharam. (Dharam might have been thinking that I am only hugging her because i am being paid to do so. What do people have to do for money. Sheesh!! )
Veer said that he will go and take of the clothes and give it back to dharam. Dharam told Veer to keep it. Anyways he hadn't seen Veer dressed like this for a long time. Veer insisted and was going to the tent to take off the clothes. Sia opens her big fat mouth and told dharam that he can't wear those clothes after it has been worn by a shramik. Dharam told her in a loud voice to stop the crap and there is a limit to everything. (You go Dharam)

Veer is sitting near the bon fire and thinking of Shera. (At least he is thinking about her which is a good sign) Then Shera comes in front of Veer and tries to explain her majboori.
V:- Tum kyon mere peche padi ho? Akhir tum mujse kya chahati ho?
S:- Bas thoda sabar taaki shera tumhe apni majboori samjha sakhe.
V:- Kaunsi majboori ki baat kar rahi ho tum?
S:- Tum mein aur hum kya farak raha gaya hain veer? Tumne bhi to anaaj ghar se chori ki hain.
V:- Jo anaaj maine loota tha vi shramikon ka hakh tha. Tum to doosro ki mehanat ki kamai lootti ho.
S:- Tumhe to shramikon ka pet bharne ke liye chori ki hain. Dakoo apne pet bharne ke liye chori karte hain
V:- Pehle to tum apni galti nahin maanti ho. Uski safai dene ki koi zaroorat nahin. Tum bas chali jao.

Hearing this shera left. Veer turned back and saw that shera was gone. (I am thinking that even though Veer told her to leave, he didn't want her to go )

Well now a days no epi is complete with that wanabe kranti ie raana. He was getting worried about dharam and veer's closeness and made a plan to test Veer. (Uttale, uttale bhagwan. Mujhe nahin, is raana ko uttah le)

Veer is looking at dharam and sia eating. Raana said that he has a plan to buy the hatyar. He said that they will have to steal the treasure which the ayavraths have brought. Veer said that it isn't possible due to high security.

Sia got up after eating and went to wash her hands. Some shramiks were looking at her saying that dharam always gets entertainment along with him during such yatra. (People will think like that by looking at the clothes she wears) Sia went to them and told them that they had no right to talk about dharam in such manner. When they wanted to apologise, Sia was about to slap them for talking back to her. Veer held her hand and gave her one tight slap. "Thats for slapping me 4 months ago" (I wish that had happened)

Veer let go of her hand and said that each and every person has a right to express himself. Sia said that shramiks don't have the right. Dharam said that Sia was right........................

garvita

August 27, 2008, 11:48 PM

http://www.india-forums.com/forum_posts.asp?TID=1024294
26 august

adorable_girl

September 2, 2008, 11:24 PM

RECAP:
Shera hid the weapons before Dharam found them
Veer paid Shera
Shera left the money
Veer realised that Shera left the money
Jai mama and Agni pretending to be Shramiks
They both killed Rupa
Nivriti told Pari to go home and give Veer her love

AND NOW:

Veer hiding the weapons and the Shramik pretending that they are talking to Veer. Dharam comes and pushes them away. Veer is there however and Dharam surprised. Dharam leaves.
Veer tells the Shramiks that the weapons are hidden and will come with them to Aryanagar.

Meanwhile Agni and Jai mama are waiting for Sakshi. Sakshi comes home and they grab her and kill her.

In the Palace Nivriti tells Pari to go home and give Veer her blessing.

Dharam and Veer are coming home when Dharam stops the Shramiks and has them searched. He then searches the Cart too but no weapons are found. He lets them into Aryanagar and the weapons come in undetected too along with the Cart. Dharam threatens Veer and tells him to watch what Dharam will do now.

Jai mama and Agni have killed Sakshi and make a plan to dress up as Sainiks and kill the Shramik and tell everyone that Dharam ordered it.
Veer and the Shramik are coming and the Shramik are praising him.
The Cart gets stuck in the mud and the Shramik have to stop to get it out.
Jai mama and Agni have rounded up some other Sainik and told them to follow Dharams order of killing the Shramik.

Dharam has come home and Nivriti is welcoming him. He tells her that both his and Veers Yatra went well. He asks where Maharaj is and is surprised to hear that he has gone out of Aryanagar.
Rajsaba is smirking as he knows Jai mamas plan.
Sia mentions that teh Yatra was long and the Shramik made it unbearable but she becomes silent when Dharam looks at her. They all go in.

Veer and the Shramik are trying to get the Cart out of the mud and Jai mama has attacked the Shramik pretending that Dharam ordered the attack.
Pari is arriving home and finds the dead Shramik she runs to her house and finds Sakshi dead too.
Jai mama while leaving passes Veer and the Cart and Veer wonders why the Sainik are there.
The Cart is freed and they arrive home but see the dead Shramik and are shocked.
Veer hears Pari scream SAKSHI!!!
He runs to the house and finds Pari holding a dead Sakshi.

PRECAP:
Veer angrily asks Who did this?
The Shramik reply: The Sainiks of Aryanagar.
Veer asks: On whose order?
Shramik: Maharaj Dharams
Veer looks shocked.

binal
(india -forum update)

sweety981

September 14, 2008, 08:04 PM

the episode opens with veer shocked on seeing sakshi dead. veer is totally shocked on seeing this and he asks his mother that who did this? she does not reply anything and keeps on crying. he goes outside and ask other shramiks, they tell him that guards of aryanagar did this on the command of dharam. veer gets very angry on hearing this and starts going towards the palace with a sword in his hand. jaivardhan and agni are happy that their first plot worked. jaivardhan tells agni that he already knew that this was going to happen and now the strong friendship of dharam and veer will be over forever. veer reaches the palace with his sword. he beats the guards who tries to prevent him from going in. rajyasabha tells veer that he is just a mere shramik and whatever dharam did was correct. this clears up the suspicions of veer and he becomes sure that dharam did all this. he beats rajyasabha members and starts going towards dharam's room. in dharam's room sia is once again doing her tantrums. dharam smiles on seeing this. veer suddenly appears and tells dharam to fight with him. sia gets frightened on seeing this. he tells dharam that he ordered to kill shramiks just because they did not come for work. even his rajyasabha proved this. dharam is totally lost and he tells veer that he is mistaken. he did not give any such orders. veer is too angry to listen to all this and he attacks dharam. fierce fight starts between them and veer's mom(rani ma) comes and stops the fight. she asks veer that he does not trust his own brother. after he(veer) left dharam is like a body without soul. veer's eyes are filled with tears and he says that sakshi is dead. rani ma is shocked to hear this and veer says that now he will not spare any aryavrat. he will kill all of them and he goes away. in shramiks' place. dead bodies are lying and everybody is crying. veer goes to his mom and says that he was not able to give her(sakshi) anything. both veer and his mom cry a lot. dharam's eyes are full of tears and he is thinking about whatever happened. sia comes and starts her blabbering once again. she says that veer does not care for him and he broke such a long term relationship for a girl he hardly knows. dharam explains her that veer always thinks from his heart and he is very hurt right now coz he lost his sister. veer is standing in front of the pyre of his sister. he performs the rites and thinks about his past with sakshi. jaivardhan, agni and the main from rajyasabha are drinking for their first victory and jaivardhan says that tomorrow aryavardhan is returning to aryanagar and he will do the same work as sakshi's death did for them

sweety981

September 14, 2008, 08:14 PM

Sia finally gets rid of the children and comes out of the temple.
Shera and the Shramiks successfully steals the money and jewelleries. They hides it and comes inside for the mahaaarti.
Everyone is busy with the aarti.
On the other hand Sia finds out all the money and jewelleries been stolen and cries out for help.
Dharam and his guards comes on site and Sia explains what has happened? Dharam gives instrution to the guards to find out the culprit as soon as possible!! Dharam looks at Veer but doesn't speaks up.
One of the guard brings one of the shramiks and says we have found the culprit. Rajkumari says I knew every Shramik is like this? A bloddy theif!!! Dharam questions the culprit Shramik. He replies I haven't done anything. Someone is making false aquzation against me. I am innocent!! Sia interupts in between and says when everyone was in the temple you aint there? so where were you?? Dharam interupts and says to Sia you dont talk to this ppl I will handle everything and gives instruction to the guard to free him for now!! Veer and Dharam looks at eachother!!!
The shramik is telling Veer that Dharam didn't knew that I had stolen it. But Veer insist that Dharam knows everything he is just pretending because he want to find out what is the main reason for it.
Dharam is thinking and Sia comes to him and asks him why u didn't investigate further? Dharam replies I want to know the actual reason of all this and I want to go in deep and find out all. He says Veer wont do anything big without a reason n shramik doens't have a guts to do all this by all alone. So, I definately wnat to find out what is the reason and soon!!
Veer on the other hand is planning his strategy to how to buy the weapons without Dharam knowing it and tells the shramiks lets see who wins this battle!!
Jayavarden and Mahamantri is disscussion their plans and tells Jayavarden that Dharam will be abck in two days and you are not taking things seriously. Jayavarden replies I am more than confident and you should have full faith and trust with me as you came to me for help it wasn't me at the first place who started it.
Mahamantri insists its not just to talk about it its time to do smthing and quick. If Dharam comes then it will be realy hard for us to get trid of him.
Jayavarden replies I might take time but as long as I am alive I wont let Dharam sit on the throne again and asks Mahamantri where does Veer lives? Mahamantri replies he stays with his mother and sister! Jayavaden replies oh another mother gud gud!!! and tells that I will do smthing that Dharam and veer will be against eachother for gud!! and laughs.
On the other hand everyone is enjoying a mela festival and one of the shramik children wants to go inside and nagging his father to take him inside but his father says no we cant go there its for the big rich ppl, royal familes. Veer comes on site and tells them that we will go inside and have fun. As he was about to go inside Rajkumari Sia comes on site and stops them and says you are not allowed to come in? Go away from here!! Veer replies you are a guest and dont come in between!! Sia reples how dare you? wasn't it enough that u betrayed and enjoyed all the facilities of aryavardos on the past years!! I am really ashamed that I was a fren with Shramik for so long and asks them to go away!!
Shera comes on site and tells Sia to shut up and introdues her as rajkumari aananiya. Rajkumari Sia replies I have never heard of this name before so where the earth u come from?? Shera replies just like how u came in the middle of the Yatra!!
Sia is angry and asks her to shut up and they end up with big argument. Shera asks Veer to come inside with the children and tells the guards that all the shramiks is her guest!! Sia gets angry and leaves the site.
Veer thanks shera for the help and all the childrens are happy.
Shera talks about Shambu and the weapons. But Veer is shocked n asks her how come you know about shambu as I haven't told you anything about it!! Shera tries to change the topic!! But Veer still repeats his question!!! Shera replies my father always buys weapons from shambu and says she was the one who send that man with all the information to you and asks for forgiveness to Veer.
On the other hand Dharam is giving instruction to his armies to keep a close eye on veer and the shramiks and asks them to leave.
Sia comes to Dharam and starts to complain about rajkumari aanania(shera) and tells him how she let the shramik inside the mela festival. Dharam is suprised and makes fun of Sia and wishes to meet that rajkumari.
On the other hand Veer and Shera is looking for Shambu inside the mela festival and sees Dharam there in a suprise and questions eachother what is Dharam doing here? Shera covers her face!! Dharam comes to Veer and asks Veer what he is doing her?? Veer replies I wanted to play a game and Dharam replies what kind of game??
They are playing a bow and arrow to shot the arrow on the white board of the fish. Shera and Sia is encouraging Veer and Dharam to win. They starts to hit the arrow and both of them hits the eye of the fish on the board.
Everyone praises both of them and are happy.
Dharam says to Veer that I know you are up to something and I will surely find out what is it and Veer replies Yes I am!!
Dharam leaves and Veer sees one of the guy with the matching description to Shamu and calls his name!!!

sweety981

September 14, 2008, 08:16 PM

Veer finnally gets to meet Shambhu and he asks Veer to meet him at night when everyone has slept and asks him to come in the temple. Its nightime Veer is talking to himself and saying that I will be able to fool Dharam and get the weapons. Dharam suddenly wakes up and come outside and sees Veer and thinks I know Veer is up to smthing and Veer goes inside his tent.
Dharam says I have made Veer stop what he was about to do but I wonder what is it?? And he goes inside his tent and still is confused and says he will do whatever he needs to do tonite because our yatra is finished by tomorrow but I wonder why is not doing anything at the moment by looking at his tent as he can seee Veer's shadow. Dharam is in full doubt that there's something wrong and goes to Veer's tent and sees there's noone in there. He is shocked and calls out his guards and asks them where is Veer and scolds them badly!! and tells them to look for him immediately!!!
On the other hand Veer reaches the temple and meets Shera and Shambhu and is suprised to see Shera n asksx her what she was doing there? Shera replies I was waiting for you!!
Dharam is still confused where did Veer vanished?
Shambhui takes Veer and Shera to different site.
Dharam is seraching Veer desperatly. Veer asks Shambhu why has he bought them there and tells there's nothing here? But Shambhu replies everything is here and shows them the weapons. Veer is shocked to see this!!
Dharam is coming closer and closer to the site where Veer is!
They are still busy looking at the weapons. They reliases that someone is coming and tries to hide the weapons quickly. Dharam sees Veer and calls his name!! Shera and Shambhu is hiding!! Dharam says I have finally found you Veer replies is there anything special!! Dharam replies no there isn't but what r u doing here? Veer replies no its just I couldn't sleep so dats why I cme here? Dharam says why? Are u getting suffocated because you are staying with the shramiks? Veer replies they are the one who has taught me what freedom is so why will I be suffocated!! Dharam replies I know you are doing somthing big against me but I wont let you win. I thought you wont be against aryavardos but u haven't changed in our favour. But I wont give the shramiks freedom at all. And veer replies I will get them freedom anyhow stop me if you can!! Dharam leaves.
Shera remembers how they use to love eachother. Shambhu and Shera comes out and thanx Veer that he handled it properly and tells Veer if they would have found out about it then they would have punished for sudden death.
Veer pays him up by money and jewelleries and Shambu is happy with it.
Shera questions how would he take the weapons inside aryanagar. Veer replies I am not agraid to die!! Shera asks Veer where is her share of money and tells him she just help because she wanted the share n nothing more then that! If you want to take the weapons to Aryangar then u have to pay me double money without any problem n doens't care if u win or not.
veer replies I forgot about it that theif doesn't help anyone without a reason and agrees to pay double money.
On the other hand Jayavarden and mahamantri is planning their strategy against Veer and Dharam. Jayavarden says that he will kill Pari and sakshi and put the blame to Dharam.
Its morning and everyone has started to return to Aryanagar. Sia is taking to her dashi n asks her to pray that Dharam stops her in Aryanagar. Shramik is asking Veer where are the weapons? Veer replies its with Shera and she is gud at it and ll do it without any problems.
Dharam asks Sia is she is returning to her palace but she says there's noone there as their parents went for a yatra so she wants to go with in aryanagar!!
One of the guy interupts and calls Dharam and informs him that they are talking some stuff with the help of a girl names Shera. Dharam is suprised and says your game is over Veer!!
On the other hand ranima(Nevridi) looks happy and asks to distribute sweets to everyone in the palace and the shramiks.
Pari asks ranima why she is so happy? Nevridi replies why not as Veer is coming back today n that is why I am distributing all this sweets. Ranima tells Pari that they are going to do a puja but feels sad that veer wont come here. But Pari insist get the puja's stuff ready and I ll give ure blezssings to him and do the aarti on your behalf n after doing this he will get the blessings of two mothers and they are in tears.
Dharam is after Shera and Veer tries to stop Dharam. Dharam says not to come in between n will findout what u up to. Dharam asks Veer to have a look in there? N sees Shera's been arrested.

sweety981

September 14, 2008, 08:20 PM

As Shera's been arrested Veer looks confused of his next move. Dharam goes and check what was Shera up to and goes to her cart to look at the stuff she was carrying? Dharam is suprised to see the pickles and gets really annoyed and asks both of Veer and Shera what is all this?? Shera replies what u wanted to see?? Dharam asks the guards to check the cart properly. Even the guards comes up with the same result as they couldn't find anyother stuff then the pickles.
Dharam asks Shera why so many of it? Shera replies I am doing a businnes to earn some money to live!!
Dharam says to veer that he will find out the truth what is going on at any cost? Veer replies I have heard this things already and smiles!! Dharam says laugh at me but I ll get u! Veer replies so the shramiks cant even smile or laugh now is it?? Dharam says dont take big step that will harm u and the shramiks. Think carefullly before u do anything!! Veer replies I will do whatever my heart tell me to do!! Dharam says u are wrong!! Veer replies it depends on person to person view and I haven't done anything wrong.
And they leaves to continue their journey and Shera goes back to the cart and starts to take out the weapons from underneath the cart and hides them inside the big pot where the pickles are kept.
On the other hand Ranima (Nevridi) looks tensed and senapati charusena enters her room and asks her why she has called him? She says why so urgently my brother (aryavarden) left aryanagar? Is there a big problem? He replies Yes there seems to be a big issue with the land and all the ministers decided that he needs to sort it our urgently. so he left.
Nevridi replies But still he could have waited Dharam's arrival.
IN between Pari enters the room but covers her face Nevridi immediately tries to distract him by asking him question abt Aryavarden and asks him to leave the room.
He leaves and Nevridi calls Pari. Pari gives Puja's plate and stuffs to ranima and tells her that she will be leaving the palace today as Veer is coming back tonite. Nevridi agrees to it.
On the other hand Dharam and Veer looks tensed. As Rajkumari Sia was walking she hits one of the Shramiks stuffs and the child shramik says u should watch it when u are walking? U messed all the things of my father now? Sia gets really angry and tells her I dont care. Veer comes in between and stops her and tells her to say sorry to the guy. She says she wont and tells him not to interfare. Veer replies ok and as she starts walking she feels in a mud and everyone starts to laugh at her. She gets angry. The child shramik says I told her before to watch her moves.
Dharam comes and makes her stand on her feet and calls out Veer and Sia blames Veer for it. Dharam gets angry and tells him not be behave like a child.They leaves in anger.
On the other hand Jayvarden and agni is searching Veer's house and trace it out and meets Veer's sister (Sakshi) fren Rupa and asks about Veer, Pari and Sakshi and tells her that they have heard so much about Veer and came to meet him with some sweets and handsout to Rupa and asks them to wait for Sakshi as she will be coming shortly but they denies and asks her that to give that sweet to them and they need to go as it will take time for them to reach their village and they haven't ate anything.
She offers them food and asks them to come inside.
Dharam and Veer are contuning their journey back to aryanagar. Dharam is discussing with Sia about how to know what is the game plan they are making? Sia insists u need to pressurise them to acheive your goal!! Dharam is confused and tells her our view really matches up and agrees to her.
Veer and Shramiks are talking about the weapons and their strategy of how to get the weapons to aryangar. Veer goes back to the cart for the weapons!
On the other hand Rupa is feeding Jayavarden and Agni and tells her that Shramiks are really gud ppl but the aryavardes are worst and thanks her and tells her the main reason why they have come and kills her!! They plans to hide somewhere inside and decides to wait for shaksi.
Veer thanks Shera for help and tells her our path ll be seprated soon. Shera tells him where the weapon was and Veer gives her money for the work. Shera says oh u remembered that u have to pay me? Veer replies ofcourse and Shera leaves the site. Shera looks unhappy. Veer is with the cart n finds out that Shera didn't took the money.
Dharam is looking out for Veer. Shramiks realises these and tries to misguide Dharam by pretending as they are talking to Veer. Dharam is in doubt. On the other hand Veer is quickly hiding the weapons.

sweety981

September 14, 2008, 08:21 PM

the episode opens with veer thinking about his past memories with sakshi and dharam comes to veer and tells him that whatever he thinks is not true. he asks him to trust him. dharam's eyes are full of tears. veer's mother comes there and tells him to leave. she says that he snatched everything from her, her husband and now her daughter. dharam is still crying. veer is just sitting and he is too shocked and disturbed to say anything. suddenly all the shramiks come there with swords in their hands. they angrily tell dharam that it is good that he himself came here and now they are going to kill him. veer stops shramiks and prevents them from killing dharam. he tells dharam that they will directly meet in battlefield. they will do something just like wat he did.(tit for tat) dharam walks away and shramiks angrily asks veer why did he prevent them from killing dharam? he tells them that they will take revenge but not like this. dharam is still thinking about what veer said to him when he came to his palace and attacked him. he calls rajyasabha and asks them that they did all this on whose orders? rajyasabha lies and tells him that they did this on orders of his father. dharam walks away from there. jaivardhan is busy getting happy that his plot is working and he believes that dharamveer wont ever know the truth. veer goes to shiv mandir and prays to god to give him strength enough to stand against dharam and other aryavrats. agni comes there as a saint and tells him that to drink the holy water. veer drinks that and faints. agni gets very happy and says that in morning when he will come to his senses he is going to get a big shock. dharam is still thinking about the injustice done to shramiks. sia tells him that his father did right and dharam says that he wants to bring shramiks back on work but not this way. sia says that they cannot be brought in any other way then this. maharaj aryavardhan is coming to the palace and agni and jaivardhan and some other people disguised as shramiks attacks aryavardhan and kills him. veer comes to his senses and he rushes to the place. dharam who already gets the message about the arrival of his father comes there. jaivardhan shouts that veer killed maharaj. veer is still holding aryavardhan in his lap. dharam sees all this. the episode ends here.

sweety981

September 14, 2008, 08:23 PM

Aryavarden is injured lying on the ground! Dharam is worried and holds him tight and orders his armies to arrest Veer but Veer is trying to convence Dharam about his innocence. Dharam orders his gurads to help him take his father to get treatment.
On the other hand Jayavarden, Agni and his armies are having a laugh on their success and is planning their next strategy to defeat them and make DHaram and Veer against eachother 4 gud.
Everyone is tensed in the palace. Bed(Doc) is treating Aryavarden and tells everyone that he will be alrite. Everyone is happy but mahamantri is tensed that when he wakes up then he willl tell everyone about our plan and we wont succeed. Dharam asks Bedji that whether his father will be fully fit or not but he informs him that he wont be able to speak neither walk.
Dharam gets angry and punishes Veer. Nevridi comes in between but Dharam doesn't listen and orders Charusena to hand veer until death but Veer still insist he hasn't done anything. After a while Veer gets fade up and challenges dharam and kills his guards and runs away. Dharam follows him to kill him. After a long run Dharam and Veer starts to fight.
Mahamatri goes to Jayavarden and informs about their success and says this will only end when one of them gets killed. Jayavarden is happy to hear the news and Agni says I feel pity on Aryavarden. Jayavarden says where is Pari? Mahantri replies yes. Jayavarden says I got my next plan now!!
As Veer tries to hide out frm Dharam in the water and thinks DHaram has left but as he comes out finds out DHaram and starts to fight again inside the water n everywhere.
Nevridi is praying to god for the betterment of DHaram and Veer but Sia interupts and says why u praying for Veer after all this!! but Nevridi says how dare u I am her mother!!! Sia explains how can u forget what he did to aryaverden and dharam!!! Nevri insist he hasn't done anything!!
Veer is able to get rid of Dharam and comes to a village and DHaram is still looking for Veer and asks one of the guy if he has seen veer? The villager replies he went inside there! he goes inside and finds out a maii who tells about the future and informs him that he can get Veer in purani gufa kali ma's temple. Dharam thanks and leaves to the destination.
After he left it was known that it was Veer who disguised himself!! Even Dharam finds out as he comes inside again and finds out the truth.
Its night time Veer is walking. Jayavarden is planning to kill Pari with his armies and tells them its Dharam's order. THe guards reaches Pari's house and tries to take her away and kill her. Veer comes on site.

sweety981

September 14, 2008, 08:25 PM

As the armies send by Jayavarden was about to kill Pari, Veer stops them and asks whatt's going on and they replies that they have been send by Dharam to kill Pari and were just following his order. Veer orders them to leave and asks them to tell Dharam that if he has any guts do everything openly not behind my back. The armies leaves and Veer asks the Sarmiks to meet him in Veemsen's place. and tells his mother that he will kill Dharam now. Dharam is thinking about the incident. Even Veer is angry and thinking about the incident. Sia is talking bad about Veer and telling Dharam to kill Veer. Veer is talking to the Shramiks and Veer agress that he wont let Dharam go now and wont rem. he is his brother anymore and even Dharam's view is the same now and he agress to Sia.
Jayavarden and Agni are happy of the outcome till now and wants to find another oppurtunity to kill them up.
Dharam and Veer are doing pracise with their weapons on different site. They are remembering their past how they use to be together. Nevridi comes on site to Dharam and Pari to Veer. Nevridi tries to convence Dharam about Veer's innocence but he doesn't listen.
Veer is talking to the Shramiks to free three or four shramiks from the Aryanagar prison. Pari tries to stop Veer and asks him to let go of everything but Veer says I want to complete my father's dream and get freedom for the shramiks.
Dharam is thinking. Sia comes inside and asks him to play a game of sosser with her and forget Veer. Dharam gets angry and asks her to stop this bullshit and reminds her of his father's health and asks her to leave aryanagar and go her palace. Sia says I just wanted u to look happy thatt's it and is you want to leave then I will go. Dharam says no there's no need u can stay. I dont want u to go in this situation and you are the only one that I can talk to you now in this whole palace. Sia says oh Dharam I wont go then!!!!!

sweety981

September 14, 2008, 08:26 PM

Veer is ready to attack to get the prisoners from Aryanagar's prison and learning their strength from the other shramiks. They informs Veer that one of them can open the padlock without a key and one can jump from any height and the other can destroy the metal And one is Sham as he can stay in water as long as he wants. Veer decides to free them on ganeshji's yatra.
Dharam is tensed and with his father and vedji(doc) is treating Aryavarden.
Mahamantri comes and informs him about the Ganeshji's Yatra but Dharam denies but Mahamantri tries to convence him by saying that your father wants you to go. Dharam accepts it go to the yatra and says he ll pray to ganeshji for his health.
Veer is ready to attack in aryangar's army dress. Dharam asks senapati charusena about the securty arrangements and he replies its all been done.
Nevridi says to Dharam that dont u think that someone is trying to create a misundertanding between u two and she asks did u kill shakshi? but Dharam doesn't listen and says its all lies Veer is the culprit. Sia interupts and they both leaves for the yatra.
Veer's on site to free the shramiks as one of the aryanagar army and ask the secuirty arrangement to the other guards and tells them they have been sent by Dharam. Veer tells them that Veer is ready to attack here by any moment and be prepared for it. They says we are ready for him and Veer goes inside to check if everything is under control. He goes with one of the guards.
On the other hand Dharam is busy doing the puja of ganeshji and starts his yatra.
Veer is inside the prison. One of the guard was sleeping and Veer wakes him up!!the guard asks Veer who is he? Veer says we have been sent by Dharam and informs him about Veer's attack. Veer asks for the keys to look at the prisoners but the guard insist he will do the honour and takes them to the prisoners cell for karia,babiya. sam and davya and asks Veer are u happy now as everything is under control here? Veer hits him on the head, He asks all the prisoners to come with him and takes all the prisoners away!!!
Dharam is still in the Yatra. Veer and the shramiks also gets involved in the yatra as they had no other option to run away from the armies of the aryanagar. One of the guard informs Dharam about the incident. Dharam is angry and calls his name out loud.

sweety981

September 14, 2008, 08:28 PM

Veer is trying to convence the freed shramiks prisoners about his intention. But they are still confused about the real Veer. Is it a Shramik or one of the aryavardos? Veer tells them about his plan to attack Dharam armies on Sarthpurna and free the Shramiks on that day 4 gud and trys to convence them saying about his father's soma dream. Veer wanted all of the prisoners to train the other shramiks to fight but they laughs at Veer and ask him how can it be done in short period of time? But Veer's able to convence them after a few strong words.
Nevridi is talking to Aryavarden about the Dharam's and Veer relationship now and asks him who attacked you but she hears no answer from him but just nodes his head, Nevrdi is happy with the reaction she got and calls out Dharam to see what Aryavarden just did!!
Dharam is busy planning his next step against Veer with the Mahamantri's and they suggests them to catch him before sarathpurnima as soon as possible.
Nevri comes on site and tells him about what had happened?
Mahamnatri are tensed!!
One of the shramik has a doubt on one of the shramik of whether he will fight or not but veer says he will definately help us and he goes out to talk to him but he says its impossible to win against aryavardos and he denies to help Veer and leaves. One of the shramiks tells Veer dont feel bad he also had few plans made up with soma before to free the shramiks but it didn't worked out. So, he has no hope!!!
Veer says he will fight he will and I will make it happen!!!
Nevridi comes to aryavarden's room with Dharam and the mahamantri's and asks about Veer's intention but he doesn't move his head at all and Mahamantri's put some kind of medicine' in the water and asks Nevridi to give it to him for his betterment. He goes to deep sleep because of the medicine in the water.
Dharam gets angry and says its all nonsense and leaves.
Veer tries to inform the shramiks on aryanagar's working place by wearing a aryangar's army dress. Dharam comes on site and ask him to keep on eye on them as he thought it was one of his guard. Dharam leaves and asks him if Veer comes then inform me immediately. Veer tells them to meet him in kalidevi's temple at night.
Its night time Veer is waiting for all the shramiks to turn up.All of them comes on site. Veer informs them about their plans to fight aagainst aryavardens and asks them to come to practise to learn how to fight?
The shramik who was against veer's decision again speaks against him and tells them not to listen to Veer and asks them to go home but Veer still tries to convence them but they doesn't listen to him and leaves.